w:2 newton place1st floor conference center and pantry

SD SD

DPDP

FSFS

LD LD

ADAD

INSULATION WRAP

D

U

PITCH DOWN IN DIRECTION OF FLOW

CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVES (CIRCUIT SETTERS)

PITCH UP IN DIRECTION OF FLOW

PIPE RISE

PIPE DROP

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE

VERTICAL DUCT RISE

VERTICAL DUCT DROP

FLOW SWITCH

LEAK DETECTOR

SMOKE DETECTOR

DUCTWORK WITH EXTERNAL

AUTOMATIC DAMPER (ELECTRIC)

BUTTERFLY VALVE

M

THREE-WAY CONTROL

SAFETY OR PRESSURE

PRESSURE REDUCING

MOTORIZED VALVE

PLUG VALVE

R

VALVE

RELIEF VALVE

VALVE

2-WAY CONTROL VALVE

BALL VALVE

GLOBE VALVE

CHECK VALVE

CIRCUIT SETTER

SILENT CHECK VALVES

SINGLE LINE DOUBLE LINE DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL

DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL

EXISTING PIPE

NEW PIPE

REMOVED

PITCH (DOWN)DIRECTION OF PIPE

REDUCER OR INCREASER

ECCENTRIC REDUCER

DIRECTION OF FLOW

EXISTING PIPE TO BE

PIPE DOWN

PIPE UP

BOTTOM CONNECTION

TOP CONNECTION

UNION

FLANGED END

SCREWED CAPDEAD END -

WELDED CAP

AUTOMATIC AIR VENT

STRAINER

MANUAL AIR VENT

PRESSURE GAGE WITH

THERMOMETER

NEEDLE VALVE

THERMOMETER WELL

DEAD END -

GATE VALVE

THERMAL EXPANSION

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

SOLENOID VALVE

DRAIN VALVE

VALVE

X X X

S

DIFFUSER

GRILLE

(SHORT RAD.)

REMAIN

(WIDTH X DEPTH)

(UP & DOWN)

(UP & DOWN)

DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW

DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW

EXISTING DUCT

DAMPER

(INSULATED)

REMOVED

EVEN IF SYMBOL IS MISSING)ULAR ELBOWS WITH VANES

10x8

FC

10x8

FLEXIBLE CONNECTION

VANED ELBOW (PROVIDEALL SQUARE OR RECTANG-

VANED ELBOW

STANDARD RADIUS ELBOW

NEW DUCT

VD

BDD

FD

X X X

FD

BDD

BACK DRAFT DAMPER

X X X

EXISTING DUCT TO

X X X

FIRE DAMPER

VD

DUCT WITH SOUND LINING

FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK

MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER

EXISTING DUCT TO BE

MOTORIZED DAMPERMM

FSD

DN

DN

UP

UP

CONNECT NEW DUCT TO

EXHAUST DUCT

SUPPLY DUCT

UP

UP

DN

DN

COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKEFSD

SUPPLY DIFFUSER

3-WAY DIFFUSER

2-WAY DIFFUSER

SIDEWALL DIFFUSER

2-WAY CORNER

1-WAY DIFFUSER

LINEAR DIFFUSER

RETURN/EXHAUST

DIFFUSER SYMBOLS

X

D

R

X

X

R

INCLINED DROP, IN

INCLINED RISE, IN

D

LIMIT OF DEMOLITION

PIPING SYMBOLSDUCTWORK SYMBOLS

CT CURRENT TRANSDUCER

CP CONDENSATE PUMP

IU

RI

LEAK SENSOR

INDICATOR UNIT

LIGHTREMOTE INDICATOR

H

T THERMOSTAT

HUMIDITY SENSOR

BG

CWP

BREAK GLASS STATION

CONDENSATE PUMP

(RETURN, EXHAUST OR OUTSIDE AIR)DUCT UNDER NEGATIVE PRESSURE

(SUPPLY AIR OR FAN DISCHARGE)DUCT UNDER PRESSURE

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

EXISTING WORK

NUMBER

HANGER

GLASS

GENERAL SYMBOLS

REVISION NUMBER

DRAWING REFERENCE

SECTION DESIGNATION

METER

PUMP

LIMIT OF DEMOLITION

POINT OF CONNECTIONBETWEEN NEW AND

DWG

X

1

M

VIBRATION ISOLATOR IN

REFRIGERANT SIGHT

SD SMOKE DETECTOR/SENSOR

SWITCHSw

EQUIPMENT TAG SYMBOLS

UNIT ABBREVIATIONUNIT DESIGNATION (FLOOR - UNIT #)UNIT FLOW (CFM OR GPM)

EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRIC SERVICE:

EQUIPMENT NOT REQUIRING ELECTRIC SERVICE:

UNIT ABBREVIATIONUNIT DESIGNATION (FLOOR - UNIT #)

UNIT FLOW (CFM OR GPM)

DIFFUSER, REGISTER OR GRILLE TAG:

UNIT ABBREVIATIONAIRFLOW (CFM)

GENERAL NOTES

1. ALL APPLICABLE CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING OR RELATING TO ANY PORTION OF THISWORK ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED INTO AND MADE A PART OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, AND THEIRPROVISIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY THE CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL INFORM THE OWNER, PRIOR TOSUBMITTING A PROPOSAL, OF ANY WORK OR MATERIALS WHICH VIOLATE ANY OF THE ABOVE LAWSAND REGULATIONS. ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION SHALL BECORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR.

2. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING IS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY AND DOES NOT SHOW ALL OFFSETS,DROPS AND RISES OF RUNS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW IN HIS PRICES FOR ROUTING OFDUCTWORK AND PIPING TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS. EXACT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OFENGINEER.

3. SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND/OR FRAMING IN ANAPPROVED MANNER. WHERE OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION DOES NOT PERMIT FASTENING OF SUPPORTSFOR EQUIPMENT, FURNISH ADDITIONAL STEEL FRAMING.

4. INSTALL WORK SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. MINORDEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS MAY BE MADE TO ACCOMPLISH THIS, BUT CHANGES WHICH INVOLVEEXTRA COST SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHOUT APPROVAL.

5. REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF CERTAIN EXISTING WORK WILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE PERFORMANCEOF THE GENERAL WORK. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS CANNOT BE COMPLETELY DETAILED ON THEDRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY THE SITE AND INCLUDE ALL CHANGES IN MAKING UPWORK PROPOSAL.

6. PLAN INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK TO INSURE MINIMUMINTERFERENCE WITH REGULAR OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. ALL SYSTEM SHUTDOWNSAFFECTING OTHER AREAS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH BUILDING OWNER. INSTALL ISOLATIONVALVES AT POINT OF CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING PIPING. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUCT CAPS AND/ORCONNECTIONS TO MINIMIZE SHUTDOWN TIME. ALL SHUT DOWNS SHALL BE ON OFF HOURS &INCLUDED IN BID.

7. CONNECT NEW WORK TO EXISTING WORK IN NEAT AND APPROVED MANNER. RESTORE EXISTING WORKDISTURBED WHILE INSTALLING NEW WORK TO ACCEPTABLE CONDITION AS DETERMINED BY ENGINEER.

8. DISCONNECT, REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE EXISTING MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER WORK ASNOTED OR REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW SYSTEM.

9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS, AND ALL PARTS OF THE BUILDING,EXTERIOR SPACES AND ADJACENT STREETS, SIDEWALKS AND PAVEMENTS, FREE FROM MATERIAL ANDEXCESS DEBRIS RESULTING FROM THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK.

10. SEAL OPENINGS AROUND DUCTS AND PIPING THROUGH PARTITIONS, WALLS AND FLOORS (NOT INSHAFTS)WITH MINERAL WOOL OR OTHER NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. SEE SPECIFICATIONS.

11. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING TO MAINTAIN THE WATERPROOFINGINTEGRITY OF THIS BUILDING AS REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION OR REMOVAL OF PIPES, DUCTS,CONDUIT, AND EQUIPMENT.

12. ALL EXISTING MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WILL REMAIN THEPROPERTY OF THE OWNER OR SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THIS CONTRACTOR AS DIRECTED BY THEOWNER.

13. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT CURBS AND DUNNAGE STEEL AS REQUIRED.

14. THE WORK IN THE BUILDING SHALL BE DONE WHEN AND AS DIRECTED, AND IN A MANNERSATISFACTORY TO THE OWNER. THE WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO CAUSE THE LEAST POSSIBLEINCONVENIENCE AND DISTURBANCE TO THE PRESENT OCCUPANTS.

15. INCLUDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF EXISTING FLOORS, WALLS, PARTITIONS AND OTHERMATERIALS IN THE EXISTING BUILDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE THESE AREAS TO ORIGINALCONDITION.

16. ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

17. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT A CAREFUL EXAMINATION OFTHE PORTIONS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING, EQUIPMENT, ETC, WHICH AFFECT THIS WORK AND THEACCESS TO SUCH SPACES, HAS BEEN MADE AND THAT THE CONTRACTOR IS FAMILIAR WITH EXISTINGCONDITIONS AND DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK. LATER CLAIMS SHALLNOT BE MADE FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIESENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN DURING SUCH AN EXAMINATION.

18. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETEAND SAFE INSTALLATION OF HVAC IN FULL CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ALL AUTHORITIESHAVING JURISDICTION; ALL AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND/OR HEREIN SPECIFIED FOR THE SYSTEMSINCLUDED. WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT, WORKMANLIKE MANNER. INCLUDE ALL COSTS FORPERMITS, LICENSES, CERTIFICATES, FILING AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVINGJURISDICTION.

19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A WRITTEN GUARANTEE TO REPLACE OR REPAIR PROMPTLY ANDASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EXPENSES INCURRED FOR ANY WORKMANSHIP AND EQUIPMENT INWHICH DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER THIS WORKSHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL ALSO PROVIDE THAT WHEREDEFECTS OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR WILL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EXPENSES INCURRED INREPAIRING AND REPLACING WORK OF OTHER TRADES AFFECTED BY DEFECTS, REPAIRS ORREPLACEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR.

MECHANICAL DRAWING LISTDRAWING NUMBER DRAWING TITLE

MECHANICAL LEGEND

MECHANICAL SCHEDULES

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION

MECHANICAL FIRST FLOOR DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTIONPLAN

MECHANICAL DETAILS

M-00-01

M-01-01

M-02-01

M-03-01

M-04-01

M-03-02

MECHANICAL FIRST FLOOR DUCTWORK DEMOLITIONPLAN

TRANSFER DUCTTD

MOTOR ACTUATOR

TEMPERATURE

TEMPERATURE

SUPPLY & RETURN

MOTOR HORSEPOWER

AUTOMATIC DAMPER

LEAVING WET BULB TEMP.

MAXIMIM FUSE SIZE

LOCKED ROTOR AMPS

LEAVING DRY BULB TEMP.

LEAVING WATER TEMP.

THOUSAND BTU PER HR

MINIMUM CKT AMPACITY

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

LEAVING AIR TEMP.

MFS

MHP

MIN

M

LWB

LRA

LWT

LDB

MCC

MCA

MBH

MAX

IN

LAT

LBS

L

KW

MINIMUM

MAXIMUM

INCHES

KILOWATT

LENGTH

POUNDS

TEMP

WMS

TYP

WTS

WG

VD

W/

W

V

WB

TEMPERATURE

VOLUME DAMPER

WATER GAUGE

WET BULB

WEIGHTS

WIRE MESH SCREEN

TYPICAL

VOLTS

WIDTH

WITH

ESP

CWS&R

EWB

DWG

D

EF

EDB

EAT

ER

DN

DB

ENTERING WET BULB

CONDENSER WATER

ENTERING DRY BULB

ENTERING AIR TEMP.

EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED

EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE

EXHAUST FAN

DRAWING

DROP

DRY BULB

DOWN

FAN COIL

FEET PER SECOND

DEGREES FAHRENHEIT

FLEXIBLE CONNECTION,

FULL LOAD AMPS

FPS

FLA

FC

°F

H

FT FEET

HEIGHT

OED

OD

OAI

PSI

PD

R

PH

NK

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE

NECK SIZE

OPEN END DUCT

PRESSURE DROP

POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH

PHASE

RISE

HR

HZ

HOUR

HERTZ

RPM

SQ FT

SENS

SP

RM

SD

STATIC PRESSURE

SMOKE DETECTOR

SQUARE FEET

SENSIBLE

REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE

ROOM

BTU/H

CLG

AP

A

AC

BTU

BHP

AL

AFF

AD

CAP

CG

CFM

CD

BRITISH THERMAL UNIT

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE

ACCESS PANEL

ACOUSTICAL LINING

BRAKE HORSEPOWER

BTU PER HOUR

ACCESS DOOR

AIR CONDITIONING

CEILING DIFFUSER

CEILING GRILLE

CEILING

AMPERES

CAPACITY

CP CONDENSATE PUMP

MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS

ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONM-02-03

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONM-02-02

MECHANICAL FIRST FLOOR PIPING DEMOLITION PLAN

M-03-03

M-03-04 MECHANICAL FIRST FLOOR PIPING CONSTRUCTION PLAN

MECHANICAL DETAILSM-04-02

2 NEWTON PLACENEWTON, MASSACHUSETTS02458

FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817

CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS

DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS

400 TOTTEN POND ROAD, SUITE 130WALTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS 02451T(781)489-0000

155 SEAPORT BOULEVARDSEAPORT WEST, FLOOR 2

BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M001-02SIE-170817.dwg

MECHANICAL

LEGEND01NTS

M-00-01

jgedeon

Stamp

8"Ø OMNITITUS0.01<2524x2491-250CD-2

CD-1

DESIGNATIONUNIT

0-90

RANGECFM

24x24

PRESSUREVELOCITY

<25

LEVELNC

0.01

REMARKS

TITUS OMNI

MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.

1,2,36"Ø

NECKSIZE

AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE

-

-

SIZEMODULE

SIZEFACE

10"Ø OMNITITUS0.01<2524x24251-500CD-3 -

NOTES:1. SELECTIONS BASED ON TITUS OR APPROVED EQUAL.2. BORDER TYPES SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING TYPE FOR THE ROOM IN WHICH THE AIR DEVICE IS LOCATED.3. REFER TO PLANS FOR LOCATION AND AIR QUANTITIES OF EACH AIR DEVICE AND REQUIRED FLOW PATTERN.4. DIFFUSERS MUST BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF CEILING GRID.5. PROVIDE LINEAR WITH FACTORY PLENUM BOX. PLENUM BOXES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH INTERNAL INSULATED.6. LINEAR DIFFUSER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH (2) 1" WIDE SLOT.7. SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ACOUSTICAP.8. TRANSFER GRILLE SHALL BE SIZED PER ASSOCIATED TRANSFER DUCTWORK. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION DRAWING M03.02 FOR QUANTITIES.9. LINEAR DIFFUSER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH (1) 2" WIDE SLOT.

1,2,3

1,2,3

15"Ø OMNITITUS0.01<2524x240-950RG-1 - 1,2,7

SG-1

ER-1

- 350RLTITUS0.01<25NOTE 10-TG-1 NOTE 10 1,2,3,8

- TITUS0.01<2512x60-300 14x8 1,2,3300RL

12"Ø OMNITITUS0.01<2524x24501-675CD-4 - 1,2,3

8"Ø TBDI-10TITUS0.01<254'0-200LD-1 - 1,2,3,4,5,6

10"Ø TBDI-10TITUS0.01<254'201-335LD-2 - 1,2,3,4,5,6

8"Ø TBDI-10TITUS0.01<252'0-150LD-3 - 1,2,3,4,5,6

- TBR-30TITUS0.01<254'0-500LR-1 - 1,2,3,4,5,6

6"Ø OMNITITUS0.01<2512x120-90CD-5 - 1,2,3

- TBR-30TITUS0.01<252'0-250LR-2 - 1,2,3,4,5,6

10"Ø FL/FBPI-20TITUS0.01<254'100-300LD-4 - 1,2,3,4,5,9

- TDCTITUS0.01<2524x240-1000RG-2 18x18 1,2,7

6"Ø TDCTITUS0.01<2524x240-90CD-6 6x6 1,2,3

8"Ø TDCTITUS0.01<2524x240-90CD-7 12x12 1,2,3

10"Ø TDCTITUS0.01<2524x240-90CD-8 15x15 1,2,3

MODEL No.MANUFACTURER

UNIT OPERATING WT.LXWXH

REMARKSDIMENSIONS (IN)(LBS)

FAN SCHEDULE

(IN W.G.)STATIC PRESSURE

DESIGNATIONUNIT AIRFLOW

TYPE

TYPE DRIVE(CFM)

RPM SONESHP (W)

ELECTRICAL DATA

VOLT PHASE HZSERVICELOCATION

(IN W.G.)STATIC PRESSUREAIRFLOW

TYPEDRIVE

(CFM)RPM SONES

ELECTRICAL DATA

VOLT PHASE HZ

FAN DATA

NOTES:1. PROVIDE WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH.2. PROVIDE WITH PRE-WIRED FAN SPEED CONTROLLER.3. PROVIDE FAN WITH MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT DAMPER.4. PROVIDE WITH VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGING KIT.5. FAN SHALL RUN ON BE TIED INTO B.M.S. AND RUN ON OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED SCHEDULE. COORDINATE SCHEDULE WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT.6. PROVIDE WITH GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER.7. FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT (ADJ.). EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE ENERGIZED WHEN SPACE TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 80°F (ADJ).

INLINE DIRECT111 FOODA 375 0.751030 2.0 115 1 60 GREENHECK 70 35x17x15 1,2,3,4,5CSP-A1750(204.2)EF-1-1 118 CONFERENCEROOM

SEE NOTES

NOTES:1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S FOLLOWING OPTIONS:

· STAINLESS STEEL HOSE KITS WITH AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVES· EXTENDED RANGE OPTION· EC MOTOR· UNIT-MOUNTED CONTROLS WITH BACNET INTERFACE TO TIE INTO EXISTING TRANE BMS

WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE

REMARKSMFSELEC

TYPEREFRIG.

(V/Ø/HZ)TYPE#

(FT)PD

COMPRESSOR DATA

GPM(IN W.G.)

ESP

FAN DATA

CFMCOPMIN

(°F)LWT HP

CONDENSER DATA ELECTRICAL DATA

FLA(°F)

EWTTOTALDB(°F)

EAT

HEATING DATA

CAP(MBH)(°F)LWTSENSIBLE

(°F)EWT

EERMIN

CAP(MBH)TOTALEATEAT

DB(°F)

COOLING DATA

WB(°F)

MODEL #

MCQUAY

UNIT

CAP(MBH)

UNIT

HP-1-1

DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER

SEE NOTESMCQUAYHP-1-2

NOMINALTONNAGE








159.7277/1/60R-410ASCROLL-8.45.30.51/36304.8607025.36815.39585WCCW4019 15.721.567801.5

2015.3460/3/60R-410ASCROLL-16.812.30.53/416004.6607059.26814.39585WCCH4048 37.049.167804.0

156.5277/1/60R-410ASCROLL-10.53.00.51/84004.1607015.66813.59585WCCW4012 8.813.067801.0

156.5277/1/60R-410ASCROLL-10.53.00.51/84004.1607015.66813.59585WCCW4012 8.813.067801.0

156.5277/1/60R-410ASCROLL-10.53.00.51/84004.1607015.66813.59585WCCW4012 8.813.067801.0

156460/3/60R-410ASCROLL-11.66.20.51/38004.8607030.66814.69585WCCH4024 18.825.367802.0

156460/3/60R-410ASCROLL-11.66.20.51/38004.8607030.66814.69585WCCH4024 18.825.367802.0

156460/3/60R-410ASCROLL-11.66.20.51/38004.8607030.66814.69585WCCH4024 18.825.367802.0

1511.2460/3/60R-410ASCROLL-8.69.00.51/212004.9607044.36815.79585WCCH4036 26.936.767803.0

GENERAL:THE WSHP UNIT OPERATES WITH SELF-CONTAINED CONTROLS. ALL SETPOINTS SHALL BE IN FAHRENHEIT ANDADJUSTABLE. A DIFFERENTIAL OF 5°F (ADJ). SHALL BE USED FOR CONTROL. HEAT PUMPS SHALL BE INTERLOCKEDINTO EXISTING TRANE BMS, ALL FRONT END GRAPHICS SHALL BE UPDATED.

OCCUPIED CONTROL:DURING OCCUPIED MODE THE FAN RUNS CONTINUOUSLY, UPON A DEMAND FOR COOLING/HEATING FROM THEROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ASSOCIATED THERMOSTAT), THE REVERSING VALVE SHALL MODULATE BETWEENTHE COOLING CYCLE AND THE HEATING CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SETPOINT (COOLING-75°FADJ./HEATING-70°F ADJ.), THE COMPRESSOR SHALL BE ENERGIZED AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SETPOINTS.

UNOCCUPIED CONTROL:TO MAINTAIN UNOCCUPIED SETPOINT (85°F COOLING / 55°F HEATING (ADJ.)) COORDINATE SETPOINT ANDSEQUENCING WITH THE BUILDING OWNER.

SAFETY ALARM CONTROLS:UPON ANY ALARM THE SYSTEM SHALL SHUT DOWN, THE WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP SHALL BE DE-ENERGIZED.

WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:

PUMP

HEAT

SOURCE

WATER

FOODA INLINE EXHAUST FAN CONTROLS

EXHAUST AIR

M

24VMOTORIZEDDAMPER WITHEND SWITCH

GENERAL:EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE TIED INTO B.M.S. AND RUN ON OCCUPIED/UNNOCCUPIED SCHEDULE. COORDINATEOCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED SCHEDULES WITH OWNER.

OCCUPIED CONTROL:

WHEN THE BUILDING IS IN OCCUPIED MODE THE MOTORIZED DAMPER SHALL OPEN AND SEND SIGNAL TO THE EXHAUSTFAN. ONCE FAN HAS RECEIVED SIGNAL THAT DAMPER IS OPEN, FAN SHALL RUN.

UNOCCUPIED CONTROL:

WHEN THE BUILDING IS NOT IN OCCUPIED MODE THE MOTORIZED DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED AND THE EXHAUST FANSHALL BE OFF.

ALARMS:

1. THE CONTROLS SYSTEM SHALL MONITOR DAMPER AND FAN STATUS AND SEND ALARM TO THE BMS UPON DAMPEROPENING FAILURE AND/OR FAN FAILURE. FAN SHALL NOT ENERGIZE IF DAMPER FAILS TO OPEN.

B.M.S.

EXHAUST AIR

VRF ADD ALTERNATE NOTES:

GENERAL:

CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADD ALTERNATE PRICING TO INSTALL A FULLWATER-COOLED VRF SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES IN LIEU OF WSHPSYSTEM FOR NEW OFFICE SPACE.

SCOPE OF AREA:

THE VRF SYSTEM SHALL SERVE THE FOLLOWING SPACES:· 100 ENTRY· 101 PANTRY· 102 PHONE· 104 STORAGE· 105 TRAINING· 106 TRAINING· 107 CONFERENCE· 108 CONFERENCE· 109 HUDDLE· 110 HUDDLE· 111 FOODA· 112 CORRIDOR

SYSTEM:

THE SYSTEM SHALL BE SIMILAR TO DAIKIN VRV WITH THE FOLLOWINGUNITS:

· RWEYQ144 WATER-COOLED CONDENSING UNIT WITH HEAT RECOVERY(LOCATED IN 104 STORAGE)

· BS10Q54 10-PORT BRANCH SELECTOR BOX (LOCATED IN 112CORRIDOR)

· DCM601A71 CENTRAL CONTROLLER WITH BACNET INTERFACE· FXMQ18 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 100 ENTRY, 101

PANTRY, 102 PHONE, 104 STORAGE, 112 CORRIDOR)· FXMQ18 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 105 TRAINING)· FXMQ36 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 106 TRAINING)· FXMQ24 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 107

CONFERENCE)· FXMQ24 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 108

CONFERENCE)· FXMQ12 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 109 HUDDLE &

110 HUDDLE)· FXMQ12 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 111 FOODA)

15"Ø OMNITITUS0.01<2524x240-950 - 1,2,3

CEILING DIRECT103 TEL/DATA 230 0.25955 2.0 115 1 60 GREENHECK 26 15x14x12 1,2,4,6,7SP-A390(135)EF-1-2 103 TEL/DATA

8"Ø OMNITITUS0.01<2512x120-250RG-3 - 1,2

OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED CONTROL:

THE ROOM THERMOSTAT CYCLES THE EXHAUST FAN ON WHEN THE SPACETEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 80°F (ADJ.).

WHEN THE THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED THE FAN WILL TURN OFF.

ALARMS:

1. THE CONTROLS SYSTEM SHALL MONITOR FAN STATUS AND SENDALARM TO THE BMS ON FAN FAILURE.

S

ELECTRIC & IDF ROOMEXHAUST FAN CONTROLS

T


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M101-02SIE-170817.dwg

MECHANICAL

SCHEDULES01NTS

M-01-01

jgedeon

Stamp

01000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

A.INSTALL ALL NEW WORK IN A NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATION,MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.

B. CODES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS:

1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL BUILDING CODE, BUILDINGDEPARTMENT, BUILDING MANAGEMENT, AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING ORRELATING TO ANY PORTION OF THIS WORK SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO AND MADE A PART OFTHESE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS TO INFORM ENGINEER OF ANY EXISTING WORK ORMATERIALS WHICH VIOLATE ANY OF THE ABOVE LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ANY WORK DONE BYTHE CONTRACTOR CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSEBY THIS CONTRACTOR AND AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER.

2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL CONTROLLED INSPECTIONS IF REQUIRED AND OBTAIN ALLEQUIPMENT USE PERMITS AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PERMITS SHALL BETURNED OVER TO OWNER AT JOB COMPLETION.

C. SITE VERIFICATION:

1. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE TO ASCERTAINTHE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGSAND DESCRIBED HEREIN. DISCREPANCIES, IF ANY, SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEER'SATTENTION PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, AND IF NOT RESOLVED TO SATISFACTION, SHALL BESUBMITTED AS A WRITTEN QUALIFICATION OF THE BID. SUBMISSION OF A BID SHALL BE EVIDENCETHAT SITE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.

D. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

1. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS OF THEENTIRE PROJECT INCLUDING GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION, ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER AND SHALL INCLUDE ANY WORK REQUIREDIN THE BID WHICH IS INDICATED OR IMPLIED TO BE PERFORMED BY THIS TRADE IN OTHERSECTIONS OF THE WORK.

2. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF WORK ANDAPPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALLDIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, REGISTERS,THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, SWITCHES AND ANY WALL MOUNTED DEVICES. ALL WORK SHALL BECOORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT.

3. IF A CONFLICT OCCURS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MORE

STRINGENT SITUATION SHALL APPLY.

4. ANY EQUIPMENT, PARTS, MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, OR LABOR THAT IS NECESSARY FOR PROPERPERFORMANCE OF THE MECHANICAL WORK ALTHOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREINOR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WITHOUT ADDITIONALCOSTS.

E. GUARANTEE:

1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROMDATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THIS WORK. FINAL ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE DEFINED AS THE TIMEAT WHICH THE MECHANICAL WORK IS TAKEN OVER AND ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER, AND IS UNDERCARE, CUSTODY, AND CONTROL OF THE OWNER. ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF VARIOUSMANUFACTURERS SUPPLYING THE EQUIPMENT FOR THE PROPER STARTUP AND OPERATION OFALL SYSTEMS INSTALLED. INSTRUCT THE OWNERS PERSONNEL IN THE PROPER OPERATION ANDSERVICING OF THE SYSTEM.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE TO REPLACE OR REPAIR PROMPTLY AND ASSUMERESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EXPENSES INCURRED FOR ANY WORKMANSHIP AND EQUIPMENT INWHICH DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN THE GUARANTEE PERIOD. THIS WORK SHALL BE DONE ASDIRECTED BY THE OWNER. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL INCLUDE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EXPENSESINCURRED IN REPAIRING AND REPLACING WORK OF OTHER TRADES AFFECTED BY DEFECTS,REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THIS CONTRACTOR.

3. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF ALL SYSTEMSUNTIL THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK.

4. ALL AIR CONDITIONING UNIT COMPRESSORS AND REFRIGERATION COMPONENTS SHALL HAVE A5-YEAR WARRANTY

5. THE "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" AIA DOCUMENT A201,

LATEST EDITION, OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ARCHITECT DOCUMENTS, AND/OR THE STRUCTURAL

ENGINEER'S DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, ARE PART OF THIS CONTRACT.

F. DEFINITIONS:

1. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, "THIS CONTRACTOR": THE PARTY OR PARTIES THAT HAVE BEEN DULYAWARDED THE CONTRACT FOR AND ARE THEREBY MADE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MECHANICALWORK AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

2. "THIS CONTRACT", "THE CONTRACT": THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE WORK TO BE PERFORMEDBY "THIS CONTRACTOR".

3. "APPROVED", "EQUAL", "SATISFACTORY", "ACCEPTED", "ACCEPTABLE", "EQUIVALENT": SUITABLEFOR USE ON THE PROJECT, AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER BASED ON DOCUMENTSPRESENTED FOR SUCH DETERMINATION.

4. "THESE SPECIFICATIONS": "THIS SECTION, PART, AND DIVISION" (OF THE SPECIFICATION): THE

DOCUMENT SPECIFYING THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY "THIS CONTRACTOR".

5. "THE MECHANICAL WORK", "THIS WORK": ALL LABOR MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS,CONTROLS, ACCESSORIES, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED FOR A PROPER AND COMPLETEINSTALLATION BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.

6. "ARCHITECT", "ENGINEER", "OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE": THE PARTY OR PARTIES RESPONSIBLEFOR INTERPRETING, ACCEPTING AND OTHERWISE RULING ON THE PERFORMANCE UNDER THISCONTRACT.

7. "FURNISH": PURCHASE AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE COMPLETE WITH EVERY NECESSARYAPPURTENANCE AND SUPPORT, ALL AS PART OF THE MECHANICAL WORK.

8. "INSTALL": UNLOAD AT THE DELIVERY POINT AT THE SITE AND PERFORM EVERY OPERATIONNECESSARY TO ESTABLISH SECURE MOUNTING INSTALLATION AND CORRECT OPERATION AT THEPROPER LOCATION IN THE PROJECT, ALL AS PART OF THE MECHANICAL WORK.

9. "PROVIDE": "FURNISH" AND "INSTALL"

10. "NEW": MANUFACTURED WITHIN THE PAST TWO YEARS AND NEVER BEFORE USED.

11. "RELOCATE": MOVE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND ALL ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED.

12. "REMOVE": DISMANTLE AND CART AWAY FROM SITE INCLUDING ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. ALLITEMS SHALL BE LEGALLY DISPOSED OF. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS IN ANY WAYAFFECTED BY THE REMOVAL IS TO REMAIN IN FULL OPERATION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARYCOMPONENTS TO MAINTAIN SUCH OPERATION.

01100 - SCOPE OF WORK

A.PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES NECESSARY FOR THECOMPLETE, SAFE INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL WORK. THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDEBUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

1. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF ITEMS AS REQUIRED.

2. DUCTWORK AND DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES.

3. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (AIR OUTLETS, VAV BOXES, FAN POWERED BOXES, ETC.).

4. PIPING AND PIPING ACCESSORIES INCLUDING ALL VALVING.

5. EQUIPMENT (PUMPS, AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, FANS, VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES, ETC.)

6. INSULATION OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK.

7. SOUND ATTENUATORS AND SOUND LINING.

8. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS.

9. TESTING AND BALANCING.

10. CUTTING AND PATCHING.

11. SHOP DRAWINGS.

12. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS.

13. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS.

14. FULL COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES.

15. WARRANTY AND GUARANTY.

B. PHASING AS REQUIRED BY OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ORBUILDING MANAGEMENT.

C. PREMIUM TIME FOR WORK TO BE PERFORMED AFTER-HOURS AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING

MANAGEMENT AND/OR OWNER.

D.FILING, PERMITS, CONTROLLED INSPECTIONS.

E. FULL TESTING AND STARTUP OF ALL SYSTEMS.

F. SECURE PERMITS, PAY ALL FEES AND CHARGES FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED, CERTIFYING

01310 - COORDINATION WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT

A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS PRIOR TO BIDSUBMISSION TO DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS AND THE EXTENT OF PREMIUM TIME WORK REQUIRED

BY THE BUILDING. FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE BID, ASSUME ANY NOISY WORK (E.G., CHOPPING, CORE

DRILLING, ETC., AND BASE BUILDING SYSTEM INTERRUPTIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED OUTSIDENORMAL BUSINESS HOURS.

B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO THE BUILDING OWNER'S RULES AND REGULATIONS. ANYDISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW, WITH BID SUBMISSION.

C. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING OWNER FOR ANY SERVICE INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SYSTEMS AND

GIVE NOTICE AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS OR A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) DAYS

PRIOR TO ANY WORK, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT.

01330 - SHOP DRAWINGS

A.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS CERTIFIED BY ALL TRADES THAT COORDINATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED.SUBMIT ALL CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT CUTS WITH CONSTRUCTION WIRING DIAGRAMS AND AUTOMATICTEMPERATURE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMISSION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BELIMITED, TO THE FOLLOWING:

1. DUCTWORK - PROVIDE DUCT SHOP STANDARDS AND LEAKAGE TEST CERTIFICATION, AS

REQUIRED, AND 3/8 SCALE DUCT LAYOUT.

2. PIPING LAYOUT AND APPURTENANCES - PROVIDE PIPING, VALVING, CHEMICAL TREATMENT,

SHOP STANDARDS AND 3/8 SCALE PIPING LAYOUT WITH ALL VALVING.

3. INSULATION FOR DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.

4. CERTIFIED AIR AND WATER BALANCING REPORT.

5. EQUIPMENT CATALOG CUTS FOR ALL ITEMS TO BE UTILIZED ON PROJECT (FANS, PUMPS, AC

UNITS, VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES, VAV BOXES, ETC.)

6. AIR OUTLETS (DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, ETC.)

7. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAGRAMS, DEVICES AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION

B. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS IN AUTOCAD 2007 FORMAT AT PROJECT COMPLETION SHOWING THE INSTALLEDCONDITION OF WORK.

C. THE QUANTITY OF SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL AS A MINIMUM BE FOUR (4) COPIES OF 8-1/2"X11"

SUBMISSIONS AND ONE (1) REPRODUCIBLE AND ONE (1) PRINT OF ALL DRAWINGS. SPECIFIC JOB

REQUIREMENTS MAY BE MORE STRINGENT AND CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAINREQUIREMENTS FROM CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ARCHITECT.

01633 - SUBSTITUTIONS

A.NO SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURER OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT AFORMAL WRITTEN SUBMITTAL TO THE ENGINEER WHICH INCLUDES ALL DIMENSIONAL, PERFORMANCEAND MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CHANGES IN LAYOUT, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS,STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS, OR DESIGN DUE TO THE USE OF A SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE SUBMITTEDTO THE ENGINEER AS PART OF THIS PROPOSAL. THE CONTRACTOR TAKES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FORTHE SUBSTITUTION AND ALL CHANGES RESULTING FROM SUBSTITUTION. ALL ITEMS SHALL BESUBMITTED FOR REVIEW IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUBMITTAL OF THE SUBSTITUTION. ANYSUBSTITUTION MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH AN EXPLANATION WHY A SUBSTITUTION IS BEING UTILIZED.IF THE SUBSTITUTED ITEM DEVIATES FROM THE SPECIFIED ITEM, THOSE DEVIATIONS ARE TO BEIDENTIFIED ON A LINE BY LINE BASIS. IF THE SUBSTITUTE IS BEING UTILIZED FOR FINANCIAL REASONS,THE ASSOCIATED CREDIT MUST BE SIMULTANEOUSLY SUBMITTED.

B. ALL SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY EQUIPMENTTHAT DOES NOT MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS AT HIS OWN EXPENSE. ANY MODIFICATIONS TOASSOCIATED SYSTEMS OR ADDITIONAL COSTS ATTRIBUTED TO THIS SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE AT THISCONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.

C. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT BID BASED ON SPECIFIED ITEMS AND SHALL SUPPLY AS AN ALTERNATEPRICE ANY SUBSTITUTIONS.

01731 - CHASING, CHOPPING OR CORE DRILLING

A.PRIOR TO ANY CHASING, CHOPPING, OR CORE DRILLING BEING PERFORMED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALLFIELD INVESTIGATE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE WITH ALL APPROPRIATE TRADES ANDBUILDING MANAGEMENT TO ENSURE THAT WORK WILL BE IN HARMONY WITH OTHER WORK ANDNOT AFFECT ANY EXISTING BUILDING SYSTEMS. THIS WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY BUILDINGMANAGEMENT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING.

01732 - DEMOLITION, REMOVAL AND RELOCATION

A.REMOVAL, TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AND RELOCATION OF CERTAIN EXISTING WORK WILL BENECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW SYSTEMS. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE NOTCOMPLETELY DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY THE SITE AND MAKE ALLNECESSARY CHANGES REQUIRED BASED ON EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEWWORK.

B. DISCONNECT, REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE EXISTING MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER WORK AS

NOTED OR REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW SYSTEM.

C. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE TEMPORARILY DISCONNECTED AND RELOCATED SHALL BE CAREFULLYREMOVED, STORED, CLEANED, REINSTALLED, RECONNECTED AND MADE OPERATIONAL.

D. ALL EXISTING WORK NOT INDICATED FOR DEMOLITION SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE. WHEREEXISTING WORK TO REMAIN IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED, CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE TOOWNER'S AND BUILDING MANAGER'S SATISFACTION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER OR BUILDINGMANAGEMENT.

E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL CEILING IN AREAS WHERE NEW DUCTWORK OR PIPING IS TOBE INSTALLED OR EXISTING IS ALTERED, AS PER ARCHITECT'S INSTRUCTIONS.

F. NECESSARY CUTTING AND PATCHING TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW HVAC WORK SHALL BE PERFORMEDBY THIS CONTRACTOR AND COORDINATED WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT SO AS TO MINIMIZEDISRUPTION OF EXISTING TENANTS AND SERVICES. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, ALL SUPPLYDUCTWORK MUST BE PATCHED AND SEALED. RESTORE ALL ITEMS TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS.

G.ALL EXISTING MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WILL REMAIN THEPROPERTY OF THE OWNER OR SHALL BE LEGALLY DISPOSED OF BY THIS CONTRACTOR AS DIRECTED BY

THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER. REFRIGERATION CONTAINED IN EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVEDSHALL BE RECLAIMED OR LEGALLY DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH EPA REQUIREMENTS ANDASHRAE.

H.PROVIDE FOR LEGAL REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS FROM THE BUILDING ANDSITE. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT.

01735 - CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK

A.PLAN INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK TO INSURE MINIMUMINTERFERENCE WITH REGULAR OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. ALL SYSTEM SHUTDOWNSAFFECTING OTHER AREAS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. INSTALL ISOLATIONVALVES AT POINT OF CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING PIPING. INSTALL ISOLATION DAMPERS ATCONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCTWORK. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUCTWORK AND PIPING CONNECTIONSAS REQUIRED TO MINIMIZE SHUTDOWN TIME.

B. CONNECT NEW WORK TO EXISTING WORK IN NEAT AND APPROVED MANNER. RESTORE EXISTINGWORK DISTURBED WHILE INSTALLING NEW WORK TO ACCEPTABLE CONDITION AS DETERMINED BYARCHITECT AND BUILDING MANAGER.

C. MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES.

01781 - AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

A.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN RECORD DRAWING PRINTS ON JOB SITE AND RECORD, AT TIME OFOCCURRENCE, DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DUE TO FIELD COORDINATION, BULLETINS,OR ADDENDA.

B. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE SHOP DRAWINGS TO CONFORM TO RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT

AS-BUILT CONDITION (PIPING AND DUCTWORK) DRAWINGS UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.

FINAL SUBMISSION OF REPRODUCIBLE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ARE TO BE SIGNED AND CERTIFIED BYINSTALLING CONTRACTOR THAT THIS IS THE AS-BUILT CONDITION OF THE WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALLSUPPLY THE RECORD DRAWINGS IN AUTOCAD 2007 FORMAT.

01782 - MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A.SUBMIT FOUR (4) LOOSE-LEAF BOUND OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WITH INDEX AND

INDEX TABS TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

1. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ON ALL SYSTEMS.

2. MANUFACTURERS' CATALOG CUTS ON ALL EQUIPMENT.

3. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS WITH SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS, CATALOG CUTSOF ALL DEVICES, AND POINT-TO-POINT WIRING DIAGRAMS.

4. CERTIFIED FINAL AIR AND WATER BALANCING REPORT.

5. DUCT AND PIPING AS-BUILT DRAWINGS WITH VALVE CHART AND KEY PLAN DRAWINGS INSERTEDIN BINDER.

6. ALL ITEMS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW IN SHOP DRAWING SECTION.

01785 - SERVICE AND WARRANTY (MAINTENANCE CONTRACT)

A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS AN ADD ALTERNATE PRICE, A FULL ONE YEAR SERVICE ANDWARRANTY OF ALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS, WITH PRICES FOR YEARS 2, 3 AND 4FOLLOWING THIS FIRST YEAR. AT THE TIME OF ACCEPTANCE OF PROJECT, THE TENANT OR OWNER'SREPRESENTATIVE WILL DECIDE TO ACCEPT WHICH ALTERNATE, IF ANY.

08311 - ACCESS DOORS IN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL A PLAN INDICATING THE SIZE

(MINIMUM 18"X 18") AND LOCATION OF ALL ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE OF ALL CONCEALED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, VALVES, DAMPERS AND CONTROLS.CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING OF ALL ACCESS DOORS IN FINISHEDCONSTRUCTION AND INCLUDE COSTS IN THE BID.

15050 - MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

A.PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES OF THE SIZES AND CAPACITIES AS SCHEDULED AND ASINDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.

B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURERSRECOMMENDATIONS, INSTRUCTIONS, AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.

C. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND/OR MOUNTINGS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWING, IN

VIBRATION SPECIFICATION AND AS FOLLOWS:

D. CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT - PROVIDE SUPPORTS WITH APPROVED SUITABLE ANCHORSSUSPENDED DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STEEL STRUCTURE.

E. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL AS REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY SUPPORT THE EQUIPMENT LOAD.

F. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH VIBRATION ISOLATION, REFER TO VIBRATION ISOLATIONSECTION.

G.REUSE OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT:

1. EXISTING SYSTEM SURVEY

a) PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM EXISTING CONDITIONS

SURVEY OF SYSTEMS TO BE REUSED AND PREPARE COMPLETE REPORT INDICATING PHYSICALCONDITION OF UNITS AND ACCESSORIES AND NOTE ANY REPAIRS REQUIRED BEYOND ITEMSINCLUDED IN DESIGN DOCUMENTS TO RESTORE EQUIPMENT TO A FULLY OPERATIONALCONDITION. REPORT TO BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND ANY CORRECTIVEACTION. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ANY NEW OR REFURBISHMENT WORK LISTED IN THESPECIFICATIONS OR PLANS.

b) PROVIDE A UNIT PRICE LIST TO BE SUBMITTED WITH YOUR BID FOR THE REPAIR OF ALL

INTERNAL COMPONENTS OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE REUSED AS WELL AS ALL ACCESSORIES.

c) UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY ALL REUSED

EQUIPMENT FOR ONE (1) YEAR.

2. REHABILITATION OF EXISTING FANS.

a) MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFURBISH THE EXISTING FANS AS INDICATED ON THE

PLANS. WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: MOTOR AND DRIVEREPLACEMENT, ALIGNMENT, FLEXIBLE CONNECTION REPLACEMENT AND FIELD FAN WHEELCLEANING AND AIR BALANCING.

b) CLEANING: DISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN ALL PARTS. IF SHOWING OXIDATION, BRUSH SCALE

AND FINISH WITH ZINC COMPOUND. THE FAN SCROLL SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY CLEANEDOF ALL BUILT-UP MATTER.

c) MOTOR REPLACEMENT: MOTOR SHALL BE REPLACED WITH A NEW HIGH EFFICIENCY OPEN

DRIP PROOF TYPE MOTOR OF THE SIZES AS SCHEDULED.

d)DRIVE REPLACEMENT: PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FAN AND MOTOR SHEAVES. PROVIDE

AND INSTALL NEW BELTS TO ACCOMMODATE THESE SHEAVE CHANGES. MOTOR AND FANSHALL BE ALIGNED AND BELT ADJUSTED AS PER THE FAN MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS,FOR THE NEW CFM AND RPM AS SCHEDULED.

e) BELT GUARD: PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BELT GUARDS. FABRICATED TO SMACNA AND

OSHA STANDARDS. PROVIDE 3/4" DIAMOND MESH SCREEN WELDED TO ANGLE FRAME AND

SECURED TO FAN. CONSTRUCT WITH PROVISIONS FOR BELT TENSION, BEARING LUBRICATIONAND TACHOMETER READING WHILE IN PLACE.

f) ROTATING ASSEMBLY: TEST SHAFT AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY. FIELD BALANCE ASSEMBLY

(STATICALLY AND DYNAMICALLY). PERFORM A FULL FREQUENCY SPECTRUM ANALYSIS ON

THE SYSTEM. INSTALL NEW PILL BLOCK GREASE LUBRICATED BEARINGS AND LUBRICATEBEFORE START-UP.

g) PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS.

15060 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:

A.PROVIDE ALL PIPE HANGERS, HANGER RODS SUPPORTS, INSERTS, ATTACHMENTS, CLAMPS, GUIDES,SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL AND ANCHORS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL PIPING SYSTEM SIZED TOACCOMMODATE THE SYSTEM LOADS. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ARE TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITHMSS RECOMMENDATIONS.

B. PROVIDE INSULATED PROTECTIVE SADDLES FOR INSULATED PIPING.

C. PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF MSS SP-69 AND ALLAPPLICABLE CODES. ALL THREADED ROD IS TO BE GALVANIZED. PROVIDE 2" VERTICAL ADJUSTMENTFOR ALL HANGERS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION, BRANCH PIPINGOVER 5 FEET, AND CONCENTRATED LOADS DUE TO VALVES, STRAINERS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES.

D.HANGER AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY GRINNELL OR APPROVED EQUAL.

15070 - VIBRATION ISOLATION

A.FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY VIBRATION ISOLATORS, VIBRATION HANGERS, MOUNTINGPADS, RAILS, ETC., TO ISOLATE VIBRATION AND SOUND FROM BEING TRANSMITTED TO THE BUILDINGCONSTRUCTION. ALL VIBRATION ISOLATION PRODUCTS SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THEIRINTENDED USE.

B. MANUFACTURER OF VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWINGRESPONSIBILITIES:

1. DETERMINE VIBRATION ISOLATOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS.

2. PROVIDE SUITABLE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS.

3. GUARANTEE SPECIFIED ISOLATION SYSTEM ATTENUATION AND DEFLECTION.

4. PROVIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, DRAWINGS AND FIELD SUPERVISION TO ASSURE PROPERINSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE. STARTERS SHALL BE SELECTED TO SUIT MOTOR RUNNINGAND STARTING CHARACTERISTICS.

C. ISOLATION SYSTEMS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY MASON INDUSTRIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.MOUNTING TYPES:

1. STATIC DEFLECTION OF ISOLATORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 90% EFFICIENT. PROVIDECORROSION PROTECTION FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED OUTDOORS.

2. MOUNTING OF CEILING-SUPPORTED FANS, IN-LINE PUMPS, HEAT EXCHANGERS, AND AIR

HANDLING UNITS - SPRING ISOLATORS - (TYPE DNHS).

3. SUPPORT OF PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND WHERE EXPOSED ON ROOF

a) ALL WATER PIPING OUTSIDE OF SHAFTS WITHIN 50 FEET OF CONNECTED ROTATING

EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED WITH ISOLATORS.

b) HANGER ROD ISOLATORS (TYPE 30N) MOUNTINGS.

c) FLOOR SUPPORTED PIPING ISOLATORS (TYPE SLR).

d) VERTICAL RISER PIPING ANCHOR AND GUIDES (TYPE ADA).

4. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL FANS AND DUCTWORK (REFER TO DUCTWORK

SECTION FOR SPECIFICATIONS.

15071 - SEISMIC RESTRAINTS

A. ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE ADEQUATELY RESTRAINED TO RESIST SEISMICFORCES. THIS SPECIFICATION IS IN ADDITION TO THE SPECIFIED VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR THISPROJECT. RESTRAINT DEVICES SHALL BE DESIGNED AND SELECTED TO MEET SEISMIC REQUIREMENTSAS DEFINED IN THE LATEST ISSUE OF THE STATE AND LOCAL CODE HAVING JURISDICTION.

B. ANCHOR BOLT CALCULATIONS, SIGNED AND STAMPED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER,SHALL BE SUBMITTED SHOWING ADEQUACY OF THE BOLT SIZING AND TYPE. CALCULATIONS SHALLINCLUDE ANCHOR EMBEDMENT, MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE AND MINIMUM CENTER DISTANCE. THEDEIGN LATERAL FORCES SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED IN PROPORTION TO THE MASS DISTRIBUTION OF THEEQUIPMENT. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED FOR ANCHORS ON RESTRAINT DEVICES, CABLES,ISOLATORS AND ON RIGIDLY MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. THE SEISMIC DESIGNER MUST PERFORM FINALJOBSITE INSPECTION TO VERIFY ANCHOR INSTALLATION.

C. RESTRAINT OF RIGIDLY MOUNTED PIPING AND DUCTWORK MAY CONFORM TO "NATIONAL UNIFORMSEISMIC INSTALLATION GUIDELINES", OR "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICALSYSTEMS AND PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS", SMACNA.

D. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY ALL SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL REQUIRED FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORKAND PIPING INCLUDING ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.

E. ALL ISOLATORS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL MEET OSHPD REQUIREMENTS AND CONTAIN APPROVAL FROMOSHPD.

F. MANUFACTURER TO BE MASON INDUSTRIES, OR APPROVED EQUAL BY THE ENGINEER.

G.ISOLATED EQUIPMENT

1. FLOOR AND ROOF MOUNTED ISOLATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROTECTED, AS REQUIRED, WITHISOLATORS AND RESTRAINTS. FOR EQUIPMENT WITH HIGH CENTER OF GRAVITY, ADDITIONALCABLE RESTRAINTS. FOR EQUIPMENT WITH HIGH CENTER OF GRAVITY, ADDITIONAL CABLERESTRAINTS SHALL BE FURNISHED, AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT FORCES AND MOTION CAUSED BYROCKING.

2. ALL SUSPENDED ISOLATED EQUIPMENT AND VESSELS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH CABLERESTRAINTS. CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE SEISMIC MOTION AND SOARRANGED THAT THEY DO NOT ENGAGE DURING NORMAL OPERATION, STARTING OR STOPPING.

3. ALL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR ISOLATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DESIGNED AND FURNISHED BY THEISOLATION MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER.

H.ISOLATED PIPING

1. ALL REQUIRED SHALL BE PROTECTED IN ALL PLANES BY CABLE RESTRAINTS, DESIGNED TOACCOMMODATE THERMAL MOVEMENT AS WELL AS RESTRAIN SEISMIC MOTION. TANKS ANDVESSELS CONNECTED TO ISOLATED PIPING SHALL BE RESTRAINED SAME AS PIPING. LOCATIONSSHALL BE AS DETERMINED BY THE ISOLATOR SUPPLIER AND SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITEDTO:

a) AT ALL DROPS TO EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS

b) AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF PIPE.

c) AT HORIZONTAL RUN OF PIPE.

d) ON BOTH SIDES OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS.

I. ISOLATED DUCTWORK

1. ALL REQUIRED ISOLATED DUCTWORK SHALL BE PROTECTED IN ALL PLANES BY CABLE RESTRAINTS.THE DUCTWORK SHALL BE REINFORCED AT ALL RESTRAINT LOCATIONS AS PER SMACNA.LOCATIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ISOLATOR SUPPLIER AND SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BELIMITED TO:

a) AT ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS.

b) AT ALL DUCT RUNS AND DUCT RUN ENDS (TRANSVERSE BRACING).

c) AT HORIZONTAL RUNS.

J. RIGIDLY MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

1. ALL FLOOR MOUNTED AND SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT AND VESSELS AND ALL SUSPENDED OR WALLMOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROTECTED BY PROPERLY SIZED ANCHOR BOLTS OR HANGERS,RODS AND BRACING AND, IF REQUIRED, BY ADDITIONAL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS DESCRIBEDABOVE FOR ISOLATED EQUIPMENT. THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL RESTRAINTS SHALL BEDETERMINED BY, AND IF REQUIRED, FURNISHED BY THE SUPPLIER OF THE SEISMIC RESTRAINTSFOR THE ISOLATED EQUIPMENT.

K. RIGIDLY MOUNTED PIPING

1. ALL NON-ISOLATED PIPING SHALL BE PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NUSIG AND/OR SMACNA

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M201-02SIE-170817.dwg

MECHANICAL

SPECIFICATIONS01NTS

M-02-01

jgedeon

Stamp

GUIDELINES. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, FOR EASE OF INSTALLATION, CABLE RESTRAINT SYSTEMMAY BE USED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR ISOLATED PIPING

L. RIGIDLY MOUNTED DUCTWORK

1. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE PROTECTED THE SAME AS RIGIDLY MOUNTED PIPING.

M. DIFFUSERS

1. AIR DIFFUSERS THAT WEIGH NOT MORE THAN 10 KG (20 POUNDS) AND THAT RECEIVE A

TRIBUTARY LOADING FROM DUCTWORK MAY BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO AND SUPPORTED BYTHE CEILING RUNNERS.

N. INSTALLATION

1. ALL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ARE TO BE SECURELY ANCHORED OR FASTENED TO THE EQUIPMENT ANDSUPPORTING STRUCTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED SUBMITTAL DATA.

2. OPERATING CLEARANCES ARE TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT RESTRAINTS DO NOT INTERFERE DURINGNORMAL OPERATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.

3. UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, THE SUPPLIER OF THE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS SHALLINSPECT AND CERTIFY IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT THAT RESTRAINTS HAVE BEEN INSTALLEDPROPERLY AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH HIS RECOMMENDATIONS.

O. SUBMITTALS

1. THE SEISMIC AND VIBRATION CONTROL MANUFACTURER SHALL DETERMINE THE NUMBER, SIZE,AND TYPE OF ANCHOR BOLTS, CABLE RESTRAINTS, SEISMIC SNUBBERS, ETC., FOR EACH PIECE OFEQUIPMENT AND GROUPS OF PIPES AND DUCTS.

2. COMPLETE ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR ALL VIBRATION AND SEISMICREQUIREMENTS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK.

3. THE STATE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING STAMP OF THE ENGINEER WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THEDESIGN, CALCULATIONS AND OPERATION OF THE VIBRATION AND SEISMIC SYSTEM.

4. THE TYPE, SIZE, AND DEFLECTION OF EACH ISOLATOR PROPOSED FOR ITEMS IN THIS SPECIFICATIONAND ON THE DRAWINGS.

5. DETAILS FOR ALL THE ISOLATORS AND SEISMIC BRACING WITH SNUBBERS PROPOSED FOR ITEMS INTHIS SPECIFICATION AND ON THE DRAWINGS.

6. DETAILS FOR STEEL FRAMES AND CONCRETE INERTIA BASES TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITHTHE ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT OF THE ITEMS IN THIS SPECIFICATION AND DRAWINGS.

7. CLEARLY OUTLINED PROCEDURES FOR INSTALLING AND ADJUSTING THE ISOLATIONS, SEISMICBRACING AND SNUBBER.

15075 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT:

A.EQUIPMENT LABELS

1. PLASTIC LABELS FOR EQUIPMENT

a) MATERIAL AND THICKNESS: MULTILAYER, MULTICOLOR, LASTIC LABELS FOR MECHANICAL

ENGRAVING, 1/8 INCH THICK, AND HAVING PREDRILLED HOLES FOR ATTACHMENT

HARDWARE.

b) LETTER COLOR: WHITE.

c) BACKGROUND COLOR: BLACK.

d)MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE: ABLE TO WITHSTAND TEMPERATURES UP TO 160 DEG F.

e) MINIMUM LABEL SIZE: LENGTH AND WIDTH VARY FOR REQUIRED LABEL CONTENT, BUT NOT

LESS THAN 2-1/2 BY 3/4 INCH.

f) MINIMUM LETTER SIZE: 1/4 INCH FOR NAME OF UNITS IF VIEWING DISTANCE IS LESS THAN 24

INCHES; 1/2 INCH FOR VIEWING DISTANCES UP TO 72 INCHES, AND PROPORTIONATELY

LARGER LETTERING FOR GREATER VIEWING DISTANCES. INCLUDE SECONDARY LETTERINGTWO-THIRDS TO THREE-FOURTHS THE SIZE OF PRINCIPAL LETTERING.

g) FASTENERS: STAINLESS-STEEL SELF-TAPPING SCREWS.

h) ADHESIVE: CONTACT-TYPE PERMANENT ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH LABEL AND WITH

SUBSTRATE.

2. LABEL CONTENT: INCLUDE EQUIPMENT'S DRAWING DESIGNATION OR UNIQUE EQUIPMENT

NUMBER, DRAWING NUMBERS WHERE EQUIPMENT IS INDICATED (PLANS DETAILS, AND

SCHEDULES), PLUS THE SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE WHERE EQUIPMENT IS

SPECIFIED.

3. EQUIPMENT LABEL SCHEDULE: FOR EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT TO BE LABELED, ON

8-1/2-BY-11-INCH BOND PAPER. TABULATE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND IDENTIFY

DRAWING NUMBERS WHERE EQUIPMENT IS INDICATED (PLANS, DETAILS, AND SCHEDULES), PLUS

THE SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE WHERE EQUIPMENT IS SPECIFIED. EQUIPMENTSCHEDULE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

B. WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS

1. MATERIAL AND THICKNESS: MULTILAYER, MULTICOLOR, PLASTIC LABELS FOR MECHANICAL

ENGRAVING, 1/8 INCH THICK, AND HAVING PREDRILLED HOLES FOR ATTACHMENT HARDWARE.

2. LETTER COLOR: WHITE.

3. BACKGROUND COLOR: RED.

4. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE: ABLE TO WITHSTAND TEMPERATURES UP TO 160 DEG F.

5. MINIMUM LABEL SIZE: LENGTH AND WIDTH VARY FOR REQUIRED LABEL CONTENT, BUT NOT LESS

THAN 2-1/2 BY 3/4 INCH.

6. MINIMUM LETTER SIZE: 1/4 INCH FOR NAME OF UNITS IF VIEWING DISTANCE IS LESS THAN 24

INCHES; 1/2 INCH FOR VIEWING DISTANCES UP TO 72 INCHES, AND PROPORTIONATELY LARGER

LETTERING FOR GREATER VIEWING DISTANCES. INCLUDE SECONDARY LETTERING TWO-THIRDS TOTHREE-FOURTHS THE SIZE OF PRINCIPAL LETTERING.

7. FASTENERS: STAINLESS-STEEL SELF-TAPPING SCREWS.

8. ADHESIVE: CONTACT-TYPE PERMANENT ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH LABEL AND WITHSUBSTRATE.

9. LABEL CONTENT: INCLUDE CAUTION AND WARNING INFORMATION, PLUS EMERGENCYNOTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS

C. PIPE LABELS

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURED PIPE LABELS: PREPRINTED, COLOR-CODED, WITHLETTERING INDICATING SERVICE, AND SHOWING FLOW DIRECTION.

2. PRETENSIONED PIPE LABELS: PRECOILED, SEMIRIGID PLASTIC FORMED TO COVER FULLCIRCUMFERENCE OF PIPE AND TO ATTACH TO PIPE WITHOUT FASTENERS OR ADHESIVE.

3. SELF-ADHESIVE PIPE LABELS: PRINTED PLASTIC WITH CONTACT-TYPE, PERMANENT-ADHESIVEBACKING.

4. PIPE LABEL CONTENTS: INCLUDE IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING SERVICE USING SAME DESIGNATIONSOR ABBREVIATIONS AS USED ON DRAWINGS, PIPE SIZE, AND AN ARROW INDICATING FLOWDIRECTION.

a) FLOW-DIRECTION ARROWS: INTEGRAL WITH PIPING SYSTEM SERVICE LETTERING TO

ACCOMMODATE BOTH DIRECTIONS, OR AS SEPARATE UNIT ON EACH PIPE LABEL TO INDICATEFLOW DIRECTION.

b) LETTERING SIZE: AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH.

D.DUCT LABELS

1. MATERIAL AND THICKNESS: MULTILAYER, MULTICOLOR, PLASTIC LABELS FOR MECHANICAL

ENGRAVING, 1/16 INCH THICK, AND HAVING PREDRILLED HOLES FOR ATTACHMENT HARDWARE.

2. LETTER COLOR: WHITE.

3. BACKGROUND COLOR: BLUE.

4. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE: ABLE TO WITHSTAND TEMPERATURES UP TO 160 DEG F.

5. MINIMUM LABEL SIZE: LENGTH AND WIDTH VARY FOR REQUIRED LABEL CONTENT, BUT NOT LESS

THAN 2-1/2 BY 3/4 INCH.

6. MINIMUM LETTER SIZE: 1/4 INCH FOR NAME OF UNITS IF VIEWING DISTANCE IS LESS THAN 24

INCHES; 1/2 INCH FOR VIEWING DISTANCES UP TO 72 INCHES, AND PROPORTIONATELY LARGER

LETTERING FOR GREATER VIEWING DISTANCES. INCLUDE SECONDARY LETTERING TWO-THIRDS TOTHREE-FOURTHS THE SIZE OF PRINCIPAL LETTERING.

7. FASTENERS: STAINLESS-STEEL SELF-TAPPING SCREWS.

8. ADHESIVE: CONTACT-TYPE PERMANENT ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH LABEL AND WITHSUBSTRATE.

9. DUCT LABEL CONTENTS: INCLUDE IDENTIFICATION OF DUCT SERVICE USING SAME DESIGNATIONSOR ABBREVIATIONS AS USED ON DRAWINGS, DUCT SIZE, AND AN ARROW INDICATING FLOWDIRECTION.

a) FLOW-DIRECTION ARROWS: INTEGRAL WITH DUCT SYSTEM SERVICE LETTERING TO

ACCOMMODATES BOTH DIRECTIONS, OR AS SEPARATE UNIT ON EACH DUCT LABEL LETTERINGTO INDICATE FLOW DIRECTION.

b) LETTERING SIZE: AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH.

E. STENCILS

1. STENCILS: PREPARED WITH LETTER SIZES ACCORDING TO ASME A13.1 FOR PIPING; MINIMUM

LETTER HEIGHT OF 1-1/4 INCHES FOR DUCTS; AND MINIMUM LETTER HEIGHT OF 3/4 INCH FOR

ACCESS PANEL AND DOOR LABELS, EQUIPMENT LABELS, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONALINSTRUCTIONS.

a) STENCIL MATERIAL: ALUMINUM.

b) STENCIL PAINT: EXTERIOR, GLOSS, ALKYD ENAMEL BLACK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

PAINT MAY BE IN PRESSURIZED SPRAY-CAN FORM.

c) IDENTIFICATION PAINT: EXTERIOR, ALKYD ENAMEL IN COLORS ACCORDING TO ASME A13.1

UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

F. VALVE TAGS

1. VALVE TAGS: STAMPED OR ENGRAVED WITH 1/4-INCH LETTERS FOR PIPING SYSTEM

ABBREVIATION AND 1/2-INCH NUMBERS.

a) TAG MATERIAL: BRASS, 0.032-INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS, AND HAVING PREDRILLED OR

STAMPED HOLES FOR ATTACHMENT HARDWARE.

b) FASTENERS: BRASS WIRE-LINK OR BEADED CHAIN; OR S-HOOK.

2. VALVE SCHEDULES: FOR EACH PIPING SYSTEM, ON 8-1/2-BY-11-INCH BOND PAPER. TABULATE

VALVE NUMBER, PIPING SYSTEM, SYSTEM ABBREVIATION (AS SHOWN ON VALVE TAG), LOCATION

OF VALVE (ROOM OR SPACE), NORMAL-OPERATING POSITION (OPEN, CLOSED, OR MODULATING),

AND VARIATIONS FOR IDENTIFICATION. MARK VALVES FOR EMERGENCY SHUTOFF AND SIMILARSPECIAL USES.

a) VALVE-TAG SCHEDULE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

G.WARNING TAGS

1. WARNING TAGS: PREPRINTED OR PARTIALLY PREPRINTED, ACCIDENT-PREVENTION TAGS, OFPLASTICIZED CARD STOCK WITH MATTE FINISH SUITABLE FOR WRITING.

a) SIZE: 3 BY 5-1/4 INCHES MINIMUM.

b) FASTENERS: REINFORCED GROMMET AND WIRE OR STRING.

c) NOMENCLATURE: LARGE-SIZE PRIMARY CAPTION SUCH AS "DANGER," "CAUTION," OR "DO

NOT OPERATE."

d) COLOR: YELLOW BACKGROUND WITH BLACK LETTERING.

15080 - INSULATION

A. ALL INSULATION SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM, NFPA MASSACHUSETTS STATE ENERGY

CODE AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. ALL MECHANICAL INSULATION, (JACKETING,

COVERINGS, ADHESIVES, MASTICS, FACINGS, TAPES, ETC.), SHALL HAVE RATINGS NOT EXCEEDING A

“FLAME SPREAD" OF 25 OR LESS AND "SMOKE DEVELOPED" INDEX OF 50 OR LESS.

B. BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION, ALL PRESSURE AND LEAK TESTS SHALL BE COMPLETED ANDAPPROVED. FURNISH AND INSTALL AS PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS.

C. INSULATION FOR FITTINGS OR ACCESSORIES REQUIRING SERVICING OR INSPECTION SHALL HAVEINSULATION REMOVABLE AND REPLACEABLE WITHOUT DAMAGE.

15081 - DUCT INSULATION:

A.GENERAL

1. INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED WITH MASTICS, ADHESIVES, AND COATINGS, WITH COVERS,WEATHER PROTECTION AND OTHER WORK AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'SRECOMMENDATIONS. DO NOT INSULATE SOUND LINED DUCTWORK. MATERIALS SHALL MEETREQUIREMENTS OF ADHESIVE AND SEALANT COUNCIL STANDARDS AND SMACNA.

B. CONCEALED DUCTWORK

1. INSULATE SUPPLY AND FRESH AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS IN CONCEALED SPACES AND RETURN

DUCT NOT IN CEILING PLENUM WITH AT LEAST 1-1/2" THICK FIBROUS GLASS DUCT WRAP, WITH

FOIL-KRAFT FLAME RESISTANT VAPOR BARRIER.

15082 - EQUIPMENT INSULATION

A.PROVIDE FIBROUS GLASS BOARD, 2 INCHES THICK, 6 LB. DENSITIES, FOIL-SCRIM KRAFT FACING,VAPORSEAL. INSULATION SHALL BE SEGMENTED TO FIT CURVATURE OF EQUIPMENT.

B. APPLICATION AND FINISH

1. ROUND EQUIPMENT: BAND IN PLACE WITH 1/2 INCH BY .020 INCH STAINLESS STEEL BANDS ON 12

INCH CENTERS. FLAT OR IRREGULAR SHAPED EQUIPMENT: IMPALE INSULATION ON WELDED PINSOR CLIPS ON 12 INCH CENTERS.

2. EQUIPMENT WITH VAPOR BARRIER. TACK COAT INSULATION WITH A FULL COAT OF VAPORBARRIER FIRE-RESISTIVE MASTIC; EMBED A LAYER OF GLASS FABRIC OVERLAPPING ENDS, THENAPPLY A FULL FINISH COAT OF FIRE-RESISTIVE MASTIC.

3. ALL EQUIPMENT: APPLY HEXAGONAL METAL MESH AND TWO 1/4 INCH THICK COATS OF

HYDRAULIC SETTING CEMENT. TROWEL TO A SMOOTH FINISH. USE CORNER BEADS ON EDGES.

4. APPLY A FULL COAT OF LAGGING CEMENT, EMBED A LAYER OF GLASS FABRIC AND FINISH WITH ASECOND COAT OF LAGGING CEMENT

5. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR SERVICE.

C. THE INSULATION OF ALL REMOVABLE HEADS, MANHOLES, INSPECTION PLATES, ACCESS DOORS, ETC.,SHALL BE INSTALLED IN REMOVABLE ALUMINUM HOUSING ARRANGED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT ITCAN EASILY BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITHOUT ANY DAMAGE TO THE INSULATION.

15083 - PIPE INSULATION:

A.FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION: ONE-PIECE MOLDED SECTIONAL FIBER GLASS INSULATION,

CONFORMING TO ASTM C-547, CLASS 1, 2, 3 TO 850EF WITH 4 LB/CU. FT. DENSITY WITH A THERMAL

CONDUCTIVITY OF NOT OVER 0.23 AT 75EF MEAN. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY-APPLIED ALL SERVICEJACKET AND DOUBLE ADHESIVE SELF-SEALING LAP. COLD WATER PIPE INSULATION JACKET SHALL BE OFTHE CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER TYPE. THE INSULATION SHALL BE SIMILAR TO OWENS- CORNING

FIBERGLASS ASJ/SSL-II PIPE INSULATION.

B. INSULATION FOR FITTINGS, FLANGES, AND VALVES: PROVIDE INSULATION FOR FITTINGS, FLANGES, ANDVALVES PREMOLDED, PRECUT, OR JOB FABRICATED OF THE SAME THICKNESS AND CONDUCTIVITY ASUSED ON ADJACENT PIPING.

C. PROVIDE INSULATION FOR PIPING, FITTINGS, FLANGES AND VALVES OF THE THICKNESSES LISTED INTABLE 15083-01 INSULATION THICKNESS.

15110 - VALVES:

A. VALVES SHALL HAVE NAME OF MANUFACTURER AND GUARANTEED WORKING PRESSURE CAST ORSTAMPED ON BODIES. VALVES OF SIMILAR TYPE SHALL BE BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. VALVESLOCATED 7 FEET OR MORE ABOVE OPERATING FLOOR OR PLATFORM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CHAINOPERATED HANDWHEELS, RUSTPROOF CHAIN AND CHAIN GUIDE. GASKETS AND PACKINGS SHALL NOTCONTAIN ASBESTOS.

B. ALL VALVING AND VALVE MATERIALS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE OPERATING TEST AND MAXIMUMPRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PIPING SYSTEM FOR WHICH THEY ARE BEINGUTILIZED.

C. ALL VALVING SHALL BE RATED AS INDICATED IN TABLE 15110-01 FOR EACH SYSTEM TYPE.

D. VALVING SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THEFOLLOWING:

1. BALL VALVES, 4 INCHES AND SMALLER: MSS SP-110, CLASS 150, 600-PSI CWP, ASTM B 584 BRONZEBODY AND BONNET, 2-PIECE CONSTRUCTION; CHROME-PLATED BRASS BALL, STANDARD PORT FOR

1/2-INCH VALVES AND SMALLER AND CONVENTIONAL PORT FOR 3/4-INCH VALVES AND LARGER;

BLOWOUT PROOF; BRONZE OR BRASS STEM; TEFLON SEATS AND SEALS; THREADED OR SOLDEREDEND CONNECTIONS. VINYL-COVERED STEEL LEVER HANDLE WITH MEMORY STOP. STEM EXTENSIONFOR VALVES INSTALLED IN INSULATED PIPING.

2. PLUG VALVES: MSS SP-78, 175-PSI CWP, ASTM A 126 CAST-IRON BODY AND BONNET, CAST-IRONPLUG, BUNA N, VITON, OR TEFLON PACKING, FLANGED OR GROOVED END CONNECTIONS; SQUAREHEAD OPERATOR AND LOOSE WRENCH.

3. GLOBE VALVES, 2-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER: MSS SP-80; CLASS 125, 200-PSI CWP, OR CLASS 150,

300- PSI CWP; ASTM B 62 CAST-BRONZE BODY AND SCREWED BONNET, RUBBER, BRONZE, ORTEFLON DISC, SILICON BRONZE-ALLOY STEM, TEFLON-IMPREGNATED PACKING WITH BRONZE NUT,THREADED OR SOLDERED END CONNECTIONS; AND WITH ALUMINUM OR MALLEABLE-IRONHANDWHEEL.

4. GLOBE VALVES, 3 INCHES AND LARGER: MSS SP-85, CLASS 125, 200-PSI CWP, ASTM A 126CAST-IRON BODY AND BOLTED BONNET WITH BRONZE FITTINGS, RENEWABLE BRONZE SEAT ANDDISC, BRASS- ALLOY STEM, OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE, TEFLON-IMPREGNATED PACKING WITHCAST-IRON FOLLOWER, FLANGED END CONNECTIONS; AND WITH CAST-IRON HANDWHEEL.

5. SWING CHECK VALVES, 2-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER: MSS SP-80; CLASS 125, 200-PSI CWP, OR

CLASS 150, 300-PSI CWP; HORIZONTAL SWING, Y-PATTERN, ASTM B 62 CAST-BRONZE BODY ANDCAP, ROTATING BRONZE DISC WITH RUBBER SEAT OR COMPOSITION SEAT, THREADED ORSOLDERED END CONNECTIONS.

6. SWING CHECK VALVES, 3 INCHES AND LARGER: MSS SP-71, CLASS 125, 200-PSI CWP, ASTM A 126CAST-IRON BODY AND BOLTED CAP, HORIZONTAL-SWING BRONZE DISC, FLANGED OR GROOVEDEND CONNECTIONS.

7. ALL VALVE MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE AS LISTED OR APPROVED EQUAL BY THE ENGINEER.

8. VALVES USED FOR THROTTLING OR CONTROLLING FLOW SHALL BE GLOBE, BALL, OR PLUG TYPE

VALVES. BALL VALVES SHALL BE USED FOR SHUT-OFF FOR SIZES 2-1/2 AND SMALLER. BUTTERFLY

VALVES SHALL BE LUG TYPE AND SHALL BE USED FOR SHUT-OFF FOR SIZES 3" AND LARGER.BUTTERFLY VALVES SHALL NOT BE USED FOR MODULATING SERVICE OR STEAM SERVICE.

9. CONTROL VALVES: REFER TO AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SECTION.

15181 - HYDRONIC PIPING

A.PROVIDE ALL PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES, SPECIALITIES, THERMOMETERS, AND PRESSURE GAUGESREQUIRED FOR THE OPERATING AND MAXIMUM PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE OF THE PIPINGSYSTEMS.

B. ALL PIPING SHALL BE NEW, STANDARD SIZE, FREE FROM SCALE OR RUST WITH ENDS CAPPED FORDELIVERY AND STORAGE. EACH LENGTH OF PIPING SHALL BE PROPERLY MARKED AT THE MILL FORPROPER IDENTIFICATION WITH NAME OR SYMBOL OF MANUFACTURER.

C. REFER TO TABLE 15181-01 FOR HYDRONIC PIPE APPLICATION SCHEDULE.

D.FITTING MATERIALS AND APPLICATION SCHEDULE:

1. ALL FITTING JOINT TYPE SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE PIPING JOINT TYPE REQUIRED FOR SERVICE,BASED ON THE PIPING APPLICATION SCHEDULE.

2. FITTING CLASS SHALL MEET THE PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENT OF THE PIPINGSYSTEM BASED ON ITS MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE OR TEST PRESSURE,WHICHEVER IF MORE STRINGENT. PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RATINGS OF A FITTING SHALL BEDETERMINED BY ITS CLASS AND THE CORRESPONDING ANSI STANDARD.

3. REFER TO TABLE 15181-02 FOR HYDRONIC PIPE FITTING APPLICATION SCHEDULE.

E. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC FITTING AT ALL PIPING CONNECTIONS JOINING DISSIMILAR METALS, SUCH ASSTEEL AND COPPER.

1. ALL INSTRUMENTATION (PRESSURE GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS) SHALL BE RATED FOR THE

SAME PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE AS PIPING SYSTEM AND RATED SPECIFICALLY FOR THE SAMESERVICE AS THE PIPING. PRESSURE GAUGES ARE TO BE LIQUID FILLED WITH 1% ACCURACY.SELECT GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS SO THAT THE WORKING PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE AREAT THE MIDPOINT OF THE SCALE.

2. INSTRUMENTS TO BE MANUFACTURED BY WEISS INSTRUMENTS OR APPROVED EQUAL.

a) PROVIDE THERMOMETERS IN PIPING AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AT THE INLET

AND OUTLET OF EACH HYDRONIC COIL, HEAT EXCHANGER AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT THATINVOLVES A DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE.

b) PROVIDE PRESSURE GAUGES IN PIPING AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AT SUCTION

AND DISCHARGE OF EACH PUMP AND AT INLETS AND OUTLETS OF EACH HYDRONIC COIL,HEAT EXCHANGER AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT THAT INVOLVES A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE.

3. ALL PIPING TO BE VENTED AT HIGH POINTS AND PROVIDED WITH ASSOCIATED DRAIN VALVES ATLOW POINTS.

4. PROVIDE CORE DRILLED OPENINGS WITH PIPE SLEEVES AT ALL SLAB AND SHAFT PENETRATIONS.PROVIDE FIREPROOFING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN WALL, SHAFT AND SLAB FIRE RATINGS.

5. PROVIDE WATERPROOF SLEEVES (LINK SEAL (LS) TYPE) AT ALL EXTERIOR WALL, FLOOR

PENETRATIONS AND AS REQUIRED OR AS NOTED ON PLANS.

6. PROVIDE LABELING OF ALL PIPING (BOTH EXPOSED AND CONCEALED) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI

STANDARDS AND COLOR CODED AS PER BUILDING MANAGEMENT STANDARDS. LABELS SHALLSECURELY FASTEN TO PIPING WITH LETTERING OF SUFFICIENT SIZE FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION BYOPERATING PERSONNEL.

7. ALL PIPING TO BE MAINTAINED AT HIGHEST ELEVATIONS POSSIBLE SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH

EXISTING OPERATIONS AND SERVICE/MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS.

8. CONNECTION TO EXISTING PIPING:

a) DRAIN DOWN FOR NEW PIPING CONNECTION INTO EXISTING: CONTRACTOR SHALL

COORDINATE WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT FOR SYSTEM DRAIN DOWN AND CONNECTIONINTO EXISTING BUILDING PIPING. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH DRAIN DOWN ARE TO BEINCLUDED AS PART OF BID.

b) WET-TAPS: PROVIDE NEW WET-TAP CONNECTIONS INTO PIPING SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON

THE PLANS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SUCH AS A TAPPINGMACHINE, WELDING MACHINE, FULL PORTED VALVE AND A PRESSURE CONTAINING FITTING.VALVE AND PRESSURE FITTING TO BE RATED FOR THE WORKING PRESSURE OF THE PIPINGSYSTEM. WET-TAP SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR WHO IS SPECIALIZEDIN PERFORMING THIS TYPE OF WORK. CONTRACTORS NAME SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THEOWNER, OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEER FORAPPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. WET-TAP COUPON IS TO BE TURNED OVER TOBUILDING MANAGEMENT.

9. TESTING

a) ALL PIPING SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AT 1-1/2 TIMES THE OPERATING PRESSURE.

SYSTEM SHALL HOLD PRESSURE FOR 24 HOURS, DURING WHICH TIME PIPING IS TO SHOW NOLEAKS. PIPING WHICH IS NOT TIGHT UNDER THE TESTS SHALL BE TAKEN DOWN ANDREASSEMBLED. ALL TESTING SHALL BE DONE USING WATER AS A TEST MODEM.

b) TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED AFTER COMPLETION AND ASSEMBLY OF PIPING SYSTEM, BEFORE

ANY INSULATION OR PAINT IS APPLIED TO JOINTS, INCLUDING WELDS AND PRIOR TO MAKINGTHE SYSTEM OPERABLE. INSULATING MATERIALS INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE TESTS SHALL BEREMOVED.

c) THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY TEMPORARY PIPING

CONNECTIONS, TEES, VALVES, EQUIPMENT, AND LABOR TO PRESSURE TEST PIPING ANDEQUIPMENT.

d) EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT TO BE SUBJECTED TO THE PRESSURE TEST SHALL BE EITHER

DISCONNECTED FROM THE SYSTEM OR ISOLATED BY A BLANK OR SIMILAR MEANS. VALVESMAY BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE PROVIDED THAT VALVE CLOSURE IS SUITABLE FOR THEPROPOSED TEST PRESSURE.

e) SUBMIT TO THE ENGINEER AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE A RECORD OF TEST PRESSURE

APPLIED TO EACH PIPING SYSTEM.

15189 - WATER TREATMENT AND PIPE CLEANING:

A.NEW PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE ISOLATED, CLEANED AND CHEMICALLY TREATED WHEN THEINSTALLATION IS COMPLETED TO REMOVE ANY CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND PROVIDE CORROSIONPROTECTION.

B. PROVIDE THE NECESSARY APPARATUS, COMPLETE WITH RELIEF VALVES, ISOLATING VALVES, CHECKVALVES, PIPING, POWER, WIRING, CHEMICALS, FEED TANKS, AND SERVICE TO PROVIDE PROPER WATERTREATMENT FOR THE CONTROL OF SCALE, CORROSION AND MICROBIOLOGICAL GROWTHS IN THEPIPING SYSTEMS. ALL CHEMICALS USED SHALL COMPLY WITH POLLUTION CONTROLS ESTABLISHED BYALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. CHLORATES SHALL NOT BE USED.

C. PIPE CLEANING

1. FURNISH ALL REQUIRED PIPE CLEANING CHEMICALS, PORTABLE PUMPS, CHEMICAL FEEDEQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND LABOR NECESSARY TO CLEAN ALL PROJECT PIPING SYSTEMS.

2. PROVIDE A PRE-STARTUP NON-FOAMING, LIQUID DETERGENT DISPERSANT CLEANER FORCLEANING OF ALL SYSTEMS TO REMOVE OIL AND FOREIGN MATTER FROM THE PIPING ANDEQUIPMENT PRIOR TO THE FINAL FILLING OF THE SYSTEMS. USE CHEMICAL THAT IS NOTINJURIOUS TO PERSONS, PIPING, PIPE JOINT COMPOUNDS, PACKING, COILS, VALVES, PUMPS ANDTHEIR MECHANICAL SEALS OR OTHER PARTS OF THE SYSTEM. AFTER FINAL FILL, PERFORM ACHEMICAL TEST TO TEST THAT THE PH OF THE NEW SYSTEM IS WITHIN 0.5 OF FRESH INCOMINGWATER.

3. PROVIDE ALL BYPASS PIPING AND VALVING TO ISOLATE ALL NEW AND EXISTING TO BE REUSED

EQUIPMENT (CHILLERS, COILS, ETC.) FROM THE CLEANING PROCESS.

4. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY TEMPORARY PIPINGCONNECTIONS, TEES, VALVES, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR TO PERFORM PIPE CLEANING.

15815 - DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES

A. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCTCONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, LATEST EDITION, SMACNA HVAC AIR DUCT

LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL, LATEST EDITION, AND LOCAL BUILDING CODE (NFPA 90A- 1981 MODIFIED).

THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT OF ANY CODES SHALL APPLY.

B. PROVIDE ALL SUPPORTING AND HANGING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODE ANDSMACNA.

C. DUCTWORK LAYOUT AND ROUTING IS SCHEMATIC AND THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ISRESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DUCT SIZE CHANGES AND RELOCATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPACE ANDSTRUCTURAL CONDITIONS. OFFSETS AND TRANSFORMATIONS SHALL PRESERVE THE FULL INSIDECROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCTWORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

D.DUCTWORK (NEW AND EXISTING TO BE REUSED) SHALL HAVE PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION, SEALING

REQUIREMENTS AND LEAKAGE TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA AND AS LISTED BELOWUNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS:

1. 4" CLASS: ALL SUPPLY DUCTWORK FROM DISCHARGE OF AIR UNITS TO INLETS OF TERMINAL

BOXES. SEAL CLASS "A", LEAKAGE CLASS 6 (RECTANGULAR) OR CLASS 3 (ROUND).

2. 2" CLASS: ALL OTHER LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK. SEAL CLASS "C", LEAKAGE CLASS 24

(RECTANGULAR) OR CLASS 12 (ROUND).

E. LEAKAGE TESTING

1. ALL TESTING SHALL BE DONE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL COLLARS, CAPS, ELECTRIC POWER, ETC.NECESSARY TO PERFORM THE TESTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING

THE TEST NO LESS THAN THREE (3) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO ITS INTENDED OCCURRENCE. LOW

PRESSURE DUCTWORK (2"CLASS) SHALL BE TESTED ON AN AS-NEEDED BASIS AT THE ENGINEER'S

DIRECTION. LEAKAGE TEST PROCEDURES SHALL FOLLOW THE OUTLINES AND CLASSIFICATIONS INTHE SMACNA HVAC DUCT LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL. IF SPECIMEN FAILS TO MEET ALLOTTEDLEAKAGE LEVEL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY TO BRING IT INTO COMPLIANCE AND SHALLRETEST IT UNTIL ACCEPTABLE LEAKAGE IS DEMONSTRATED. TESTS AND NECESSARY REPAIR SHALLBE COMPLETED PRIOR TO CONCEALMENT OF DUCTS.

F. MATERIALS:

1. SHEET METAL: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED, DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OFHOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED SHEETMETAL WITH G60 COMMERCIAL COATING ACCORDING TO ASTM

A653 & A924.

2. ALUMINUM: PROVIDE DUCTWORK OF ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION, WHERE INDICATED.DUCTWORK SHALL BE ALLOY 3003- H14, OF THICKNESS REQUIRED BY THE SMACNA DUCTCONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. PROVIDE FOR ALL DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO WEATHER ANDMOISTURE INCLUDING OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS WITHIN 10 FEET OF LOUVERS AND DISHWASHEREXHAUST.

3. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT FANS SHALL BE NEOPRENE COATED, FLAME RETARDANT GLASS FABRIC

(COMPLYING WITH NFPA 90), 30 OZ./SQ. YD. WITH SEWED AND CEMENTED SEAMS.

G.FABRICATION:

1. CONFORM TO SMACNA REQUIREMENTS FOR METAL THICKNESS, REINFORCING, JOINTS, ANDSEALING FOR MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURES INVOLVED. ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS SHALL BE SEALEDAND TAPED.

2. ELBOWS SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA REQUIREMENTS AND THE FOLLOWING:

a) PROVIDE LONG RADIUS TYPE WITH CENTERLINE RADIUS MINIMUM 1.5 TIMES DUCT WIDTH.

PROVIDE SHORT RADIUS OR SQUARE ELBOWS WHERE INDICATED OR WHERE REQUIRED TOFIT RESTRICTED SPACES. PROVIDE TURNING VANES ON ALL SHORT RADIUS AND MITEREDELBOWS. CONFORM TO SMACNA FOR THE NUMBER OF VANES FOR FITTINGS.

3. BRANCH CONNECTIONS: PROVIDE 45 DEGREE ENTRY OR CONICAL TAPS. PROVIDE RADIUS TYPEFITTINGS FOR DIVIDED FLOW BRANCHES.

H. ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCTWORK:

1. PROVIDE MAT-FACED GLASS DUCT LINER, 1-INCH THICK, 2 LB/CF DENSITY. DUCT DIMENSIONS

INDICATED ARE CLEAR (NET) INSIDE DIMENSIONS. FOR DUCT VELOCITIES GREATER THAN 2,000

FPM, FACE DUCTLINER WITH 24 GAUGE PERFORATED ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL, FULLYCOVERING DUCTLINER, AND SUPPORTED 12" ON CENTER. DO NOT EXTERNALLY INSULATEACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCTWORK. CONFORM TO SMACNA REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION.

PROVIDE ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCT WHERE LISTED BELOW AND/OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS:

ALL TRANSFER DUCTSWITHIN MINIMUM 20 FEET OF ALL AC UNIT DISCHARGES


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M201-02SIE-170817.dwg

MECHANICAL

SPECIFICATIONS01NTS

M-02-02

jgedeon

Stamp

WITHIN MINIMUM 20 FEET OF FAN INLET AND DISCHARGES

WITHIN MINIMUM 15 FEET DOWNSTREAM OF TERMINAL BOXES (VAV, DUAL DUCT, CAV OR FANPOWERED).

I. VOLUME DAMPERS:

1. DAMPERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OR SAME MATERIAL AS DUCT CONSTRUCTION. CONFORMTO SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, LATEST EDITION, OPPOSED BLADE TYPE.PROVIDE BEARING AT BOTH ENDS OF DAMPER ROD AND QUADRANT, WITH LEVER ANDLOCKSCREW, AT ONE END. INSTALL WITH LEVERS ACCESSIBLE THROUGH INSULATION. SPLITTERDAMPER OR AIR EXTRACTORS SHALL NOT BE USED ON THIS PROJECT.

2. PROVIDE MANUAL BALANCING VOLUME DAMPERS AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY BALANCE THE AIRDISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. IF THE LOCATIONS OF BALANCING DAMPERS ARE NOT DEFINED ON THEDRAWINGS, THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN:

a) LOW PRESSURE: ALL SUPPLY AIR MAIN BRANCHES FROM TRUNK, EACH SPLIT, AND ALL

SUB-BRANCHES FROM MAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BALANCING DAMPERS.

b) LOW PRESSURE: ALL EXHAUST AND RETURN BRANCHES FROM TRUNK, EACH SPLIT AND ALL

SUB-BRANCHES FROM MAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BALANCING DAMPERS.

c) MEDIUM PRESSURE: ALL BRANCHES AND TAKEOFFS DOWNSTREAM OF TERMINAL BOXES

(VAV OR FAN POWERED) SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BALANCING DAMPERS.

d) AS NOTED ON PLANS.

J. DUCT ACCESS DOORS:

1. CONFORM TO SMACNA WITH PIANO TYPE HINGES, TWO SASH LOCKS AND DOOR GASKETS.SCREWED ACCESS PANELS ARE NOT PERMITTED. PROVIDE REMOVABLE ACCESS DOORS WHEREDOOR SWING CAN NOT BE ACCOMMODATED.

2. SIZE: MINIMUM 20" X 14" EXCEPT DUCTS LESS THAN 16", ONE DIMENSION 20" AND THE OTHERDIMENSION, 2" LESS THAN THE DUCT WIDTH.

3. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS: AT ENTERING AND LEAVING SIDES OF COILS IN DUCTS; AUTOMATICDAMPERS ON LINKAGE SIDE, MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS 2 SQ. FT. AND LARGER, FIRE DAMPERS,

SMOKE DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, SMOKE DETECTION HEADS, FAN

BEARINGS ENCLOSED IN DUCTS, SUCTION AND DISCHARGE SIDES OF CEILING MOUNTED FANS,FILTERS, REHEAT COILS, AT ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS AND AS INDICATED ONDRAWINGS

K. FIRE DAMPERS:

1. FUSIBLE LINK FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIREDBY LOCAL BUILDING CODE. DAMPER SHALL BE UL LISTED AND LABELED AND IN CONFORMANCEWITH NFPA.

2. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE FACTORY FABRICATED WITH FUSIBLE LINK SHUTTER TYPE MECHANISMOUT OF AIRSTREAM. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN ACCESS DOOR AT EACHDAMPER.

3. DAMPER SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY RUSKIN, MODEL IBD2 (1 1/2 HR RATED, VERTICAL STATIC)

OR MODEL DIBD2 (1 1/2 HR RATED, HORIZONTAL DYNAMIC) AS REQUIRED, TYPE "B", OR

APPROVED EQUAL.

L. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS:

1. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS INDICATED ON DRAWING AND AS

REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODE. DAMPERS SHALL BE UL 555S LATEST EDITION LISTED ANDLABELED AND IN CONFORMANCE WITH NFPA.

2. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE CLASS 1 (ONE), DUAL OVERRIDE REMOTE

RESETTABLE, OPPOSED MULTIBLADE TYPE WITH FUSIBLE MECHANICAL HEAT RESPONSIVE DEVICE,120-VOLT OR PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR AS REQUIRED MOUNTED OUT OF THE AIR STREAM, WITHDAMPER OPERATOR AND BLADE POSITION INDICATOR SWITCHES. PROVIDE MOTOR MOUNTBRACKET STRENGTHENER FOR DAMPERS OVER 10" IN HEIGHT. PROVIDE A 10 GAUGE WELDEDVERTICAL STIFFENER AT EACH CORNER TO PREVENT DAMPER MISALIGNMENT.

3. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL DEVICES, RELAYS, END SWITCHES, E/P SWITCHES,

CONTROL COMPONENTS, AIR PIPING, POWER WIRING, CONTROL WIRING AND INTERLOCK WIRINGAS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR THESE DAMPERS.

4. DAMPERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY RUSKIN MODEL FSD-60 OR APPROVED EQUAL.

M. SEAL OPENINGS AROUND DUCTS THROUGH WALLS WITH MINERAL WOOL OR OTHER NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. SEAL ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AIRTIGHT.

N. ALL DUCTS EXPOSED TO MOISTURE SHALL BE ALUMINUM, SLOPED, DRAINED, AND SHALL NOT BEINTERNALLY LINED.

O. EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE REUSED:

1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT, SEAL PER SMACNA REQUIREMENTS, LEAK TEST, AND INSULATEALL EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE REUSED. EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE REUSED SHALL CONFORMTO SPECIFICATIONS FOR NEW DUCTWORK LISTED HEREIN. ALL REQUIRED WORK SHALL BE PARTOF BID.

Q. AUTOMATIC CONTROL DAMPERS:

1. PROVIDE DAMPERS WITH PARALLEL BLADES FOR 2-POSITION CONTROL, OR OPPOSED BLADES FORMODULATING CONTROL OF CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME SYSTEM.

2. AUTOMATIC DAMPERS ARE TO BE VERY LOW LEAKING TYPE WITH JAMB AND BLADE SEALS RATEDFOR SMOKE DAMPER APPLICATION. CONSTRUCT BLADES OF 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL,

PROVIDE HEAVY-DUTY MOLDED SELF-LUBRICATING NYLON BEARINGS, 1/2" DIAMETER STEEL

AXLES SPACED ON 9" CENTERS, BLADES TO BE MAXIMUM 0" HIGH. FRAME SHALL BE

CONSTRUCTED OF 16 GAUGE X 4 3/8" GALVANIZED HAT SHAPED STEEL PROPERLY BRACED WITH

GALVANIZED STEEL FINISH AND ALUMINUM TOUCH-UP.

3. DAMPERS INSTALLED IN ALUMINUM DUCTS SHALL BE ALUMINUM WITH WEATHERPROOFCOMPONENTS.

4. DAMPER TO BE MANUFACTURED BY IMPERIAL OR APPROVED EQUAL.

R. LOUVERS:

1. ALL INTAKE AND EXHAUST LOUVERS SHALL MATCH THE BASE BUILDING STANDARD. PROVIDE ALLLOUVERS WITH BIRD SCREENS. ALL LOUVERS AND BIRD SCREENS SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA.CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS TO LOUVERS. REFER TOARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR LOUVER SPECIFICATION. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF LOUVERS ANDINSTALLATION DETAILS TO THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TOCOMMENCING WORK.

2. THE FIXED LOUVER PANELS SHALL BE MADE OF EXTRUDED ALUMINUM. LOUVER BLADES SHALL BESPACED AT 4", 0.081" THICK AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE DIRECTED FOR INTAKE OR DISCHARGE

CONFIGURATION AS REQUIRED. JAMBS AND HEAD/SILL SHALL BE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM AND

0.081" THICK BY 4" DEEP. FRAMES SHALL BE 1/8 INCH THICK, BOX TYPE AND DRAINABLE WITH

NECESSARY BRACES FOR RIGID REINFORCEMENT. PROVIDE STATIONARY TOP AND BOTTOM STOPS

TO PREVENT AIR LEAKAGE. PROVIDE DIAMOND MESH BIRD/INSECT SCREEN. THE NET FREE AREA

SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 50% OF GROSS LOUVER AREA.

3. COORDINATE LOUVER SIZES WITH DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE CONNECTED TO LOUVERS.

4. LOUVERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY IMPERIAL OR APPROVED EQUAL BY THE ENGINEER.COLOR AND FINISH TO BE AS PER BUILDING STANDARDS AND SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT.

15855 - DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS:

A.GENERAL

1. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STANDARD70-1991 OR LATEST EDITION. THE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE PUBLISHED PERFORMANCE

DATA FOR ALL AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO BE USED ON PROJECT AS PART OF SUBMISSION.

2. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF DIFFUSERS, GRILLES ANDREGISTERS WITH OTHER TRADES AND WITH CEILING AND WALL CONSTRUCTION. THEMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS ARECOMPATIBLE WITH CEILING CONSTRUCTION TO WHICH THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED.

3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGSFOR EXACT LOCATION, LENGTHS AND FOR FRAMING AND MITERING ARRANGEMENTS THAT MAYDIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON HVAC DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED GENERALCONSTRUCTION, FRAMING, BLOCKING, PLASTERING AND SUPPORTS TO MATCH CEILING, SOFFITOR WALL CONSTRUCTION AS PART OF PROJECT.

4. INLETS AND OUTLETS SHALL HANDLE AIR QUANTITIES INDICATED AT OPERATING VELOCITIES WITHSOUND PRESSURE LEVEL NOT TO EXCEED NC-30, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

5. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH FACES SET LEVEL AND PLUMB ANDMOUNTED TIGHTLY AGAINST MOUNTING SERVICE.

6. ALL AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO BE STEEL OR ALUMINUM IF EXPOSED TO MOISTURE UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED. FINISHES SHALL BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.

7. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY TITUS OR ANEMOSTAT.

8. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL A COMPLETE SCHEDULE OF ALL AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO BE USED ONPROJECT INCLUDING MANUFACTURERS MODELS, SIZES, PERFORMANCE, ACCESSORIES, ACOUSTICINFORMATION, FINISHES, ETC., BEFORE RELEASE FOR FABRICATION. NOTE ANY DEVIATIONS FROMSPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULES SHALL BE INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL.

B. AIR INLET AND OUTLET DEVICES

1. PROVIDE DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS FOR SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST INLETS ANDOUTLETS, OF THE SIZE, TYPE, AND DESIGN INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.

2. ALL SUPPLY RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN

OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AND GRID (ADJUSTABLE THROUGH THE FACE) FOR TRIM BALANCING.

3. SUPPLY REGISTERS SHALL HAVE TWO SETS OF DIRECTIONAL CONTROL BLADES.

4. ONLY 4 WAY DIFFUSERS SHALL BE USED, PROVIDE BLANK OFF SHEETMETAL BAFFLE FOR ALL1-WAY, 2-WAY AND 3-WAY DIFFUSERS.

5. ALL LINEAR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CABLE OPERATED OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERADJUSTABLE THROUGH THE FACE OF THE DIFFUSER. DAMPERS AND PLENUM TAPS SHALL BESPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 4 FEET ON CENTER. PROVIDE DIFFUSERS WITH ADJUSTABLE AIRPATTERN CONTROL VANES

15900 - AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

A.GENERAL:

1. ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS UNDER THIS SUBCONTRACT ARE TO BEFULLY MODULATING TYPE, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETEIN ALL RESPECTS INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED CONTROL EQUIPMENT, THERMOSTATS, CONTROLVALVES, VALVE ACTUATORS, DAMPER OPERATORS, RELAYS, PILOT POSITIONERS, CONTROLWIRING, CONTROL AIR PIPING, SWITCHES, INTERLOCK WIRING, ELECTRICAL OR PNEUMATICCONTROL COMPONENTS AND ASSOCIATED PIPING OR WIRING, APPURTENANCES, ETC., TOPROVIDE THE FUNCTIONS DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS, REGARDLESS OFWHETHER OR NOT SAID DEVICE RELAY, ETC., IS SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREAFTER.

2. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE SUPERVISED AND CHECKED OUT COMPLETELY IN ALL RESPECTS BYCOMPETENT MECHANICS, REGULARLY EMPLOYED BY THE MANUFACTURER.

3. ALL CONTROLS MUST BE THE PRODUCT OF ONE MANUFACTURER. ALL AUTOMATIC CONTROLVALVES, SENSORS AND DAMPER OPERATORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY THE TEMPERATURECONTROL MANUFACTURER.

4. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM

a) IF NEW WORK IS TO CONNECT TO AN EXISTING SYSTEM, THE PROPOSED NEW SYSTEM TO BE

INSTALLED SHALL BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING SYSTEM. THE MANUFACTUREROF THE PROPOSED NEW SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED INTERFACES OR "GATEWAYS"TO ENSURE THAT THEIR SYSTEM IS FULLY COMPATIBLE.

5. THE CONTROL SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF

SYSTEM OPERATIONS AND/OR DETAIL INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND AS DESCRIBED

HEREIN.

6. THE MANUFACTURER OF THE AUTOMATIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT SHALL SUBMIT THE FOLLOWINGFOR APPROVAL: A SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF EACH CONTROL SYSTEM WHICH SHALL INDICATE THEPROPER SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND RANGE OF THE CONTROLS FOR ALL CYCLES. A COMPLETEDESCRIPTION OF THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION OF EACH SYSTEM. THE DESCRIPTION SHOULDINCLUDE THE DUTY OF EACH THERMOSTAT, VALVE, SWITCH, ETC., INCORPORATED IN THECONTROL SYSTEM WITH A SCHEDULE AND ILLUSTRATION OF ALL CONTROL INSTRUMENTS ANDEQUIPMENT INCLUDING CONTROL PANELS AND DEVICES FOR EACH SYSTEM.

B. ELECTRIC WIRING

1. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK (EXCEPT FOR MOTOR FEEDERS, WIRING BETWEEN MOTORS, MOTOR

CONTROLLERS, FEEDER PANELS, FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND BUS BARS) REQUIRED FOR THE

AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. WORKSHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO TIME SWITCHES, DAMPER MOTORS, DAMPER SWITCHES,

ELECTRIC THERMOSTATS, ELECTRIC RELAYS, E/P SWITCHES, INTERLOCKING WIRING, WIRE,

CONDUIT, ETC.

2. ALL 115 VOLT POWER REQUIRED FOR CONTROL PURPOSES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTROLCONTRACTOR FROM A SOURCE ESTABLISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.

3. THE CONTROL MANUFACTURER SHALL INCLUDE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN HIS SHOP DRAWINGSSUBMITTALS FULLY COORDINATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS WORK. IT SHALL BE THEAUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL WIRINGAND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THE FUNCTION CALLED FOR IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS,CONFORMING WITH LOCAL CODES FOR MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION. THE ELECTRICALSPECIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT ELECTRICAL WORK IS TO BE FOLLOWED.

4. FURNISH A CERTIFICATE INDICATING METHOD OF WIRING COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES ASPART OF FIRST SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL.

C. ROOM THERMOSTAT AND SWITCH LOCATIONS:

1. ALL ROOM THERMOSTATS AND SWITCH LOCATIONS (WHETHER SHOWN ON PLANS OR NOT) SHALL

BE SELECTED AND SUBMITTED BY THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL MANUFACTURER FOR APPROVALBY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO ACTUAL INSTALLATION.

D. CONTROL VALVES:

1. ALL AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES SHALL BE OF THE (ELECTRONIC/PNUEMATIC) TYPE, FULLY

PROPORTIONING, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, QUIET IN OPERATION, AND SHALL BEARRANGED TO FAIL SAFE IN EITHER A NORMALLY OPEN OR NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION, IN THEEVENT OF POWER FAILURE. THE OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED OR ASREQUIRED TO SUIT JOB CONDITIONS. PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE FOR VALVES OPERATING INSEQUENCE, WITH OTHER VALVES OR DAMPER OPERATORS TO HAVE ADJUSTABLE OPERATINGRANGES AND STARTING POINTS TO PROVIDE FLEXIBILITY OF ADJUSTMENT IN SEQUENCING ANDTHROTTLING RANGE. MODULATING VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PILOT POSITIONERS.VALVES SHALL BE SIZED BY THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL MANUFACTURER AND GUARANTEED TOMEET THE HEATING OR COOLING REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED. ALL VALVE BODIES SHALL HAVETHE SAME PRESSURE CHARACTERISTICS AS THE PIPE IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED.

2. VALVES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SHALL HAVE BRONZE BODIES

WITH SCREWED CONNECTIONS. VALVES SHALL BE FISHER TYPE ED, WARREN TYPE 20/70, K&M

SERIES GCG, OR AS APPROVED.

3. VALVES BETWEEN 2 INCH AND 4 INCH UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, SHALL HAVE CAST IRON ORCARBON STEEL BODIES WITH FLANGED CONNECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PIPING

SPECIFICATIONS. VALVES SHALL BE FISHER STYLE ED, WARREN TYPE 20/70 OR 1800 SERIES GCG, K

& M SERIES GCG OR AS APPROVED.

4. CONTROL VALVES 4" AND LARGER UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SHALL BE FISHER V100, K & MC-PORTBALL, WARREN 3800 SERIES, OR AS APPROVED.

5. ALL BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVES, WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED SHALLCONFORM TO THE PIPING SPECIFICATION.

6. AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS SHALL HAVE ELECTRIC ACTUATORSWITH ALL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES.

E. AUTOMATIC DAMPERS:

1. PROVIDE CONTROLS FOR ALL THE AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, AS SPECIFIED IN THE DUCTWORKSECTION, AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

2. CONTROL MOTORS OR ACTUATORS SHALL BE OF THE ELECTRONIC OR PNEUMATIC TYPE, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED, OF APPROPRIATE SIZE AND QUANTITIES TO PROVIDE TWO- POSITION ORPROPORTIONING CONTROL ACTION AS SPECIFIED. PROPORTIONING TYPE SHALL BE EQUIPPEDWITH PILOT TYPE POSITIONERS. PILOT POSITIONERS SHALL BE SELECTED FOR VARIED SPRINGRANGES AND ADJUSTABLE WITHOUT DISMANTLING POSITIONER AND CONTROL MOTOR.

3. AUTOMATIC DAMPERS EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS SHALL HAVE ELECTRIC ACTUATORS WITH ALLREQUIRED ACCESSORIES.

F. CONTROL PANELS:

1. FURNISH AND INSTALL IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM, AS HEREIN SPECIFIED, CONTROL PANELS OFSTEEL, WITH WELDED ANGLE IRON BRACKETS, FOR WALL OR FLOOR MOUNTING.

2. THE BASIC BACKGROUND COLOR OF THE PANEL SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT ANDENGINEER.

3. PANELS SHOULD BE FULLY ENCLOSED, WITH HINGED LOCKING FRONT DOOR FOR EACH PANEL.THE PANEL SHALL CONTAIN ALL CONTROLLERS, RELAYS, SWITCHES, ETC. PROVIDE ENGRAVEDNAMEPLATES TO LABEL THE CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND FOR EACH PANEL MOUNTEDCONTROL DEVICE. PLASTIC LAMINATED CONTROL SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS FOR THE SYSTEM SHALLBE HUNG AT EACH LOCAL CONTROL PANEL.

4. DETAILS OF EACH OF THESE PANELS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION.LOCATIONS OF EACH PANEL ARE TO BE CONVENIENT FOR ADJUSTMENT AND SERVICE AND ALLSUCH LOCATIONS ARE TO BE APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

15940 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS:

A.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS.

15990 - TESTING AND BALANCING

A.GENERAL

1. TESTING AND BALANCING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT COMPANY (NOT

ASSOCIATED WITH THE HVAC CONTRACTOR), AABC CERTIFIED OR AS APPROVED BY THE

ENGINEER BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.

2. AFTER ALL PROJECT HVAC WORK IS COMPLETE, TESTED AND IN FULL WORKING ORDER, THEAGENCY SHALL PERFORM THE BALANCING AND TESTING OF THE PROJECT HEATING, VENTILATINGAND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS.

3. UPON THE COMPLETION OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, THE BALANCING AGENCY SHALLPERFORM TESTING AND BALANCING AND COMPILE ALL TEST DATA IN A CERTIFIED REPORT AND

SUBMIT FOUR (4) COPIES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL TO THE ENGINEER.

4. THE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE DESIGN AND ACTUAL READINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT ANDLOCATION PLAN INDICATING WHERE ALL WORK HAS BEEN PERFORMED, AND METHODS OFBALANCING AND DETAILS OF INSTRUMENTS USED.

5. IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST IN THE REPORT THAT REQUIRE FIELD VERIFICATION, THE TESTING ANDBALANCING COMPANY IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER SHALL VISIT THE JOBSITE FOR FIELDVERIFICATION OF THE REPORT.

6. AFTER SUBMISSION OF THE FIELD VERIFIED BALANCING REPORT, THE AIR BALANCING COMPANY

SHALL RETURN TO THE JOB SITE TO PERFORM TWO (2) OCCUPANT COMFORT BALANCES AS

DIRECTED BY THE OWNER OR ENGINEER.

7. THE FINAL REPORT AFTER THE COMFORT BALANCE IS TO BE INCLUDED IN PROJECT OPERATINGAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

8. THE TESTING AND BALANCING AGENCY SHALL INCLUDE AS PART OF THEIR WORK AN EXTENDEDWARRANTY OF 90 DAYS AFTER COMPLETION OF TEST AND BALANCE WORK. THE ENGINEER AT HISDISCRETION DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD MAY REQUEST A RECHECK, OR RESETTING OF ANYEQUIPMENT. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDETHE NECESSARY TECHNICIANS TO FACILITATE THIS WORK.

9. BALANCING AGENCY SHALL PERMANENTLY MARK ALL ADJUSTMENT DEVICES (VALVES, DAMPERS,

ETC.,) TO ENABLE THE SETTING TO BE RESTORED.

B. AIR BALANCING

1. PRE-CONSTRUCTION AIR TESTING

a) MEASURE PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE, AND VOLUME OF AIR FROM EXISTING BASE BUILDING

SYSTEM BEFORE STARTING WORK. TRAVERSE MAIN SUPPLY AND RETURN

b) DUCTS BEFORE WORK TO OBTAIN TOTAL FLOW. SUBMIT REPORT TO ENGINEER

IMMEDIATELY AFTER COMPLETION OF TEST.

2. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT A FIRST SET OF AIR FILTERS ARE IN PLACE, WHENEVERFANS ARE RUNNING AND REPLACED WITH A NEW CLEAN SET OF FILTERS BEFORE TESTING ISCOMMENCED.

3. TEST, ADJUST, REPLACE SHEAVES, AND BALANCE ALL EQUIPMENT AND AIR DISTRIBUTIONSYSTEMS TO PROVIDE AIR QUANTITIES INDICATED ON PLANS WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT.

4. TEST REPORT SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

a) FLOW, LEAKAGE CLASS, TEMPERATURE, STATIC PRESSURE OF AIR AT ALL TRUNK DUCTS

SERVING AREAS OF WORK.

b) TEMPERATURE OF AIR LEAVING OUTLETS AT TWO (2) TYPICAL AIR OUTLETS.

c) QUANTITY OF AIR AT EACH AIR INLET AND OUTLET AFTER BALANCING.

d)PROVIDE FOR ALL FANS, FAN MOTOR HP, AMPS, VOLTS, FAN RPM, CFM, INLET AND

DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE, SHEAVE POSITION.

e) PROVIDE FOR ALL AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, SUPPLY CFM, OUTSIDE AIR CFM, RETURN AIR

CFM, MIXED AIR CFM. PROVIDE OUTSIDE AIR, MIXED AIR AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES

(DRY BULB - COOLING AND HEATING, WET-BULB-COOLING.) INDICATE UNIT OPERATING

MODE DURING TEST.

f) CALIBRATE ALL NEW AND EXISTING TO BE REUSED TERMINAL BOXES (VAV, FAN POWERED OR

DUAL DUCT) AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPECIFIED MINIMUM/MAXIMUM CFM.

g) LISTING OF DESIGN AND ACTUAL READINGS AS WELL AS ALL MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR

EQUIPMENT.

C. WATER BALANCING

1. TEST, ADJUST, AND BALANCE NEW AND EXISTING TO BE REUSED DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TOPROVIDE FLOW QUANTITIES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT.

2. PLACE SYSTEM IN FULL AUTOMATIC OPERATION, WITH AUTOMATIC CONTROLS SET INACCORDANCE WITH DESIGN CONDITIONS, AND ALLOW WATER TO REACH DESIGN TEMPERATUREAND PRESSURE.

3. ALL PIPE TESTING SHALL BE COMPLETED BEFORE COMMENCING BALANCING.

4. SET ZONE OR CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT (PUMP, AIR HANDLING

UNIT, ETC.), TO HANDLE THE DESIGN FLOW.

5. AIR HANDLING UNITS CONTAINING COILS, CHECK AND ADJUST EACH UNIT TO INSURE THE PROPERVOLUME OF AIR IS PASSING THROUGH THE COILS, WHILE THE BALANCING PROCEDURE IS INPROGRESS.

6. TEST REPORT SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

a) THE PRESSURE DROP ACROSS AND FLOW AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AND AT EACH RISER

AND MAIN.

b) TEST PUMPS AND BALANCE FLOW. RECORD THE FOLLOWING ON PUMP REPORT SHEETS:

i. PUMP IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM SERVED

ii. SUCTION AND DISCHARGE PRESSURE AT OPERATING CONDITIONS.

iii. RUNNING AMPS, AND BRAKE HORSEPOWER OF PUMP MOTOR UNDER FULL FLOW ANDNO FLOW CONDITIONS.

iv. PRESSURE DROP ACROSS PUMP IN FEET OF WATER OR PSIG AND TOTAL GPM PUMP ISHANDLING UNDER FULL FLOW CONDITIONS

7. PROVIDE FLOW DIAGRAMS INDICATING PIPING LAYOUT, FLOW BALANCING VALVES AND WHERETHE READING OF EACH INDIVIDUAL PIECE OF EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN TAKEN.

8. MARK VALVE TAG AFTER BALANCING OF EACH BALANCING VALVE TO INDICATE POSITION OFVALVE.

15995 - SYSTEM COMMISSIONING

A.PRIOR TO FULL OPERATION, A COMPLETE DEMONSTRATION AND TESTING OF THE SYSTEM OPERATINGFUNCTIONS AND ALARMS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THIS CONTRACTOR IN THE PRESENCE OF THEOWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND ENGINEER. THIS TESTING SHALL TAKE PLACE AFTER HAVINGSATISFACTORILY MET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SHOP DRAWING ACCEPTANCE. COMMISSIONING OFTHE SYSTEMS SHALL BE SCHEDULED BEFORE SPACE IS OCCUPIED LEAVING ENOUGH TIME TO CORRECTSYSTEM DEFICIENCY'S AND AFTER SHOP DRAWING ACCEPTANCE. UPON SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OFSYSTEM OPERATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A STATEMENT STATING THAT THE FULLOPERATION OF ALL SYSTEMS, FUNCTIONS AND ALARMS HAS BEEN DEMONSTRATED AND AREOPERATIONAL AS WELL AS A LISTING OF ALL SYSTEMS, ALARMS AND FUNCTIONS THAT HAVE BEENCOMMISSIONED. ALL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE TO THE OWNER,OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND ENGINEER BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE CAN TAKE PLACE.

1 1/2"

1"

1"

2"

1"

1"1"1"

1" 1" 1"

1 1/2"

2-1/2"

1 1/2"

2"

1"

2"1 1/2"

FIBERGLASS

FIBERGLASS

FIBERGLASS

MATERIAL

INSULATION THICKNESS FOR PIPE SIZES (INCHES)

CONDENSER WATERSUPPLY & RETURN

SERVICE 1" &LESS

2"2-1/2"TO 4"

5" TO6"

8" ORLARGER

1-1/4" TO1-1/2"

COLD WATER DRAINS

SYSTEMCONDENSER WATER

PRESSURE RATING150 PSIG

STANDARD JOINT TYPEWEIGHTSIZE MATERIALSERVICE

CONDENSER WATER BRAZE ORSILVER SOLDER

BLACK STEEL6" TO 10" SCHEDULE40

ASTM A53 ORA105SEAMLESSGRADE B

WELDED

HARD COPPER4" AND BELOW TYPE L ASTM B 88

COLD CONDENSATEDRAINS,MISCELLANEOUSDRAINS ANDOVERFLOWS

HARD COPPERALL TYPE L BRAZE ORSILVER SOLDER

ASTM 88

2" & SMALLER

TABLE 15083-01- INSULATION THICKNESS

TABLE 15110-01- VALVE PRESSURE RATING

TABLE 15181-01- HYDRONIC PIPE APPLICATION SCHEDULE

TABLE 15181-02- HYDRONIC PIPE FITTING APPLICATION SCHEDULE

PUMPED CONDENSATE(UP TO 60 PSIG)


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M201-02SIE-170817.dwg

MECHANICAL

SPECIFICATIONS01NTS

M-02-03

jgedeon

Stamp

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XXX

XX

X

XX

X

XXXXXX

XX

X

X

X

X

X X X X

X

X

X

X

XX

X

X

XXXXX

XX

X

XX

X X

X

XX

XXXX

X

XXXX

XX

XX

X

X

X X

XX

XX

X

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

XX

XX

X

XXX

XXXXXXXXXXXX

XX

XX

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

10x118"Ø6"Ø

16

x16

10x10

9x9

26

x12

8x8

8x8

21

x11

24

x8

26

x12

XX

XX

XX

XX

X

XXXX

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

XX

XX

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

16x1

0

16x10

X X

XX

16x10

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

M

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

16x12

16x1

2

12x8

12x8

X

X

X

X

X

10

x10

10x1

0

XX

X X

10"Ø

X X

XX

E-AC-4E-HP-6

E-HP-5

E-HP-3

E-HP-4

E-HP-7

E-HP-1

E-HP-2

E-AC-1

E-AC-2

E-AC-3

E-ERV-1

E-EF-1

E-EF-2

6"Ø

8"Ø

8"Ø

8"Ø

1

1

1

1

2

2

18x9

X

X

X

X

X

X

XX

3

3

4

5

1

2

MECHANICAL DEMOLITION KEYED NOTES:

1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND ADJOINING AREAS TO EXAMINETHE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTINGCONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THE DIFFICULTIES WHICH WILL AFFECT THEEXECUTION OF THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALLPERFORM THIS PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF THEIR PROPOSAL.SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCHAN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BERECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED DUETO DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HADSUCH AND EXAMINATION BEEN MADE.

2. THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL INCLUDE, PROVIDING ALL MATERIALS, ALLNECESSARY EXTENSIONS, CONNECTIONS, CUTTING, REPAIRING, ADAPTINGAND OTHER MECHANICAL WORK PENDING THE COMPLETION OF THEPERMANENT WORK. NOTES AND GRAPHIC AREA PRESENTATION SHALL NOTLIMIT THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED. EXTENT OF DEMOLITIONWORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT AND BUILDINGMANAGEMENT.

3. REFER TO ARCHITECTS PLANS FOR AREA OF WORK. CONTRACTOR ISRESPONSIBLE FOR WORK SHOWN ON THESE PLANS THAT IS OUTSIDE OF THEARCHITECT'S PLAN FOR AREA OF WORK.

4. PROVIDE A METHOD OF FILTRATION FOR THE BASE BUILDING RETURN AIR TOPREVENT ENTRAINMENT OF DUST INTO BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS.

5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH ALL DUCTWORK AS NECESSARY WHEREDISCONNECTION IS CALLED FOR.

6. ALL EXISTING WORK REQUIRED TO REMAIN BUT INTERFERING WITHPROPOSED NEW MECHANICAL WORK (AS WELL AS ELECTRICAL AND GENERALCONSTRUCTION WORK) SHALL BE RELOCATED AND RECONNECTED USINGMATERIALS CONFORMING TO STANDARDS OF THIS CONTRACT.

7. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT AND INSULATION FOR ALL EXISTING ANDNEW SUPPLY DUCTS TO REMAIN WHICH ARE AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION.

8. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY NECESSARY BUILDING SHUTDOWNSWITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND CONFORM TO ALL BUILDINGSTANDARDS AND PROCEDURES.

MECHANICAL GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:

MECHANICAL PRE-DEMO BALANCE NOTES:

1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PRE-BALANCE ALL EXISTING WSHPs TO REMAIN AND ALLDIFFUSERS SERVING THE SPACE WITHIN THE SCOPE OF WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXISTING CAPACITIES.

2. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A PRE-BALANCE REPORT, IN A TABLE COMPILINGTHE DATA LISTED BELOW:

-AIR DEVICE DESIGNATION-AIR DEVICE CAPACITY (AIRFLOW MIN AND MAX)-AIR DEVICE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE RATE.-BRANCH DUCT AND DIFFUSERS DESIGNATION-BRANCH DUCT, AND DIFFUSERS CAPACITY (AIRFLOW MIN AND MAX)

EXISTING HEAT PUMP SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. REMOVE ALLASSOCIATED CONTROLS, HANGERS, DUCTWORK AS INDICATED, DIFFUSERSAS INDICATED, PIPING, ETC.

EXISTING EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. REMOVEALL ASSOCIATED CONTROLS, HANGERS, DUCTWORK, ETC.

EXISTING AIR CONDITIONER SHALL BE RELOCATED TO ACCOMMODATENEW ARCHITECTURAL LAYOUT. REFER TO NEW CONSTRUCTION PLANM-03-03 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

EXISTING ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR SHALL BE RELOCATED TOACCOMMODATE NEW ARCHITECTURAL LAYOUT. REFER TO NEWCONSTRUCTION PLAN M-03-03 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. REMOVEALL ASSOCIATED CONTROLS, HANGERS, PIPING, CONDENSING UNIT, ETC.

3

4

5


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M301-303-02SIE-170817-ALT.dwg

MECHANICAL FIRST

FLOOR DUCTWORK

DEMOLITION PLAN011/8" = 1'-0"

M-03-01

jgedeon

Stamp

XX

XX

X X X X XX X X X X

XX

X

XX

XX

X

X

X

X

X X

XX

XX

XX

X

X

XX

XX

X

X

XX

XX

XX

X

XX

XX

XX

X

3/4" CD

3/4

"C

D

3/4

"C

D3/4

"C

D

1-1/4" CD

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

XX

X X

X X

XX

X

X

X

X

X

X

T

T

T

T

X

X

X

XT

X

X

X

XT

X

X

X

XTX

X

X

XT

X

X

X

XT

X

X

X

XT

X

X

X

XSw

X

X

X

XSw

X

X

X

X

X

XT

X

X

X

XT

X

XX

X

XX

X

X

X

1

1

E-AC-4E-HP-6

E-HP-5

E-HP-4

E-HP-7

E-HP-1

E-HP-2

E-AC-1

E-AC-2

E-AC-3

E-ERV-1

E-EF-1

E-EF-2

2

2

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

E-HP-3

6

2-1/2"CWS&R

1"CWS&R

34"CWS&R

34"CWS&R

34"CWS&R1-1 4"CWS&R

1"CWS&R

2-1/2"CWS&R

EXISTING THERMOSTAT (AND C02 SENSOR WHERE APPLICABLE) SHALL BERELOCATED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW ARCHITECTURAL LAYOUT. REFER TO NEWCONSTRUCTION DRAWING M-03-04 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

EXISTING HEAT PUMP SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. REMOVE ALLASSOCIATED CONTROLS, HANGERS, DUCTWORK AS INDICATED, DIFFUSERS ASINDICATED, PIPING, ETC.

EXISTING EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. REMOVE ALLASSOCIATED CONTROLS, HANGERS, DUCTWORK, ETC.

EXISTING AIR CONDITIONER SHALL BE RELOCATED TO ACCOMMODATE NEWARCHITECTURAL LAYOUT. REFER TO NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN M-03-03 FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

EXISTING ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR SHALL BE RELOCATED TOACCOMMODATE NEW ARCHITECTURAL LAYOUT. REFER TO NEW CONSTRUCTIONPLAN M-03-03 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. REMOVE ALLASSOCIATED CONTROLS, HANGERS, PIPING, CONDENSING UNIT, ETC.

MECHANICAL GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:

1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND ADJOINING AREAS TO EXAMINE THEEXISTING CONDITIONS AND TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONSTO DETERMINE THE DIFFICULTIES WHICH WILL AFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THEWORK OF THIS CONTRACT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THIS PRIOR TO THESUBMISSION OF THEIR PROPOSAL. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BECONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE ANDLATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT ORMATERIALS REQUIRED DUE TO DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVEBEEN FORESEEN HAD SUCH AND EXAMINATION BEEN MADE.

2. THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL INCLUDE, PROVIDING ALL MATERIALS, ALLNECESSARY EXTENSIONS, CONNECTIONS, CUTTING, REPAIRING, ADAPTING ANDOTHER MECHANICAL WORK PENDING THE COMPLETION OF THE PERMANENTWORK. NOTES AND GRAPHIC AREA PRESENTATION SHALL NOT LIMIT THE EXTENTOF DEMOLITION REQUIRED. EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BECOORDINATED WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT.

3. REFER TO ARCHITECTS PLANS FOR AREA OF WORK.

4. PROVIDE A METHOD OF FILTRATION FOR THE BASE BUILDING RETURN AIR TOPREVENT ENTERTAINMENT OF DUST INTO BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS.

5. ALL EXISTING WORK REQUIRED TO REMAIN BUT INTERFERING WITH PROPOSEDNEW MECHANICAL WORK (AS WELL AS ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTIONWORK) SHALL BE RELOCATED AND RECONNECTED USING MATERIALS CONFORMINGTO STANDARDS OF THIS CONTRACT.

6. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT AND INSULATION FOR ALL EXISTING AND NEWPIPING TO REMAIN WHICH ARE AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION.

7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY NECESSARY BUILDING SHUTDOWNS WITHTHE BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND CONFORM TO ALL BUILDING STANDARDS ANDPROCEDURES.

MECHANICAL DEMOLITION KEYED NOTES:

1

2

3

4

5

6


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M302-304-02SIE-170817-ALT.dwg

MECHANICAL FIRST

FLOOR PIPING


M-03-02

jgedeon

Stamp

16

x16

21

x11

24

x8

16x1

0

16x10M

16x12

16x1

2

12x8

12x8

10

x10

10x1

0

E-HP-3

E-HP-1

E-AC-1

16x16

18x9

(300)

(150)

(1600)

12

x12

E-HP-2(625)

E-AC-3(1000) E-AC-2

(1000)16

x12

16

x12

E-ERV-1(1000)

(40)

(210)

(350)

(440)

16x1

216x12O.E.D.

W.M.S.

12

x12

1

1

2

24x1

23

3

10

x10

14

x12

10

x10

10

x10

10x10

12x12

12

x10

18

x12

14x12

22

x16

3

3

4

M

10

x10

(80) 5

5

(90)5

(75)

5

(30) 5

(80) 5

(75) 5(155)

5

8x8

18x8

6 6

7

7

8x8

16x8

20x12

20x10

1 NEW LOCATION FOR EXISTING AIR CONDITIONING UNIT. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BERE-ROUTED/EXTENDED AS NECESSARY. RE-BALANCE UNIT TO AIRFLOW AS DEPICTED.RE-BALANCE FRESH AIR TO AIRFLOW AS DEPICTED.

NEW LOCATION FOR EXISTING ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR.

NEW ACOUSTICALLY LINED TRANSFER DUCT. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING M-04-01FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

PROVIDE NEW 28"x12" EXHAUST LOUVER WITH MINIMUM OF 50% FREE AREA.PROVIDE LOUVER WITH 18" DEEP ACOUSTICALLY LINED PLENUM. LOUVER SHALL HAVEMINIMUM OF 0.85 SQUARE FEET OF FREE AREA IF ALTERNATE LOUVER SIZE ISREQUIRED. COORDINATE FINISH/COLOR WITH ARCHITECT.

PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AND BALANCE FRESH AIR TO AIRFLOW ASDEPICTED. REFER TO TYPICAL WSHP FRESH AIR BRANCH SIZE TABLE AND DETAIL ONDRAWING M-04-02 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

PROVIDE MOTORIZED VOLUME DAMPER AND BALANCE TO AIRFLOW AS DEPICTED.MOTORIZED DAMPER SHALL BE TIED INTO E-ERV-1 AND SHALL MODULATE FULLY OPENWHEN SPACE C02 SENSOR EXCEEDS 750 PPM.

PROVIDE PLASTER FRAME FOR GRILLE TO BE INSTALLED IN GYP CEILING.

2

MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION KEYED NOTES:

GENERAL MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND ADJOINING AREAS TO EXAMINE THE

EXISTING CONDITIONS AND TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS TODETERMINE THE DIFFICULTIES WHICH WILL AFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK OFTHIS CONTRACT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THIS PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSIONOF THEIR PROPOSAL. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCETHAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BERECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED DUE TODIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD SUCH ANDEXAMINATION BEEN MADE.

2. REFER TO ARCHITECTS PLANS FOR AREA OF WORK. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FORWORK SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IF IT FALLS OUTSIDE OF THE ARCHITECTURAL SCOPE OFWORK AREA.

3. ALL EXISTING WORK REQUIRED TO REMAIN BUT INTERFERING WITH PROPOSED NEWMECHANICAL WORK (AS WELL AS ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK)SHALL BE RELOCATED AND RECONNECTED USING MATERIALS CONFORMING TOSTANDARDS OF THIS CONTRACT.

4. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT AND INSULATION FOR ALL EXISTING AND NEW SUPPLYDUCTS AND PIPING TO REMAIN WHICH ARE AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION OF EXISTINGCEILING AND PARTITIONS.

5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH, SEAL (AIRTIGHT) AND INSULATE ALL EXISTING TO REMAINDUCTWORK AS NECESSARY, WITHIN THE AREAS OF WORK.

6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY NECESSARY BUILDING SHUTDOWNS WITH THEBUILDING MANAGEMENT AND CONFORM TO ALL BUILDING STANDARDS ANDPROCEDURES.

7. PROVIDE A METHOD OF FILTRATION FOR EXISTING BASE BUILDING RETURN AIR ANDTOILET EXHAUST TO PREVENT ENTRAINMENT OF DUST AND DEBRIS INTO SYSTEMS.

8. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL BUILDING RULES, REGULATIONS, STANDARDS,AND PROCEDURES INCLUDING ALL THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE STATE BUILDING CODE,LOCAL AMENDMENTS, RULES AND REGULATIONS.

9. ALL THERMOSTATS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT ADA REQUIRED HEIGHT AND WITHIN 6" OFSWITCHING IF APPLICABLE. LOCATE AWAY FROM COPIERS, DIMMERS, AND OTHERSOURCES OF HEAT. THERMOSTATS LOCATED ON EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE FURNISHEDWITH AN INSULATED BACKPLATE.

10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ITEMS WITH ALL TRADES.

11. ALL NEW AND EXISTING SUPPLY/FRESH AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED WITH1-1/2" FIBERGLASS WITH ASJ.

12. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 5'-0" IN LENGTH.

13. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ALL AIR DEVICE LOCATIONS AND COORDINATEWITH ARCHITECT.

14. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT EACH TAKEOFF TO ALL AIR DEVICES AND WHEREINDICATED ON PLANS. FOR ALL AREAS WHERE DAMPER IS INACCESSIBLE DUE TO HARDCEILINGS, PROVIDE REMOTE BALANCING DAMPER SIMILAR TO UNITED ENERTECH'SMODEL HI-I-3. PROVIDE ALL PLENUM CABLE AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE WALLPLATE LOCATIONS/FINISH WITH ARCHITECT.

15. PROVIDE LIGHT SHIELDS ON ALL NON-DUCTED RETURN GRILLES. LIGHT SHIELD SHALL BEPAINTED FLAT BLACK.

16. DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF DIFFUSER SHALL BE SIZED TO DIFFUSER CONNECTION SIZEUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

17. ALL NEW EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE EXISTING BMS. ALL GRAPHICSSHALL BE UPDATED ON THE EXISTING HEAD END (IF APPLICABLE).

3

4

5

TYPICAL WSHP FRESHAIR BRANCH SIZES:

0-95 6"Ø

8"Ø

10"Ø

96-200

201-375

AIRFLOW (CFM) BRANCH SIZE

6

7

VRF ADD ALTERNATE NOTES:

GENERAL:

CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADD ALTERNATE PRICING TO INSTALL A FULL WATER-COOLED VRF SYSTEM ANDAPPURTENANCES IN LIEU OF WSHP SYSTEM FOR NEW OFFICE SPACE.

SCOPE OF AREA:

THE VRF SYSTEM SHALL SERVE THE FOLLOWING SPACES:· 100 ENTRY· 101 PANTRY· 102 PHONE· 104 STORAGE· 105 TRAINING· 106 TRAINING· 107 CONFERENCE· 108 CONFERENCE· 109 HUDDLE· 110 HUDDLE· 111 FOODA· 112 CORRIDOR

SYSTEM:

THE SYSTEM SHALL BE SIMILAR TO DAIKIN VRV WITH THE FOLLOWING UNITS:· RWEYQ144 WATER-COOLED CONDENSING UNIT WITH HEAT RECOVERY (LOCATED IN 104 STORAGE)· BS10Q54 10-PORT BRANCH SELECTOR BOX (LOCATED IN 112 CORRIDOR)· DCM601A71 CENTRAL CONTROLLER WITH BACNET INTERFACE· FXMQ18 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 100 ENTRY, 101 PANTRY, 102 PHONE, 104 STORAGE, 112

CORRIDOR)· FXMQ18 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 105 TRAINING)· FXMQ36 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 106 TRAINING)· FXMQ24 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 107 CONFERENCE)· FXMQ24 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 108 CONFERENCE)· FXMQ12 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 109 HUDDLE & 110 HUDDLE)· FXMQ12 DUCTED CONCEALED CEILING UNIT (SERVING 111 FOODA)


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M301-303-02SIE-170817-ALT.dwg

MECHANICAL FIRST

FLOOR DUCTWORK

CONSTRUCTION PLAN011/8" = 1'-0"

M-03-03

jgedeon

Stamp

1-1/4" CD

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

1

1

E-HP-1

E-HP-2

E-AC-1

E-HP-3

2-1/2"CWS&R

1"CWS&R

34"CWS&R1-1 4"CWS&R

1"CWS&R

E-AC-3

E-AC-2

E-ERV-1 1-12"CWS&R

1"CD

2-1/2"CWS&R2

T

1

MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PLAN KEY NOTES:

NEW LOCATION FOR EXISTING THERMOSTAT.

NEW 34" CONDENSATE DRAIN SHALL RUN TO NEAREST SAFE DRAIN.

GENERAL MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING WITH ALL OTHER TRADES.

2. ALL THERMOSTATS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT ADA REQUIRED HEIGHT AND WITHIN 6" OFSWITCHING IF APPLICABLE. LOCATE AWAY FROM COPIERS AND EQUIPMENT IFAPPLICABLE. DO NOT INSTALL THERMOSTATS ABOVE DIMMER LIGHT SWITCHES.

3. PROVIDE PIPE ANCHORS AND GUIDES ON ALL PIPING SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED.

4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONTROLS AND CONTROL WIRING.

5. ALL THERMOSTATS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT ADA REQUIRED HEIGHT AND WITHIN 6" OFSWITCHING IF APPLICABLE. LOCATE AWAY FROM COPIERS, DIMMERS, AND OTHERSOURCES OF HEAT. THERMOSTATS LOCATED ON EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE FURNISHEDWITH AN INSULATED BACKPLATE.

6. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, WHILE MAINTAINING ACCESS TO ALLVALVES AND PIPING ACCESSORIES.

7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS.

8. ALL NEW PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS. ANY EXISTING PIPING THATHAS DAMAGED OR MISSING INSULATION SHALL BE INSULATED.

MECHANICAL ALLOWANCE:

MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CARRY PRICING ALLOWANCE TO PROVIDE CONDENSATEPUMPS FOR ANY WSHPs THAT CAN'T MAKE THE GRAVITY CONDENSATE DRAIN.

TYPICAL WSHPPIPING SIZES:

UNIT SIZECWS&RPIPE SIZE

1"

1-1/4"

1-1/2"

1-1/4"

PIPE SIZECONDENSATE

3/4"

1"

1"

1"

WCCW012

WCCW019

WCCW024

WCCW030

WCCW036

WCCW042

WCCW048

3/4"

1"

1-1/4"

3/4"

3/4"

1"

2


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M302-304-02SIE-170817-ALT.dwg

MECHANICAL FIRST

FLOOR PIPING


M-03-04

jgedeon

Stamp

CLEAR INSULATION

CLINCH COLLAR

1/4W', 4" MINIMUM

W'

45°

VOLUME DAMPER WITHLOCKING TYPE INDICATORQUADRANT AND SADDLE TO

NOTES:

BRANCH DUCT

3/8" SQUARE ROD

MAIN DUCT

END BEARING

W

AIR FLOW

SUPPLY

AIR FLOW

RETURN/EXHAUST

R2=R/(CR)2 AS DEFINED BY SMACNA

3. R1=R/(CR) WHERE (CR)=CURVE RATION

2. VANE ENDS SHALL BE HEMMED FOR STIFFENING

METAL AS ELBOW AND RIVITED OR SPOT WELDED TO DUCT SIDES TO1. FOR SHORT RADIUS ELBOW, VANE SHALL BE MADE OF SAME GAUGE

SHORT RADIUS ELBOW

R3=R/(CR)3

PREVENT VIBRATION.

NOTES:

VANES

AIR FLOW

HR = S LESS THAN W

FIGURE D

HEM

R1R

R2

HEM

L

STANDARD RADIUS ELBOW

FIGURE B

R = W

R

W

15815-3 TYPICAL RADIUS ELBOW WITH SPLITTER VANES

1900 LBS

1940 LBS

1400 LBS

1640 LBS

1800 LBS

1060 LBS

2 1/2"x2 1/2"x1/4"

2 - 1"x 22 GA

STRAPS

2 - 1"x 22 GA

2 - 1"x 22 GA

2 - 1"x 22 GA

STRAPS

2 - 3/8" DIA

2 - 3/8" DIA

2 - 3/8" DIA

2 - 3/8" DIA

LBS

1400

840

640

520

TABLE 2 ALLOWABLE HANGER LOAD, MAX

6000

1360

4000

2500

LBS

1"x22 GA

MAX.10'-0"

193" UP SPECIAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED

1"x 18 GA

1"x 20 GA

MAX.8'-0"

1"x 22 GA

5'-0"MAX.

1"x 22 GA

1"x 22 GA

1"x 22 GA

1"x 16 GA

1"x 18 GA

96"

120"

192"

72"

TABLE 1 STRAP HANGERS (PAIR) SPACED

W + DMAX.

168"

ANGLE (TABLE 3)

NUT

ROD

6"

LSTRAP HANGERS (TABLE 1)

3"

1" MIN.

12" MAX.

D

W

NOTES:

320 LBS

660 LBS

900 LBS

1060 LBS

1160 LBS48"

36"

L 2"x2"x1/4"

1200 LBS

TABLE 3 TRAPEZE ANGLE LOAD, MAX

72"

84"

60"

96"

SPACINGMAX

(TABLE 2)

15815-5 RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGERS

12

12

12

12

12

FT.MAX. SPACING

260

420

1320

700

2500TWO 1/2" DIA. RODS

TWO 3/8" DIA. RODS

ONE 1"x 16 GA STRAP

ONE 1"x 18 GA STRAP

60"

LBSHANGER

DIAMETER

ONE 1"x 22 GA STRAP

MAX. DUCT

HANGER STRAPS OR RODS

26"

84"

50"

36"

MAX. LOAD

DIA.OVER 50"

& UNDER50" DIA.

LOAD RATED FASTENERSBAND OF SAME

SIZE AS HANGER

HANGER RODS

BAND

1. TABULATED DATA FROM SMACNA ALLOWS FOR DUCT REINFORCING AND INSULATION, BUT NO EXTERNAL LOAD.NOTES:

STRAP

2. INSULATION AROUND HANGER

15815-6 ROUND DUCT HANGERS

15060-1PLENUM TRANSFER DUCT

NTS

1" ACOUSTICALLY LINEDSHEETMETAL WITH MITREDRECTANGULAR ELBOW (NOVANES)

NOTES:1. IF PARTITION IS FIRE RATED, PROVIDE FIRE DAMPER.2. REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF RETURN AIR TRANSFER DUCTS.

NOTE: FOR OPEN VAULT CEILING AREASWHERE TRANSFER DUCTS ARE EXPOSED,

PROVIDE TRANSFER GRILLE SIMILAR TO TITUS350RL. WHERE TRANSFER DUCTS ARE

LOCATED IN HUNG CEILING AREAS(CONCEALED) PROVIDE AN OPEN END DUCT

W/12"x 1

2" WIRE MESH SCREEN (TYPICAL)

MIN.1.5 W

MIN.1.5 W

W

W

SEAL ALL AROUNDSEAL ALL AROUND

PARTITION

NOTE: FOR OPEN VAULTCEILING AREAS WHERETRANSFER DUCTS ARE

EXPOSED, PROVIDETRANSFER GRILLE SIMILAR

TO TITUS 350RL. WHERETRANSFER DUCTS ARE

LOCATED IN HUNG CEILINGAREAS (CONCEALED)

PROVIDE AN OPEN ENDDUCT W/ 1

2"x 12" WIRE

MESH SCREEN (TYPICAL)

MIN. 14 W

CLEAR

MIN.1

4 WW

W

WMIN.1

4 W

PARTITION

PROVIDEBEARINGS AT BOTHENDS

DUCT

3/8" SQUARE ROD WITHWASHER AT EACH END

LINKAGE ASSEMBLYOPPOSED ACTION

DAMPER ROD CLIP

15820-2 LOW PRESSURE MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER

DAMPERREGULATOR - WITH

LOCKING TYPEINDICATOR

QUADRANT. ONEREGULATOR FOR

EACH TWO BLADES.

20 GAGE STANDOFFBRACKET ON

INSULATED DUCTONLY

16 GAGE OPPOSEDACTION DAMPERS -

EDGES HEMMED 1/2"AS SHOWN (MAX.

BLADE HEIGHT 12")

3. PROVIDE CABLE-OPERATOR WHERE DAMPER IS INACCESIBLE.

16 GAGE FRAME

NOTE :1. FOR DUCTS LESS THAN 12" HIGH USE SINGLE BLADE DAMPER.2. BALANCING DAMPERS W/O FRAMES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE.

D

MAIN DUCT

END BEARING

3/8" SQ. ROD

DIAMETER1/4" LESS THAN DUCT

16 GA. GALVANIZED BLADE

CLINCH CONNECTION

SHEETMETAL AS REQUIRED

OPERATOR / INDICATORLOCKING TYPE QUADRANT

FLEXIBLE DUCT TO AIR OUTLET

FLEXIBLE DUCT TO CLINCH COLLARMASTIC SEALANT FOR ATTACHINGDRIVEN CLAMPS AND U.L. APPROVEDUTILIZE STAINLESS STEEL WORM

AIR FLOW

CIRCULAR BRANCH CONNECTIONTO SINGLE AIR OUTLET

15815-1RECTANGULAR DUCT BRANCH WITHANGULAR TAP & VOLUME DAMPER

1. USE FOR SYMBOL WHERE BRANCH DUCT AIR QUANTITYIS LESS THAN 1000 CFM.

2. NOT TO BE USED AS SUBSTITUTE FOR ELBOW.

1. TABULATED DATA FROM SMACNA ALLOWS FOR DUCTREINFORCING AND INSULATION, BUT NO EXTERNAL LOAD.

2. PROVIDE HIGH DENSITY INSERT AT TRAPEZE FORINSULATED DUCTS.

3. NO PIPING OR ELECTRIC CONDUIT SHALL BE HUNG FROMTHE DUCTWORK.

5. SQUARE ELBOWS ARE TO BE USED ONLY WHEN SPECIFICALLYINDICATED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS.

20 GAUGE)4. VANES AND FRAMES TO BE SAME GAUGE AS THE ELBOW. (MINIMUM3. FRAMES TO BE BOLTED OR RIVETED TO THE ELBOW.2. MAXIMUM UNSUPPORTED FRAME LENGTH TO BE 48".1. LOCKING LUGS TO BE INTEGRAL WITH THE TURNING VANE.

NOTES:VANED ELBOW

FRAME

DUCT ELBOW

3 1/2"

2 1/4" TYP.

2 1/4" R.

TURNING VANE

LOCKING LUG

4 1/2" R.

DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANESFOR MITERED ELBOWS

1/2" DIAMETERPINLOCK ROD WITHDOUBLE-SCALEDBEARINGS

NTS

7/8"

EXTRUDED STOP AT TOPAND BOTTOM

ASSIST BLADE LINKAGEAS REQUIRED

CLOSED BLADE DETAIL(NOTE OVERLAP OF BLADES)

STAINLESS STEEL SPRINGJAMB SEAL

EXTRUDED SILICON RUBBERSEAL AT BLADE EDGE

5"

OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M401-02SIE-170817.dwg

MECHANICAL

DETAILS01NTS

M-04-01

jgedeon

Stamp

15060-1PIPE HANGERS

NTS

NOTE: FOR TRAPEZE HANGER TAKE SPACING OF SMALLEST SIZE ON TRAPEZE.

16

27

-

14

-

25

12

-

23

10

-

22

8

16

19

6

14

17

5

13

16

4

12

14

3

10

12

2 1/2

9

1110

8

21 1/2

8

97

7

1 1/4NOM. SIZE

7

1

6TUBING

PIPE

THRU 3/4"

7 FT

5 FT

MAXIMUM PIPE/TUBING SUPPORT SPACING, FEET

TYPICAL PIPE HANGERS

ADJUSTABLE ROLLER HANGERADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER

AT HANGERINSULATION SHIELD

PROVIDE HIGH COMPRESSIVESTRENGTH INSULATION INSERTUNDER INSULATION SHIELD

TEMPERATURE PIPE)REQUIRED FOR LOWBARRIER TYPE ISINSULATION (VAPOR

HANGER ROD

24

32

-

20

30

-

18

28

-

SADDLE

WELD

INSULATION

15855-1 TYPICAL DIFFUSER CONNECTION

SHEET METAL DUCTDAMPER PF DIFFUSER

NECK

VOLUME DAMPER

HUNG CEILING

DIFFUSER NECKDIAMETER OFFLEX CONNECTION

DUCT

MAX LENGTH 3 FT.

CEILING

DIAMETER OFCONNECTION.HARD DUCT

DAMPERVOLUME

INSULATION

DIFFUSER NECK

DUCT

THERMAL INSULATIONACOUSTIC LINING/

BORDER TYPE OF AIR OUTLET TO MATCH CEILING TYPE.

MAIN DUCT BRANCH DUCT

AIR OUTLET

INSULATEDPLENUM

8" MIN.

LINEAR DIFFUSER DETAIL

FLUSH, PLASTER FRAME

VOLUME DAMPER,ABOVE ACT, OR PROVIDEA REMOTE CABLEOPERATED DAMPER,SIMILAR TO YOUNGSREGULATOR, ABOVEGWB CEILINGS

MAIN DUCT BRANCH DUCT

AIR OUTLET

INSULATEDPLENUM

8" MIN.

LINEAR DIFFUSER DETAIL

VOLUME DAMPER,ABOVE ACT, OR PROVIDEA REMOTE CABLEOPERATED DAMPER,SIMILAR TO YOUNGSREGULATOR, ABOVEGWB CEILINGS

HUNG CEILING

NOTES :SEE NOTE 2

RETURN BEND

SEE NOTE 1

DRAIN PAN

DISCHARGE MUST BE

PITCH

BELOW LEVEL OFDRAIN PAN

DRAIN CONNECTION(1-1/4" FPT MINIMUM)

DROP

LEG

PIPE SIZE MAX. COOLING LOAD

3/4" 2 TONS

1" 5 TONS

1 1/4" 30 TONS

1 1/2" 50 TONS

UNION

15181-2TYPICAL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING DETAIL

(DRAW THROUGH CONFIGURATION)

VIBRATION ISOLATION

(SEE SPECS.)

COIL SECTION

CONDENSATE DRAIN

WITH TRAP

SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL ANGLE OR CHANNELSUPPORT WELDED TO BEAM FLANGE. ALLDAMAGED FIREPROOFING TO BE REPLACEDSO AS NOT TO COMPROMISE BUILDING FIRERATING. SIZE OF STEEL TO SUIT EQUIPMENT

F.C.

CHANNEL SUPPORTDRAIN PAN

PAN SUPPORT

THREADED HANGER

ROD SIZE TO SUIT

EQUIPMENT WEIGHT.

FAN SECTION

WEIGHT.

15060-15HANGING DETAIL HVAC EQUIPMENT

NOT TO SCALE

1. 1" MIN. DROP REQUIRED USE OFSTANDARD FITTINGS SHOWNEXCEEDS THIS MINIMUM.

2. X/2 + 1"=LEG FOR DRAW THRU UNITWHERE X= NEGATIVE STATICPRESSURE AT FAN INLET (MIN. 5")

3. ADD STRUCTURAL STEEL TO RAISETHE BOTTOM OF THE UNIT TOACCOMODATE TRAP HEIGHT

4. PITCH DRAIN FOR PROPER RUN-OFFAND DISCHARGE TO APPROVEDRECEPTACLE.

5. SUPPORT DRAIN LINES TO PREVENTSAG AND CONDENSATE OVERFLOW.

6. MANUALLY PRIME FILL TRAP BEFORESTART- UP TO FORM INITIAL DRAINSEAL.

PRESSURE GAGE (TYP.)

CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY.

BALL VALVE (TYP.)

CONDENSER WATER RETURN

REG. VALVE

STRAINER.

DIELECTRIC UNION(TYPICAL)THERMOMETER (TYP.)

HOSE END DRAINVALVE FOR MANUAL

FLOW BALANCING

DISCHARGE LINE

FLUSHING

INSULATED PUMP

AUXILIARY DRAINPAN (SEE DETAILFOR CONSTRUCTION).

INSULATED DRAIN LINE.

WSHPUNIT

CHECK VALVE.

CONDENSATE PUMP. (CP)

LOOP SEAL.

VALVE

TYPICAL CEILING HUNG A/C UNIT

PAN CONSTRUCTION1. PAN SHALL BE LARGER THAN AC UNIT ON ALL FOUR (4)

SIDES & SHALL ACCOMMODATE CONDENSATE PUMP.ALLOW SERVICE ACCESS TO FILTER & AC UNITCOMPONENTS.

2. 2" HEM SHALL BE TURNED DOWN OUTSIDE OF PAN.3. FABRICATE PAN OF 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH

SOLDERED CORNERS WATERTIGHT.

(TYPICAL)CONNECTIONFLEXIBLE

LIINING FOR 15'1" ACOUSTICAL

SUPPLY AIR

PUMP

HEAT

SOURCE

WATER

15840-1WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP DETAIL

NOT TO SCALE

SPRINGISOLATOR(TYP)

VENTILATION DUCT CONNECTION

RETURN AIR ELBOW

WMS

MAINTAIN ACCESSIBILITYOF AIR FILTER

1" ACOUSTICALLIINING

MIN:18"

VD

AIR

FLO

W

FRES

H

AIR FLOW

RETURN

NOTES:

(TYPICAL)CONNECTIONFLEXIBLE

LIINING FOR 15'1" ACOUSTICAL

SUPPLY AIR

15840-1WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP DETAIL

NOT TO SCALE

SPRINGISOLATOR(TYP)

VENTILATION DUCT CONNECTION

MAINTAIN ACCESSIBILITYOF AIR FILTER

1" ACOUSTICALLIINING

MIN:18"

1. ALL UNITS TO BE PROVIDED WITH VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND TO BESUPPORTED FROM DECK.

2. INSTALL WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP CLEAR OF LIGHTS FOR ACCESS.3. SEE HVAC EQUIPMENT HANGING DETAIL FOR SUPPORT.4. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER ON FRESH AIR DUCT FOR BALANCING

PURPOSES.

AIR

FLO

W

VAV

AIR FLOW

RETURN

SIZE OF RETURN AIR BOOT OPENING

UNIT SIZE (CFM)

0-600601-800

801-10001001-1200

MIN. OPENINGSIZE (TYP.2)

10x1012x1214x1218x14

RETURN OPENINGWITH WMS TYPICAL2. REFER TO CHARTFOR SIZING.

RETURN AIRELBOW

WATER SOURCEHEAT PUMP

AIR FLOW

RETURN

NOTES:

1. ALL UNITS TO BE PROVIDED WITH VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND TO BESUPPORTED FROM DECK.

2. INSTALL WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP CLEAR OF LIGHTS FOR ACCESS.3. SEE HVAC EQUIPMENT HANGING DETAIL FOR SUPPORT.4. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER ON FRESH AIR DUCT FOR BALANCING

PURPOSES.

SIZE OF RETURN AIR BOOT OPENINGUNIT SIZE (CFM)

0-400401-600601-800

801-10001001-1200

MIN. OPENING SIZE12x1214x1216x1422x1422x16

1201-1600 30x161601-2000 36x16

1201-1600 18x161601-2000 22x16


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

M401-02SIE-170817.dwg

MECHANICAL

DETAILS01NTS

M-04-02

jgedeon

Stamp

ELECTRICAL LEGEND

ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL 1ST FLOOR POWER PLAN

ELECTRICAL 1ST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN

ELECTRICAL DETAILS

FIRE ALARM LEGEND

FIRE ALARM 1ST FLOOR PLAN

E-00-01

E-01-01

E-02-01

E-03-02

E-03-03

E-04-01

FA-00-01

FA-03-01

DRAWING NUMBER DRAWING TITLE

ELECTRICAL DRAWING LIST

ELECTRICAL 1ST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLANE-03-01

WP WEATHERPROOF

VOLTAGEV

VESDA VERY EARLY SMOKE DETECTION APPARATUS

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIESUL

UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

TYPICALTYP

TEL TELEPHONE

SWITCHBOARDSWBD

SW SWITCH

PHASEØ

PNL PANEL

POLEP

NIC NOT IN CONTRACT

NC NORMALLY CLOSED

MIN MINIMUM

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMMER

MECH MECHANICAL

LOCAL EMERGENCY CONTROL SYSTEMLEMCS

HVAC

HORSEPOWERHP

GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER

GENERAL CONTRACTORGC

G, GRD GROUND

GAUGEGA

FT FEET OR FOOT

FLEXIBLEFLEX

FL FLOOR

FIXTUREFIXT

EQUIPMENTEQUIP

FCS FIRE COMMAND STATION

FUSED CUTOUT BOXFCO

FBO FURNISH BY OTHER DIVISION OF WORK

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELFACP

ELEC ELECTRICAL

EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAINE

DWG DRAWING

DOWNDN

DISC DISCONNECT

DATA GATHERING PANELDGP

DACT DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATION TERMINAL

DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMDACS

CU COPPER

CLOSETCL

CLG CEILING

CFSD COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER

CANDELACD

CATALOGCAT

BUILDINGBLDG

AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHATS

AT AMPERE TRIP

HZ HERTZ

MAXIMUMMAX

MAIN LUGS ONLY

MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER

MTD MOUNTED

MLO

MCB

KILOVOLT AMPERES

JUNCTION BOX

PANEL DESIGNATION

LTG

LP

KW

LIGHTING

KILOWATTS

KVA

JB

CIRCUIT BREAKER

ABOVE FINISH FLOOR

AMPERE FRAME

AFF

CB

CKT

C

CIRCUIT

CONDUIT

AF

A AMPERES

NUMBER

NEUTRAL

NOT TO SCALE

NIGHT LIGHT

NTS

NL

NO

N

CO CONDUIT ONLY

MAIN FUSED SWITCHMFS

EM

DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE OUTLET -120V, 20A, NEMA5-20R, HUBBELL 5362 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.

DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET - 120V, 20A, NEMA 5-20R(QUAD) HUBBELL 5362 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.

OS1

OS2

S1

CEILING MOUNTED, DUAL- TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR (MANUALON) FOR AREAS (UP TO 1000 sf) WITH 360° COVERAGE PATTERN. PIR &US SENSING WITH SELF- ADJUSTING SENSITIVITY. PROVIDE MANUAL ONPOWER PACK. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE MOMENTARY MANUAL SWITCHFOR ON/OFF CONTROL OF SENSOR. HUBBELL ATD-1000C OR APPROVEDEQUAL.

SWITCH (SINGLE POLE) HUBBELL CSB SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL3 - DENOTES THREE WAY SWITCH4 - DENOTES FOUR WAY SWITCHP - PILOT LIGHTa - INDICATES ON/OFF CONTROL OF LIGHTING FIXTURES OF

CONTROL ZONE 'a'D- INDICATES DIMMING CONTROL OF LIGHTING FIXTURES.

DIMMER SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH RESPECTIVE DIMMINGBALLAST.

SECURITY NOTES:1. FOR ALL SECURITY DEVICES PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT FROM DEVICE TO 6"

WITHIN NEAREST HUNG CEILING SPACE.

2. PROVIDE PULL STRINGS WITHIN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS.

3. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE GROMMETS ON ENDS OF ALL OPEN CONDUITS.

4. COORDINATE EXACT QUANTITIES, SIZES, LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTSAND EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY CONTRACTOR.

TYPICAL LIGHT FIXTURE ON BATTERY BACKUP. "EM" INDICATESEMERGENCY/LIFE SAFETY FIXTURE AND "NL" INDICATES 24 HOUR(UNSWITCHED) CIRCUIT.

EXISTING DEVICE/EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN.

EXISTING DEVICE SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, REMOVED AND REPLACEDWITH NEW. SEE NEW LAYOUT DRAWING.

SYMBOLS/EQUIPMENT SHOWN OUT OF FUNCTION (SOLID LINE WEIGHT)SHALL REMAIN OR BE MODIFIED AS NOTED.

FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED FIRE RATED POKE-THRU DEVICE TOSERVE FURNITURE POWER AND TEL/DATA (1 1/4"C.). THE G.C.SHALL COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE VENDOR FOR ALLREQUIREMENTS.

J

WALL MOUNTED COMBINATION J-BOX TO SERVE FURNITUREPOWER AND TEL/DATA (1 1/4"C.). THE G.C. SHALL COORDINATEWITH FURNITURE VENDOR FOR ALL REQUIREMENTS.

6

DRAWING REFERENCE NUMBER

DETAIL NUMBER DESIGNATION

DWG

X

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH PER LIGHTING CONTROL VENDORREQUIREMENTS. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

ra1 - INDICATES ON/OFF CONTROL OF LIGHTING FIXTURES WIREDTHROUGH RELAY "ra1"

ra1,ra2,ra3 - INDICATES MULTIPLE SWITCHES WITHIN SAME SWITCHBOX. PROVIDE QUANTITY OF SWITCHES TO MATCH INDICATEDQUANTITY OF ZONES"

D,LV - INDICATES DIMMING CONTROL OF LIGHTING FIXTURES

LVra1

SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE - REFER TO POWER DRAWING FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

SINGLE CLOCK OUTLET. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITHARCHITECT AND EXACT LOCATION WITH AV CONTRACTOR.

1'x4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE

BARE LAMP STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE

DOWNLIGHT

WALL WASHER

JELLY JAR WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE

WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE

WALL SCONCE LIGHT FIXTURE

METAL HALIDE OUTDOOR WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE.

T

M

**AF**AT

C

XX

30

J

FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED MULTI COMPARTMENT RECESSED BOX WITHDATA AND POWER OUTLET AS SHOWN. WIREMOLD RFB6 SERIES ORAPPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE ONE 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (QTY ASSHOWN) AND ONE (1) DEVICE MOUNTING PLATE CAPABLE OF ACCEPTINGUP TO EIGHT (8) ORTRONICS TRACJACK DEVICES, AND ONE (1)SINGLE-GANG DEVICE PLATE FOR AV.CUT THE FLOOR AND PROVIDE ONE (1) 1 1/4" EMT CONDUIT FOR DATAAND ONE (1) 2" EMT CONDUIT FOR AV TO 6" WITHIN NEAREST HUNGCEILING SPACE. PROVIDE BOTTOM HOUSING ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED TOACCOMMODATE DATA AND AV CONDUITS. ALL PLATE CONFIGURATIONSSHALL BE COORDINATED PRIOR TO PURCHASE. PROVIDE PULL STRINGSAND PROTECTIVE GROMMETS ON ENDS OF ALL OPEN CONDUITS.

W

2

X

SCPROJECTION SCREEN CONTROL. E.C. TO PROVIDE BACK BOX AND1" EMPTY CONDUIT STUBBED 6" ABOVE CEILING.

S1ra1LV

LOW VOLTAGE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. REFER TO TAGFOR REQUIRED COVERAGE.

ra1 - CONTROLLING LIGHTING FIXTURES WIRED THROUGH RELAY"ra1"

CEILING MOUNTED TEL/DATA COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET WITH 1"E.C.RUN TO 6" WITHIN NEAREST HUNG CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE PROTECTIVEGROMMET ON ENDS OF ALL OPEN CONDUITS.

PHOTOCELL

AV OUTLET - DOUBLE GANG BOX WITH 1 1/4" E.C. TO 6" WITHINNEAREST HUNG CEILING SPACE.COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTWITH ARCHITECT AND EXACT LOCATION WITH AV CONTRACTOR.

M ELECTRICAL METER (PROVIDED PER BLDG. REQUIREMENTS)

M

WALL MOUNTED TEL/DATA COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET WITH 1"E.C. RUNTO 6" WITHIN NEAREST HUNG CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE PROTECTIVEGROMMET ON ENDS OF ALL OPEN CONDUITS.

WALL MOUNTED DATA COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET WITH 1"E.C. RUN TO6" WITHIN NEAREST HUNG CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE PROTECTIVEGROMMET ON ENDS OF ALL OPEN CONDUITS.UON. REFER TO ARCH.DRAWINGS FOR EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT.

WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET MOUNTING HEIGHT AS PER ARCH.DRAWINGS. PROVIDE 3/4" E.C. TO 6" WITHIN NEAREST HUNG CEILINGSPACE OR TO NEAREST TELEPHONE CLOSET AS INDICATED.

HOMERUN - NUMERALS WHERE USED INDICATE CIRCUIT NUMBER FORREFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE PANELS LOAD EQUALLYOVER THREE (3) PHASES

SECURITY SYSTEM CARD READER

MOTION SENSOR

DOOR RELEASE

MAGNETIC LOCKSET

DOOR HOLD OPEN

PUSH BUTTON

CAMERA

EXISTING FEEDER (CONDUIT & WIRE) TO REMAIN

EXISTING FEEDER (CONDUIT & WIRE) TO BE DISCONNECTED ANDREMOVED.

NEW FEEDER/BRANCH CIRCUIT (CONDUIT & WIRE)

CONDUIT TURNING UP

CONDUIT TURNING DOWN

FEEDER SCHEDULE DESIGNATION. REFER TO ONE-LINE DWG.

KEYED DRAWING NOTE DESIGNATION

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, CEILING MOUNTED HUBBELL 5362 SERIESOR APPROVED EQUAL.

GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - 120V, 20A, NEMA 5-20R HUBBELLGF20LA SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.

MOTORIZED DAMPER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY HVAC ANDWIRED BY ELEC. CONTRACTOR

WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH 6" HIGH RED LETTERS, NICKELCADMIUM BATTERIES, CHARGER & BATTERY TEST SWITCH. SHADED AREASINDICATE LIGHTED FACES. PROVIDE ARROWS AS INDICATED

PENDANT OR CEILING MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE. SHADED AREASINDICATE LIGHTED FACES. PROVIDE ARROWS AS INDICATED.

WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LIGHT UNIT WITH CHARGER& BATTERY TEST SWITCH.

EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED

DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD OR SWITCHBOARD

LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARD

DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER - kVA RATING AS INDICATED

MOTOR-FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS AND WIRED BYELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. INSCRIBED NUMERAL INDICATESHORSEPOWER RATING.

UNFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH- RATING AS NOTED

FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH"AF" - INDICATES AMPERE FRAME SIZE"AT" - INDICATES AMPERE TRIP SETTINGS PROVIDE QUANTITY OF FUSES AS

REQUIRED

COMBINATION DISCONNECT SWITCH AND MOTOR CONTROLLERFURNISHED BY OTHERS AND INSTALLED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICALCONTRACTOR

JUNCTION BOX

THERMAL OVERLOAD DISCONNECT (TOGGLE) SWITCH

CONTACTOR

GROUNDING BAR (SEE DETAIL)

1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF THE MASSELECTRICAL AND LOCAL BUILDING CODE, NFPA, UL, BUILDING MANAGEMENTRULES AND REGULATIONS AND MASS. STATE ENERGY CONSERVATIONCONSTRUCTION CODE, AND ALL OTHER GOVERNING AGENCIES HAVINGJURISDICTION

2. ALL WORK IS NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE SIZEAND GENERAL LOCATION OF WORK. SCALE DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE USED. THEEXACT LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL RECEPTACLES AND TELEPHONE/DATAOUTLETS, ETC., SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, U.O.N.

3. ALL ELECTRIC POWER MUST BE DISCONNECTED BEFORE STARTING DEMOLITION.

4. FILE PLANS WITH THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND OBTAIN ALL PERMITS ANDSIGNOFFS.

5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH OTHER TRADESAND CONFER WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS WHOSE WORK MIGHT AFFECT THISINSTALLATION.

6. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (E.M.T.) SHALL BE USED WITH COMPRESSION TYPEFITTINGS ONLY

7. GREENFIELD MAY BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO MOTORS AND RECESSEDFIXTURES ONLY. LENGTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 6 FEET.

8. PANEL DIRECTORIES SHALL BE UPDATED TO CONFORM TO WORK COMPLETED.

9. ELECTRIC PANEL COVERS ARE NOT TO BE LEFT OFF AT ANY TIME UNLESS MEN AREWORKING ON SAME. COVERS SHALL BE REPLACED EACH NIGHT BEFORE LEAVINGJOB SITE.

10. BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTEGRITY SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES(BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER DEMOLITION AND/OR CONSTRUCTION).

11. WHEN USING TEMPORARY LIGHTING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY LABELPANELS AND BREAKERS USED FOR LIGHTING. LOCATION OF PANELS TO BE SHOWNON FLOOR PLAN POSTED AT ENTRANCE TO WORK AREA. PROPER TEMPORARYLIGHTING AND POWER MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED IN ALL WORKAREAS. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER STRINGERS SHALL UTILIZE C-TAPTERMINATIONS. LAMPHOLDS SHALL HAVE LEFT HANDED SCREW SHELL LAMPHOLDERS AND NON-METALLIC LAMP GUARDS. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTINGSTAIRWELL AND EXIT LIGHT SYSTEMS ARE NOT PERMITTED.

12. ALL NEW MATERIALS REQUIRED SHALL CONFORM WITH THE STANDARDS OF THEUNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. IN EVERY CASE WHERE SUCH A STANDARDHAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF MATERIAL IN QUESTION,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

13. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT AND EXAMINE CAREFULLY THE EXISTINGAREAS AFFECTED BY THIS WORK TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTINGCONDITIONS AND WITH DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL ATTEND THE EXECUTION OF THEWORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THIS, PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSALSUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH ANEXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZEDFOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OFDIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD SUCH ANEXAMINATION BEEN MADE.

14. THIS CONTRACTOR, BEFORE INSTALLING ANY OF THE WORK, SHALL SEE THAT ITDOES NOT INTERFERE WITH CLEARANCES REQUIRED FOR FINISHED COLUMNS,HUNG CEILINGS PILASTER, PARTITIONS, WALLS, ETC., AS SHOWN IN THEARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. IF ANY WORK IS SO INSTALLED AND ITLATER DEVELOPS THAT SUCH DETAILS OR DESIGN CANNOT BE FOLLOWED, THISCONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE SHALL MAKE SUCH CHANGES IN THE WORKAS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT, AS WELL AS TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OFTHE ARCHITECTURAL WORK AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND DETAILS.

15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF SERVICE ON ALL CIRCUITSWHICH ALSO SERVE AREAS NOT AFFECTED BY THESE CHANGES. WHENEVER IT ISREQUIRED THAT AN EXISTING CIRCUIT BE REVISED, DISCONNECTED OR REMOVED,IT SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD THAT THE CIRCUIT SHALL BE RECONNECTED ANDSERVICE RE-ESTABLISHED IN THE REMAINING PORTION OF THE CIRCUIT WHICH ISOUTSIDE OF THE AREA AFFECTED BY THIS ALTERATION.

16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT BACK TO THE FLOOR, WALL OR CEILING, REMOVEWIRING AND PLUG BOTH ENDS OF CONCEALED CONDUITS MADE OBSOLETE BYTHIS ALTERATION. EXPOSED CONDUITS, WIREWAYS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES,HANGERS, ETC. MADE OBSOLETE BY THE ALTERATION WORK SHALL BE REMOVED,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

17. IN CONNECTION WITH THE ALTERATIONS TO THE EXISTING BUILDING, THERE WILLBE CERTAIN REMOVALS AND RELOCATIONS OF THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORKNECESSARY FOR THE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. THESECHANGES CANNOT BE COMPLETELY DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT SHOULDBE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION BY THE CONTRACTOR IN PREPARING HISPROPOSAL FOR THIS WORK.

18. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, A SET OF "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS SHALL BESUBMITTED. PROVIDE 'AS-BUILT' DRAWINGS ON DISK, IN AUTOCAD FORMAT ANDFULL SIZE PRINT DRAWINGS SHOWING ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS WIRESIZE, CONDUIT, ACTUAL EQUIPMENT/DEVICES CIRCUIT NUMBERING OF ALLELECTRICAL WORK AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. CADD BACKGROUNDS TO BESUPPLIED BY WB ENGINEERING & CONSULTING.

19. PERFORM THE WORK AT SUCH TIME AND IN SUCH MANNER AS TO MINIMIZEINTERFERENCE WITH BUILDING'S NORMAL OPERATION. NOTIFY OWNER'SREPRESENTATIVES IN ADVANCE EACH TIME A SERVICE OUTAGE OR INTERRUPTIONWILL BE REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF SOME PHASE OF THE WORK.SCHEDULE SUCH SERVICE OUTAGES OR INTERRUPTIONS ONLY AFTER HAVINGRECEIVED APPROVAL OF DATE, HOUR, AND TIME INTERVAL REQUIRED THEREOF.SCHEDULE OF WORK AS DIRECTED SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE.ALL CORING, CHOPPING, CHASING OF CONCRETE AND WORK WHICH RESULTS INNOISE SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BEFORE 8:00 A.M. OR AFTER 6:00 P.M., DURINGNORMAL WORKING DAYS OR ON WEEKENDS. COORDINATE AND OBTAINAPPROVAL FROM BUILDING MANAGEMENT FOR ALL WORK SCHEDULE.

20. DURING THE PROJECT DURATION, THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT OFFICE AND IT'SDESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE WILL INSPECT THE WORK IN PROGRESS. ANY WORKWHICH IS JUDGED UNSATISFACTORY FOR ANY REASON OR NOT IN COMPLIANCEWITH BUILDING STANDARDS SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT THE EXPENSEOF THE CONTRACTOR.

21. START OF WORK AND ALL ACCESS TO BUILDING ELECTRICAL CLOSETS MUST BECOORDINATED WITH BUILDING OFFICE. ANY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WORKINGIN AN ELECTRIC CLOSET WITHOUT CONSENT OF THE BUILDING OFFICE WILL BEBARRED FROM WORKING IN THE BUILDING.

22. THE OPERATION OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION DOES NOT CONSTITUTE ANACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER. FINAL ACCEPTANCE IS TO BE MADEAFTER THE CONTRACTOR HAS DEMONSTRATED THAT THE WORK FULFILLS THEREQUIREMENTS OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND HAS FURNISHED ALLREQUIRED CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL FROM THE STATE AUTHORITIES,MUNICIPAL AUTHORITIES AND UNDERWRITERS.

23. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN ELECTRICAL INSPECTION APPROVALCERTIFICATE TO BUILDING MANAGEMENT UPON COMPLETION OF WORK.

24. PROVIDE GROUND WIRES IN ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS.

S2

CEILING MOUNTED, DUAL- TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR (MANUALON) FOR AREAS (UP TO 2000 sf) WITH 360° COVERAGE PATTERN. PIR &US SENSING WITH SELF- ADJUSTING SENSITIVITY. PROVIDE MANUAL ONPOWER PACK. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE MOMENTARY MANUAL SWITCHFOR ON/OFF CONTROL OF SENSOR. HUBBELL ATD-2000C OR APPROVEDEQUAL.

SINGLE SWITCH, WALL MOUNTED, DUAL- TECHNOLOGY VACANCYSENSOR (MANUAL ON). LEVITON #OSSMD SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.

DUAL SWITCH, WALL MOUNTED, DUAL- TECHNOLOGY VACANCYSENSOR (MANUAL ON). LEVITON #OSSMD SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.

PC

100N

EX

ERR

EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN DURING CEILING REMOVAL.REMOUNT AS NECESSARY WHEN NEW CEILING HAS BEEN INSTALLED.

EN

EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTINGHOME RUN CIRCUITRY AND RE-CIRCUIT DEVICE AS NOTED.

ER

NEW LOCATION OF RELOCATED EXISTING EQUIPMENT.RX

EXISTING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, REMOVED ANDRELOCATED AS SHOWN. CUT BACK AND/OR EXTEND EXISTING BRANCHCIRCUIT WIRING AND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED SO AS TO PROVIDE ACOMPLETE OPERATIONAL INSTALLATION.

XR

REMOVE EXISTING WIRING AND REPLACE WITH NEW OF SAME SIZE, TYPEAND QUANTITY AS EXISTING IN SAME LOCATION. PROVIDE CIRCUITRY TONEW TENANT PANEL AS INDICATED ON POWER PLAN.

RR

EXISTING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED. CUTBACK AND MAKE SAFE ALL ASSOCIATED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRINGCONDUIT BACK TO POWER SOURCE AND LABEL BREAKER INPANELBOARD AS SPARE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FORMAINTAINING CIRCUITRY TO DEVICES UNAFFECTED BY DEMOLITION.

X

DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE, MAKE CIRCUIT SAFE ANDPROVIDE BLANK STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE ON OUTLET BOX.

EB

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONINGDIVISION OF WORK

EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE TO REMAIN. MODIFY EXISTING LIGHTINGCONTROL AS INDICATED ON NEW LIGHTING PLAN. MODIFY CIRCUITRY TOFIXTURE AS REQUIRED.

ELC

J

AV

MD

RECESSED 4-GANG TV BACKBOX WITH DUPLEX POWER, DATA AND AV.WIREMOLD EVOLUTION EFSB4 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDEONE (1) 1 1/4" EMT CONDUIT FOR DATA AND ONE (1) 2" EMT CONDUITFOR AV TO 6" WITHIN NEAREST HUNG CEILING SPACE. ALL PLATECONFIGURATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED PRIOR TO PURCHASE.PROVIDE PULL STRINGS AND PROTECTIVE GROMMETS ON ENDS OF ALLOPEN CONDUITS.

TV

S1

CEILING MOUNTED, DUAL- TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR (AUTOON). PROVIDE AUTO ON POWER PACK. REFER TO TAG FOR REQUIREDCOVERAGE.

AUTO

LOW VOLTAGE MOMENTARY SWITCH FOR ON/OFF CONTROL OFVACANCY SENSOR. SWITCH SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH VACANCYSENSORS BEING PROVIDED.

MS

FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED MULTI COMPARTMENT RECESSED BOX WITHDATA AND POWER OUTLET AS SHOWN. WIREMOLD RFB4 SERIES ORAPPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE ONE 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (QTY ASSHOWN) AND ONE (1) DEVICE MOUNTING PLATE CAPABLE OF ACCEPTINGUP TO EIGHT (8) ORTRONICS TRACJACK DEVICES.CUT THE FLOOR AND PROVIDE ONE (1) 1 1/4" EMT CONDUIT FOR DATAAND BOTTOM HOUSING ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATEDATA CONDUITS. ALL PLATE CONFIGURATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATEDPRIOR TO PURCHASE. PROVIDE PULL STRINGS AND PROTECTIVEGROMMETS ON ENDS OF ALL OPEN CONDUITS.

2'x2' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE- "6" INDICATES CIRCUIT NUMBER (TYP)- "ra6" INDICATES RELAY NUMBER (TYP)

- "a" INDICATES 480Y/277V PANEL (TYP)- "b" INIDICATES 208Y/120V PANEL (TYP)

6,ra6

2'x4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE

AV

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

SYMBOL DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL DESCRIPTION

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT LEGEND

EQUIPMENT LEGEND

WIRING DEVICES LEGENDSECURITY DEVICES LEGEND

CIRCUITRY, RACEWAYS ANDFEEDERS LEGEND

TEL/DATA LEGEND

KEY LEGEND

EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIP. LEGEND

GENERAL NOTESELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS

C

OSDSINGLE SWITCH, WALL MOUNTED, DUAL- TECHNOLOGY VACANCYSENSOR (MANUAL ON) WITH 0-10V DIMMING. SENSOR SWITCH#WSX-PDT-D-SA OR APPROVED EQUAL.

CR

MS

DR

ML

HO

PB

PANEL SCHEDULESE-01-02


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

E001-02SIE-170817.dwg

ELECTRICAL

LEGEND01NTS

E-00-01

jgedeon

Stamp

LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG No.LAMPTYPE

LAMP PERCROSS

SECTION

LAMPWATTAGE

VOLTAGE DIMMING MOUNTING REMARKS

A TBD TBD LED N/A 42 MAX 277 0-10V RECESSED 2x2 LED LUMINAIRE

AE AXIS LIGHTINGALED-22-LUMEN-CRI-35-SO-W-277-DP-1-

B-MOUNTINGLED N/A 42 MAX 277 0-10V RECESSED

2X2 LED LUMINAIREWITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK

B AXIS LIGHTINGALED-24-LUMEN-CRI-35-SO-W-277-DP-1-

MOUNTINGLED N/A 47 MAX 277 0-10V RECESSED 2X4 LED LUMINAIRE

BE AXIS LIGHTINGALED-24-LUMEN-CRI-35-SO-W-277-DP-1-

B-MOUNTINGLED N/A 47 MAX 277 0-10V RECESSED

2X4 LED LUMINAIREWITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK

C MATCH EXISTING 277 0-10V

X1/X2 LITHONIA EDG(EDGR)-1/2-R-EL LED - 4 277 UNIVERSALSINGLE OR DOUBLE FACE EDGE-LIT SELF

CONTAINED EXIT SIGN WITH NI-CAD BATTERY ANDTEST SWITCH, ARROWS AS INDICATED

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

TAG AREA DESCRIPTION/ ROOMNAME

PANEL &CKT#

RELAY TYPE CONTROL DESCRIPTION NOTES

ELECTRICAL TEL/DATE 103 SP3-15 -MANUAL SWITCH-ON, WALL

MOUNTED VACANCY SENSOR SHUTOFF

-

PHONE 102STORAGE 104

HUDDLE 109, 110CONFERENCE 113

SP3-15LOCAL POWERPACKS IN WALL

WALL MOUNTED VACANCY SENSORSHUT OFF, MANUAL-ON DIMMER

SWITCH1

PANTRY 101, 114TRAINING 105, 106

CONFERENCE 107, 108, 115SP3-15 INTELLIGENT

POWER PACKS INCEILING

MANUAL SWITCH-ON, CEILINGMOUNTED VACANCY SENSOR SHUT

OFF. LOW VOLTAGE DIMMERSWITCH OVERRIDE.

1, 4

CONFERENCE 115 NOTE 5

CORRIDOR 112 REFER TO LCP SCHEDULETIME CLOCK AUTO-ON/TIME CLOCKAUTO-OFF, LOW VOLTAGE MANUAL

DIMMING OVERRIDE2, 3

NOTES:

1. OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR SHUTOFF SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 MIN PER ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS.

2. TIME CLOCK OVERRIDE SWITCHES SHALL HAVE MAX LIMIT OF 2 HOURS PER ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS.

3.TIME CLOCK ON/OFF SET TIMES SHALL BE CONFIGURED FOR END USER HOURS OF OPERATION. COORDINATEREQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT AND END USER.

4. REFER TO 1-3 ZONE INTELLIGENT POWER PACK DETAIL ON DWG. E-401.

5. CONNECT TO THE LIGHTING CIRCUITY CURRENTLY SERVING THE AREA

01

02

03

ra5

LCP1 - EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY PANELMANUFACTURER/MODEL # GREENGATE K-32

ZONE IDRELAY

NUMBERPANELBOARDDESIGNATION

CIRCUIT#

ZONE DESCRIPTIONTIME CLOCKCONTROLS

NOTES

Z1 ra1 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING




Z5 ra5 TP4 42 NEW CORRIDORAUTO-ON 100%AUTO-OFF 100%

1

Z6

Z7

Z8

NOTES:

1. TIME CLOCK HOURS OF OPERATION SHALL BE COORDINATE WITH END USER HOURS OF OPERATIONREQUIREMENTS.

MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

TAG DESCRIPTION

ELECTRICAL FEEDER SIZE HOMERUN DEVICE DUCT SMOKE

HPkW

AMPVOLT Ø

BREAKERSIZE

CONDUIT WIRE PANEL CIRCUIT TYPE AMPS SUPPLY RETURN LOCATION NOTES

HP-1-1 WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP 9.7A 277 1 15A 3/ 4" 2#12 & #12G TP4B 32 20 - - SEE PLAN 1,3

HP-1-2 WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP 16.3A 480/277 3 20A 3/ 4" 4#12 & #12G TP4B 19,21,23 30 - - SEE PLAN 1,2








EF-1-1 EXHAUST FAN 0.2 kW 120 120A

3/ 4" 2#12 & #12GTP2 37

20 SEE PLAN 1,3

EF-1-2 EXHAUST FAN 0.2 kW 120 1 3/ 4" 2#12 & #12G 20 SEE PLAN 1,3

EWH-1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3kW 277 1 20A 3/ 4" 2#12 & #12G SP3 13 20 NEW EXPANTION 1,3

EWH-1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3kW 277 2 20A 3/ 4" 2#12 & #12G TP4B 40 20 EXISTING AREA 1,3

NOTES:

1.DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY DIV. 162. THERMAL OVERLOAD SWITCH PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY DIV. 16.3. SINGLE POINT CONNECTION. DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDED WITH THE UNIT.

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

30 kVAXFRRX

SPP3120/208

SP3277/480

XR

30 kVAXFRXR

NONAME

120/2308X

ERNTO

ELECTRICROOM

JB

1

X X X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

ERN

JB

3

SP3277/480

RX

4

2

2

2

2

5

6

RISER DIAGRAM KEY NOTES1

INSTALL ABOVE CEILING JUNCTION BOX AND PULL BACK FEEDER TO INTERCEPT AND EXTENDTO NEW LOCATION. EXTENSION SIZE SHALL MATCH EXISTING FEEDER.

2DI-ENERGIZE EXISTING PANEL "SP3" AND 30 kVA TRANSFORMER, AND RELOCATE TO NEWLOCATION AS SHOWN ON POWER PLAN.

3 EXTEND EXISTING FEEDER WITH THE SAME SIZE

4 RUN 3/4"C - 3#6 & #10G PRIMARY FEEDER

5 RUN 2:C - 4#1 & #8G SECONDARY CONDUIT

6 NEW 120/208 VAC PANEL AS SCHEDULED

#


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

E101-02SIE-170817.dwg

ELECTRICAL

SCHEDULES01NTS

E-01-01

jgedeon

Stamp

Ø N C LTG REC MTR A/C HTG DATA KIT MISC LTG REC MTR A/C HTG DATA KIT MISC Ø N C

1 - EX - - - A - - - - - 2

3 - EX - - - B - - - - - 4

5 - EX - - - C - - - - - 6

7 - A - - - - - 8

9 - B - - - - - 10

11 - C - - - - - 12

13 - - ES SR ES 3.0 A - - - - - 14

15 - - #12 #12 3/4" B - - - - - 16

17 - - - - - C - - - - - 18

19 - - - - - A - - - - - 20

21 - - - - - B - - - - - 22

23 - - - - - C - - - - - 24

25 SR 10.0 A - - - - - 26

27 SR 10.0 B - - - - - 28

29 SR 10.0 C - - - - - 30

0.0 30.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

PHASE A 13 ST = EX =

PHASE B 10 GF = ME =

PHASE C 10 AF = SR =

KVA KK =

0 PIECES

1.

DEMAND LOAD (AMPS): 27.7

- EX 20/3 SPARE -

- SR- 60/3 TRANSFORMER

34.6

DATA PROCESSING (KVA): 0.0 SECTS 1+2 SECT 3+4 AMPS

HEATING (KVA): 3.0 10.0 0.0 36.1 ARC FLASH SEE RISER(1-LINE)

NOTES:

PROVIDE TIES FOR BREAKERS SERVING WORKSTATIONS WHERE APPLICABLE.

ES =SEE EQUIP.

CONN. SCH.KITCHEN(KVA): 0.0 BASIS OF DESIGN:AMPACITY REQUIRED:

10.0 0.0 36.1 GROUND FAULT MATCH EXISTING

KIRK KEY

CONNECTED LOAD (AMPS): 39.7

NOTES DEMAND LOAD (KVA): 23.0

MOTORS (KVA): 0.0 13.0 0.0 46.9 SHUNT TRIP

RECEPTACLES (KVA): 30.0 PHASE BREAKDOWN TYPES

MISCELLANEOUS (KVA): 0.0 EATON CUTLER HAMMER

EXISTING

A/C (KVA): 0.0

LIGHTING (KVA): 0.0 CONNECTED LOAD (KVA): 33.0

BUSSED SPACE -

SR

BUSSED SPACE -

BUSSED SPACE -

- BUSSED SPACE BUSSED SPACE -




20/1 EWH-1 BUSSED SPACE -

20/1 LIGHTING BUSSED SPACE -

BUSSED SPACE -

BUSSED SPACE -

-

20/1 SPARE BUSSED SPACE -

BUSSED SPACE -

CKT

#



LOAD (KVA) BRANCH CKTDESCRIPTION

TRIP /

POLE NO

TE

TYP

E

MOUNTING FEED THRU LUGS:

NO 42K

CKT

# TYP

E

NO

TE TRIP /

POLEDESCRIPTION

BRANCH CKT LOAD (KVA)PHASE

SP3PANELBOARD SCHEDULE

RATING

(AMPS):100A

MAIN TYPE: VOLTAGE: ISOLATED GND AIC:

LUGS ONLY 480Y/277V 3 100% 4 NEMA 1 SURFACE NO

PHASE: NEUTRAL: WIRE: ENCLOSURE

NEW EXISTING


1 - - A - 2

3 - - B - 4

5 - - C - 6

7 - A - - 8

9 - B - - 10

11 - C - - 12

13 - A - - 14

15 - B - - 16

17 - C - - 18

19 ES 1.9 A - - 20

21 ES 1.9 B - - 22

23 ES 1.9 C - - 24

25 ES 0.8 A 0.7 ES - 26

27 ES 0.8 B 0.7 ES 28

29 ES 0.8 C 0.7 ES 30

31 ES 1.3 A 2.6 ES ES ES - - 32

33 ES 1.3 B 1.8 ES ES ES - - 34

35 ES 1.3 C 1.8 ES ES ES - - 36

37 ES 0.7 A 1.8 ES ES ES - - 38

39 ES 0.7 B 3.0 ES ES ES EX - 40

41 ES 0.7 C - - - EX - 42

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 13.1 0.0 0.0 0.0

PHASE A 10 ST = EX =

PHASE B 10 GF = ME =

PHASE C 7 AF = SR =

KVA KK =

0 PIECES

1.

15/1

HP-1-1 15/1

- - 15/3 HP-1-6 ES ES

EX

- - EXISTING LOAD 20/3 EX

-

- ES

- EX 20/3 EXISTING LOAD - -

HP-1-3 15/1

HP-1-5

-

EX 20/3 EXISTING LOAD - - - - EXISTING LOAD

- 15/3 HP-1-4 ES ES

- 20/3 HP-1-2 ES

ES HP-1-9 15/3 -ES

- EX 20/3 EXISTING LOAD -

NOTES:


SEE EQUIP.

CONN. SCH.KITCHEN(KVA): 0.0 BASIS OF DESIGN:AMPACITY REQUIRED: 40.9

DATA PROCESSING (KVA): 0.0 SECTS 1+2 SECT 3+4 AMPS KIRK KEYES =

10.2 0.0 36.8 GROUND FAULT MATCH EXISTING CONNECTED LOAD (AMPS): 32.7

HEATING (KVA): 27.2 7.2 0.0 26.0 ARC FLASH SEE RISER(1-LINE) DEMAND LOAD (AMPS): 32.7





EXISTING

A/C (KVA): 0.0


-

HP-1-7 15/1

EWH-1 20/1- 15/3 HP-1-8 ES ES

SPARE 20/1

- - EXISTING LOAD 25/3

-

25/3

CKT

#

EX


TRIP /

POLE NO

TE

TYP

E

-



NO 42K

CKT

# TYP

E

NO

TE TRIP /

POLEDESCRIPTION


TP4BPANELBOARD SCHEDULE

RATING

(AMPS):125A




NEW EXISTING


1 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.6 A 0.6 #12 #12 3/4" - - 2

3 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.6 B 0.6 #12 #12 3/4" - - 4

5 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.6 C 0.8 #12 #12 3/4" - - 6

7 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.6 A 0.8 #12 #12 3/4" - - 8

9 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 B 0.8 #12 #12 3/4" - - 10

11 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 C 1.0 #12 #12 3/4" - - 12

13 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 A 0.8 #12 #12 3/4" - - 14

15 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 B 0.8 #12 #12 3/4" - - 16

17 - - #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 C 0.8 #12 #12 3/4" - - 18

19 - - - - - A 0.8 #12 #12 3/4" - - 20

21 - - - - - B - - - - - 22

23 - - - - - C - - - - - 24

25 - - - - - A - - - - - 26

27 - - - - - B - - - - - 28

29 - - - - - C - - - - - 30

31 - - - - - A - - - - - 32

33 - - - - - B - - - - - 34

35 - - - - - C - - - - - 36

37 - - - - - A - - - - - 38

39 - - - - - B - - - - - 40

41 - - - - - C - - - - - 42

0.0 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

PHASE A 5 ST = EX =

PHASE B 4 GF = ME =

PHASE C 5 AF = SR =

KVA KK =

0 PIECES

1.

NOTES:


SEE EQUIP.


DATA PROCESSING (KVA): 0.0 SECTS 1+2 SECT 3+4 AMPS KIRK KEYES =


HEATING (KVA): 0.0 4.8 0.0 40.0 ARC FLASH SEE RISER(1-LINE) DEMAND LOAD (AMPS): 33.6





EXISTING

A/C (KVA): 0.0













20/1 CONF. RM. RECEPTACLES CONF. RM. RECEPTACLES 20/1

- BUSSED SPACE CONF. RM. RECEPTACLES 20/1

20/1 CONF. RM. RECEPTACLES FOODA RECEPTACLES 20/1

20/1 CONF. RM. RECEPTACLES CONF. RM. RECEPTACLES 20/1

20/1 GENERAL RECEPTACLES COUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES 20/1

20/1 OFFICE RECEPTACLES MICROWAVE 20/1

20/1 REFRIGERATOR COUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES 20/1

20/1 REFRIGERATOR COUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES 20/1

CKT

#

20/1 REFRIGERATOR WATER PURIFIER 20/1

20/1 REFRIGERATOR DISH WASHER 20/1


TRIP /

POLE NO

TE

TYP

E


NO 42K

CKT

# TYP

E

NO

TE TRIP /

POLEDESCRIPTION


SPP3PANELBOARD SCHEDULE

RATING

(AMPS):100A


THERMAL MAG 208Y/120V 3 100% 4 NEMA 1 SURFACE NO


NEW EXISTING


1 - A - - - EX - 2

3 - B - - - EX - 4

5 - C - - - EX - 6

7 - EX - - - A - - - EX - 8

9 - EX - - - B - - - EX - 10

11 - EX - - - C - - - EX - 12

13 - EX #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 A - - - EX - 14

15 - EX #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 B - - - EX - 16

17 - EX #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 C - - - EX - 18

19 - EX - - - A - - - EX - 20

21 - EX - - - B - - - EX - 22

23 - EX - - - C - - - EX - 24

25 - EX - - - A - - - EX - 26

27 - EX - - - B - - - EX - 28

29 - EX - - - C - - - EX - 30

31 - EX - - - A - - - EX - 32

33 - EX #12 #12 3/4" 0.8 B - - - EX - 34

35 - EX - - - C - - - EX - 36

37 - EX #12 #12 3/4" 0.4 A - - - EX - 38

39 - B - - - EX - 40

41 - C - - - EX - 42

0.0 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

PHASE A 1 ST = EX =

PHASE B 2 GF = ME =

PHASE C 1 AF = SR =

KVA KK =

0 PIECES

1.


KIRK KEY

CONNECTED LOAD (AMPS): 10.0


- 20/2 EXISTING LOAD - -

EXISTING

- EX 100/3 PANEL LAB23B1 -

SECTS 1+2 SECT 3+4 AMPS

13.3 GROUND FAULT MATCH EXISTING

NOTES

NOTES:


ES =SEE EQUIP.


DATA PROCESSING (KVA): 0.0

DEMAND LOAD (KVA): 3.6




A/C (KVA): 0.0 1.6 0.0


EXISTING LOAD 20/1-

20/1 EXHAUST FAN SPARE 20/1

EXISTING LOAD 20/1

20/1 CONF RM 117 EXISTING LOAD 20/1

20/1 EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD 20/1



20/1 EXISTING LOAD SPARE 20/1










EXISTING LOAD 20/1


-

EXISTING LOAD 20/1

EXISTING LOAD 20/1


TRIP /

POLE NO

TE


NO 42K

CKT

# TYP

E

NO

TE TRIP /

POLEDESCRIPTION


CKT

#TYP

E

TP2PANELBOARD SCHEDULE

RATING

(AMPS):150A


THERMAL MAG 208Y/120V 3 100% 4 NEMA 1 SURFACE NO


NEW EXISTING


1 - EX #12 #12 3/4" A - 2

3 - EX #12 #12 3/4" B - 4

5 - EX #12 #12 3/4" C - - 6

7 - EX #12 #12 3/4" A - - 8

9 - EX - - - B - - 10

11 - EX - - - C - - 12

13 - EX - - - A - - 14

15 - EX - - - B - - 16

17 - EX - - - C - - 18

19 - EX - - - A - - 20

21 - EX - - - B - - 22

23 - EX - - - C - - 24

25 - EX - - - A - - - EX - 26

27 - EX - - - B - - - EX - 28

29 - EX - - - C - - - EX - 30

31 - EX - - - A - - - EX - 32

33 - EX - - - B - - - EX - 34

35 - EX - - - C 0.8 #12 #12 3/4" EX - 36

37 - EX - - - A - 38

39 - EX - - - B - 40

41 - EX - - - C - 42

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

PHASE A 0 ST = EX =

PHASE B 0 GF = ME =

PHASE C 1 AF = SR =

KVA KK =

0 PIECES

1.

EX

EXISTING LOAD 30/2 EX


-

- EXISTING LOAD 30/2 EX

NOTES:


ES =SEE EQUIP.

CONN. SCH.KITCHEN(KVA): 0.0 BASIS OF DESIGN:

20/3 EX -

-


AMPACITY REQUIRED: 2.8


DATA PROCESSING (KVA): 0.0 SECTS 1+2 SECT 3+4 AMPS KIRK KEY







EXISTING

A/C (KVA): 0.0


20/1 EXISTING LOAD

-

20/1 EXISTING LOAD

20/1 EXISTING LOAD - EXISTING LOAD


20/1 EXISTING LOAD REFRIGERATOR 20/1





20/1 EXISTING LOAD

20/1 EXISTING LOAD- EXISTING LOAD 30/2

20/1 EXISTING LOAD

20/1 EXISTING LOAD

20/1 EXISTING LOAD

20/1 EXISTING LOAD-

20/1 EXISTING LOAD

20/1 EXISTING LOAD

20/1 DISHWASHER

20/1 REFRIGERATOR-

-

-

CKT

#

20/1 OUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES

20/1 OUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES-


TRIP /

POLE NO

TE

TYP

E

EXISTING LOAD 20/2 EX


NO 42K

CKT

# TYP

E

NO

TE TRIP /

POLEDESCRIPTION


LAB23B1PANELBOARD SCHEDULE

RATING

(AMPS):250A




NEW EXISTING


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

E101-02SIE-170817.dwg

PANEL

SCHEDULES01NTS

E-01-02

jgedeon

Stamp

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION260500 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LOCAL BUILDING CODE AND BUILDINGMANAGEMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS TO INFORM ENGINEER OF ANY EXISTING WORK OR MATERIALS THATVIOLATE ANY OF THE ABOVE LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION SHALLBE CORRECTED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER.

B. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXISTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

C. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE TO ASCERTAIN THE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS ASTHEY RELATE TO THE WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED HEREIN. DISCREPANCIES IF ANY, SHALL BEBROUGHT TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF HIS BID, AND IF NOT RESOLVED TO SATISFACTION SHALL BESUBMITTED AS A WRITTEN QUALIFICATION OF THE BID. SUBMISSION OF A BID SHALL BE EVIDENCE THAT SITE VERIFICATION HASBEEN PERFORMED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TOEXAMINE THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED.

D. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF WORK AND APPROXIMATE LOCATION OFEQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIMENSIONS FOR FINAL LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES,ETC. WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. IF A CONFLICT OCCURS IN THE SPECIFICATIONSAND/OR ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MORE STRINGENT SITUATION SHALL APPLY.

E. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT INCLUDING GENERALCONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING, AND SHALL INCLUDE ANY WORKREQUIRED IN THE BID THAT IS INDICATED OR IMPLIED TO BE PERFORMED BY THIS TRADE IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THE WORK.

F. ANY EQUIPMENT, PARTS, MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, OR LABOR THAT IS NECESSARY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THEELECTRICAL WORK, ALTHOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN, OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE FURNISHEDAND INSTALLED AS IF CALLED FOR IN DETAIL WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST.

G. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OFTHIS WORK. FINAL ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE DEFINED AS THE TIME THAT THE ELECTRICAL WORK IS TAKEN OVER AND ACCEPTED BYTHE OWNER, AND IS UNDER CARE, CUSTODY, AND CONTROL OF THE OWNER. ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF VARIOUSMANUFACTURERS SUPPLYING THE EQUIPMENT FOR THE PROPER STARTUP AND OPERATION AND SERVICING OF THE EQUIPMENT

H. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS OF THE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES INC.MATERIALS SHALL BE FABRICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED RULES AND REGULATIONS OFNEMA AND SHALL BEAR THE UL INSPECTION LABEL. MATERIAL AND APPARATUS FOR LIKE SHALL BE BY THE SAMEMANUFACTURER.

I. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES NECESSARY FOR COMPLE SAFE INSTALLATION OF ALLELECTRICAL WORK. THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

1. DISCONNECTION AND REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR NEW INSTALLATION, INCLUDING ALLCONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT BACK TO THEIR SOURCE. (SEE DEMOLITION NOTES)

2. PROVIDING OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS INCLUDING EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTSAND BRANCH CIRCUITING. PROVIDE FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES WITH ELECTRONIC BALLASTS CLASS P, HIGH POWER FACTORETL AND CBM APPROVED.

3. PROVIDING OF NEW RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORS FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

4. CUTTING, CHANNELING AND CHASING REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND ROUGH PATCHING.

5. ADDITIONS AND MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND RELATED FEEDERS.

6. PROVIDING POWER WIRING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO HVAC, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.

7. PROVIDING OF CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, ETC., REQUIRED FOR THE AFOREMENTIONED EQUIPMENT.

8. MAINTENANCE AND PROPER OPERATION OF EXISTING BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS WITHIN THE CONTRACT AREA DURINGCONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF BUILDING MANAGEMENT.

9. GROUNDING OF ALL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

10.MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING CIRCUITING TO ADJACENT AREAS NOT AFFECTED BY THE NEW WORK.

11.PROVIDING TELEPHONE/DATA AND SIGNAL EMPTY CONDUIT, PULLBOXES, OUTLETS, SLEEVES AND FISHWIRES.

12.COORDINATE WITH BUILDING FIRE ALARM MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED ADDITIONS ANDMODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.

13.PROVIDING RECEPTACLES, LIGHT SWITCHES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, FUSES, DIMMERS, OUTLET BOXES, CONTACTORS ANDOTHER WIRING DEVICES INCLUDING RELATED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING.

14.PROVIDING ENGRAVED LAMICOID NAMEPLATES FOR NEW PANELBOARDS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CABINETS, MOTORSTARTERS, ETC.

15.PROVIDING TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER DURING CONSTRUCTION.

J. PERFORM ANY NOISY WORK (E.G., CHOPPING, CORE DRILLING, DEMOLITION, ETC.) AND BASE BUILDING SYSTEM TEMPORARYSHUTDOWNS OUTSIDE OF NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS ON SAFE TIME (PREMIUM TIME). SAFE TIME WORK SHALL BE PERFORMEDWHEN AND AS DIRECTED BY THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT.

K. FOLLOW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AIA DOCUMENT A201 LATEST EDITION, OR ASREQUIRED BY THE ARCHITECTS DOCUMENTS AND/OR ENGINEERS DOCUMENTS.

L. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS CERTIFIED BY ALL TRADES THAT COORDINATION HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. SUBMIT ALL CERTIFIEDEQUIPMENT CUTS WITH CONSTRUCTION WIRING DIAGRAMS. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF SIX (6) COPIES OF 8-1/2"X11"SUBMISSIONS AND ONE (1) REPRODUCIBLE AND ONE (1) PRINT OF ALL DRAWINGS.

M. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING:

1. FIRE ALARM DEVICES.2. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS.3. SWITCHES AND FUSES.4. PANELBOARDS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS.5. WIRING DEVICES.6. ANY OTHER ITEM THAT MAY BE REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT.

N. SUBMIT FOUR (4) LOOSE-LEAF BOUND OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WITH INDEX AND INDEX TABS TO INCLUDE ALLSHOP DRAWINGS AND OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ON ALL SYSTEMS.

O. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE DRAWINGS TO CONFORM TO RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT AS-BUILT CONDITION (DEVICES,EQUIPMENT, CIRCUITRY, ETC.), DRAWINGS UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. FINAL SUBMISSION OF REPRODUCIBLE ANDACAD DISKETTE OF AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER AND WB ENGINEERING REVIEW AND RECORDS.

P. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURER OF EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT A FORMAL WRITTEN SUBMITTALTO THE ENGINEER THAT INCLUDES ALL DIMENSIONAL, PERFORMANCE AND MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CHANGES IN LAYOUT,ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS, OR DESIGN DUE TO THE USE OF A SUBSTITUTION SHALL BESUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER AS PART OF THIS PROPOSAL. THE CONTRACTOR TAKES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SUBSTITUTIONAND ALL CHANGES RESULTING FROM SUBSTITUTION.

Q. REMOVAL, TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AND RELOCATION OF CERTAIN EXISTING WORK WILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATIONOF THE NEW SYSTEMS. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE NOT COMPLETELY DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLSURVEY THE SITE AND MAKE ALL NECESSARY CHANGES REQUIRED BASED ON EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OFNEW WORK PLAN INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK TO INSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCEWITH REGULAR OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. ALL SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS

R. AFFECTING OTHER AREAS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FEEDERS, CIRCUITRY,ETC., AS REQUIRED TO MINIMIZE DOWNTIME.RK.

S. DEFINITIONS:

1. "ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR", "THIS CONTRACTOR" - THE PARTY OR PARTIES HAVE BEEN DULY AWARDED THE CONTRACT FORAND ARE THEREBY MADE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

2. "ARCHITECT", "ENGINEER", "OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE" - THE PARTY OR PARTIES RESPONSIBLE FOR INTERPRETING,ACCEPTING AND OTHERWISE RULING ON THE PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS CONTRACT.

3. "FURNISH" - PURCHASE AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE COMPLETE WITH EVERY NECESSARY APPURTENANCE ANDSUPPORT, ALL AS PART OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK.

4. "INSTALL" - UNLOAD AT THE DELIVERY POINT AT THE SITE AND PERFORM EVERY OPERATION NECESSARY TO ESTABLISH SECUREMOUNTING INSTALLATION AND CORRECT OPERATION AT THE PROPER LOCATION IN THE PROJECT, ALL AS PART OF THEELECTRICAL WORK.

5. "PROVIDE" - "FURNISH" AND "INSTALL"

6. "RELOCATE" - MOVE EXISTING EQUIPMENT/DEVICES/FIXTURE AND ALL ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED, INCLUDING THE EXTENSIONOF EXISTING OR PROVIDING NEW CIRCUIT/CONDUCTORS/WIRING AS REQUIRED

7. "REMOVE" - DISMANTLE AND CART AWAY FROM SITE INCLUDING ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT ANDOPERATIONS IN ANY WAY EFFECTED BY THE REMOVAL IS TO REMAIN IN FULL OPERATION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARYCOMPONENTS TO MAINTAIN SUCH OPERATION.

T. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:

DISCONNECT SWITCHES: ITE, CUTLER HAMMER, GE OR SQUARE "D".FUSES: BUSSMAN OR GOULD SHAWMUTT.DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS: ACME ELECTRIC CORP., CUTLER-HAMMER, GE OR SQUARE D.RACEWAY: NATIONAL WIRE PRODUCTS, TRIANGLE OR REPUBLIC.WIRE/CABLE: ROME PHELPS DOGGE, GENERAL CABLE, SIMPLEX.PANELBOARDS: ITE, SQUARE 'D', GE OR CUTLER HAMMER.JUNCTION/PULL BOXES: APPLETOWN ELECTRIC, CROUSE HINDS OR O.Z. GEDNEY CO.FIRE STOP MATERIAL: HILTI, 3M (NOTE: MATERIAL MUST BE ACCEPTABLE TO LOCAL AHJ)FITTINGS, COUPLINGS, BUSHINGS, CONNECTORS: O.Z. GEDNEY, BURNDY, NEPCO, THOMAS AND BETTS.FIRE RATED POKE-THROUGH: HUBBELL, WIREMOLD OR STEEL CITY.

260519 WIRE AND CABLE

A. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, TYPE THHN/THWN INSULATED. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE 600 VOLT RATED INSULATION.CONDUCTORS #10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID WIRE. CONDUCTORS AND #8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED WIRE.

B. METAL CLAD CABLE (TYPE MC) IS PERMISSIBLE FOR CONCEALED BRANCH CIRCUITRY WHERE PERMITTED BY CODE AND BUILDINGMANAGEMENT.

C. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR A MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP OF 3%. CONTRACTOR SHALLPROVIDE #10AWG CONDUCTORS FOR ALL 120V CIRCUITS GREATER THAN 100 FEET IN LENGTH AND #10AWG CONDUCTORS FORALL 277V CIRCUITS GREATER THAN 200 FEET IN LENGTH.

D. PROVIDE ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS WITH DEDICATED GROUND WIRES.

E. COLOR CODING OF 120/208 VOLT WIRING SYSTEM:

1. BLACK FOR A PHASE2. RED FOR B PHASE3. BLUE FOR C PHASE4. WHITE FOR NEUTRAL5. GREEN FOR EQUIPMENT GROUND

F. COLOR CODING OF 277/480 VOLT WIRING SYSTEM:

1. BROWN FOR A PHASE2. ORANGE FOR B PHASE3. YELLOW FOR C PHASE4. GRAY FOR NEUTRAL5. GREEN FOR EQUIPMENT GROUND

G. PROVIDE FLAMEPROOF IDENTIFICATION TAGS IN ALL JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES AND PANELBOARDS FOR ALL FEEDERS,BRANCH CIRCUIT AND CONTROL WIRING. TAGS SHALL IDENTIFY CONDUCTOR SIZES, SOURCE AND TERMINATION POINTS.

H. INSTALL NO MORE THAN 3 LIGHTING OR CONVENIENCE BRANCH CIRCUITS IN ONE CONDUIT OR HOMERUN UNLESS OTHERWISENOTED.

I. NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR MORE THAN ONE (1) BRANCH CIRCUIT, FOR MORE THAN ONE (1) MULTIWIREBRANCH CIRCUIT, OR FOR MORE THAN ONE (1) SET OF UNGROUNDED FEEDER CONDUCTORS. SEE NEC ARTICLE 200 FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

260523 TELEPHONE AND DATA EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM

A. PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIALS AND SERVICES FOR A COMPLETE AND SAFE INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACTDOCUMENTS AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THE SYSTEM INCLUDING THEFOLLOWING:

1. CONDUIT2. PULL BOXES3. OUTLET BOXES4. SLEEVES

B. PROVIDE MINIMUM 2" DEEP 2 GANG OUTLET BOXES. DEVICES BY OTHERS.

C. ALL RACEWAY SHALL BE EMT WITH BUSHED TERMINATIONS AT HUNG CEILING WITH FISH WIRE (NYLON CORD).

D. ALL RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES COLOR SHALL BE AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.

260526 GROUNDING

A. SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH METHODS AND MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS ANDABLE TO CONDUCT GROUND FAULT CURRENTS TO THE GROUNDED NEUTRAL OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND LIMITPOTENTIAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN CONDUCTIVE SYSTEMS UNDER FAULT CONDITIONS. ALL EXPOSED, NON-CURRENT CARRYINGMETALLIC PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, THE RACEWAY SYSTEM, AND THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR OF THE WIRING SYSTEMSHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRICAL CODE.

B. FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE GREEN INSULATION.

C. CABLE CONNECTION TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND GROUNDING RODS: THERMAL FUSION TYPE.

D. GROUNDING RODS: COPPER CLAD STEEL, 5/8" DIAMETER BY 1OFT. LONG.

E. INSTALL AN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN NON-METALLIC RACEWAYS.

F. CLAMP, CONNECTORS, BOLTS, NUTS, AND OTHER HARDWARE, SHALL BE HIGH CONDUCTIVITY COPPER ALLOY PRODUCTS, ASMANUFACTURED BY O-Z/GEDNY, THOMAS & BETTS CO, ERICO OR EQUAL.

260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES

A. CONDUIT FOR INDOOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE THIN WALL TUBING (EMT), WITH COMPRESSION FITTINGS SIZED PER DRAWING,3/4" DIA. MINIMUM. (MAXIMUM 3 CIRCUITS PER HOMERUN EXCEPT AS NOTED). CONDUIT FOR OUTDOOR BRANCH CIRCUITSSHALL BE RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS) WITH COMPRESSION FITTINGS. SIZED PER DRAWING, 3/4" DIA. MINIMUM.

B. FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT MAY BE USED ONLY FOR:

1. SHORT CONNECTIONS WHERE RIGID CONDUIT IS IMPRACTICABLE.2. FROM OUTLET BOX TO RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE: MINIMUM 4 FT. MAXIMUM 6 FT. LENGTHS.3. TRANSFORMERS AND OTHER VIBRATING EQUIPMENT. MAXIMUM LENGTH 18 IN. WITH SLACK. CONNECT GROUND CONDUCTOR

TO ENCLOSURE OR RACEWAY AT EACH END.4. FOR EXPANSION JOINT CROSSINGS, CROSS AT RIGHT ANGLES AND ANCHOR ENDS.5. CONNECT GROUND CONDUCTOR TO ENCLOSURE OR RACEWAY AT EACH END.

C. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT MAY BE USED ONLY FOR:

1. FOR FINAL CONNECTION(S) TO MOTOR TERMINAL BOX(ES), WITH POLYVINYL SHEATHING AND GROUND CONDUCTOR.CONNECT GROUND CONDUCTOR TO ENCLOSURE OR RACEWAY AT EACH END.

D. EXPANSION FITTINGS: INSTALL AT RIGHT ANGLES WITH CLIP CENTERED IN EXPANSION JOINT. PROVIDE LENGTH OF RUNS INACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

E. RACEWAYS PASSING THROUGH FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION: SEAL OPENING WITH FIRE SEALANT AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THEEXISTING FIRE RATING.

F. PROVIDE FISH OR PULL WIRE IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS OVER 10 FEET LONG.

G. MAINTAIN GROUND CONTINUITY OF ALL INTERRUPTED RACEWAYS WITH GROUND CONDUCTOR.

H. ALL WIRING WITHIN ELECTRICAL CLOSET AND IN BUILDINGS CORE CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT.

I. INSTALL ACCESSIBLE JUNCTION AND PULLBOXES CLEAR OF OTHER TRADES AND SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTUREINDEPENDENT OF CONDUIT.

J. PULL BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM GALVANIZED INDUSTRY STANDARD GAUGESHEET STEEL.

K. PROVIDE PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES IN LONG STRAIGHT RUNS OF RACEWAY TO ASSURE THAT CABLES ARE NOT DAMAGEDWHEN THEY ARE PULLED, TO FULFILL REQUIREMENTS AS TO THE NUMBER OF BENDS PERMITTED IN RACEWAY BETWEEN CABLEACCESS POINTS, THE ACCESSIBILITY OF CABLE JOINTS AND SPLICES, AND THE APPLICATION OF CABLE SUPPORTS.

L. PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SIZED SO THAT THE MINIMUM BENDING RADIUS CRITERIA SPECIFIED FOR THE WIRESAND CABLE ARE MAINTAINED.

M. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICE BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, PULLBOXES AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO ALLOW ACCESSTO THE BOX. IF NECESSARY AND APPROVED BY ARCHITECT, PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR OR COVERPLATES IN AREAS WHEREUNOBSTRUCTED ACCESS IS NOT POSSIBLE.

N. USE WEATHERPROOF BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND DEVICES FOR ALL REQUIRED WEATHERPROOF INSTALLATION.

260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

A. TIME SWITCH: SHALL BE DIGITAL WITH PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER IN AM/PM FORMAT, IN ONE MINUTE RESOLUTION,CAPABLE OF 99 SET POINTS, SEPARATE SCHEDULING FOR EACH DAY OF WEEK, DAYLIGHT SAVING AND STANDARD TIME,AUTOMATIC LEAP YEAR CORRECTION, 30 DAY BACKUP FOR REAL TIME USING, MANUAL OVERRIDE ON OR OFF TO THE NEXTSCHEDULED EVENT, LCD TYPE DISPLAY IN NEMA 3 ENCLOSURE. REFER TO PLANS FOR MANUFACTURER AND SPECIFICATIONS.

B. OCCUPANCY SENSORS: SHALL BE SUPPLIED FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. REFER TO PLANS FOR MANUFACTURER ANDSPECIFICATIONS

1. ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BE UL LISTED AND OFFER A FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY.

2. WALL OR CEILING SENSORS SHALL DUAL TECHNOLOGY: INFRA-RED AND ULTRASONIC.

3. WALL SWITCH SENSORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF DETECTION OF OCCUPANCY AT D ESKTOP LEVEL UP TO 300 SQUARE FEET, ANDGROSS MOTION UP TO 1000 SQUARE FEET.

4. WALL SWITCH SENSORS SHALL ACCOMMODATE LOADS FROM 0 TO 800 WATTS AT 120V; 0 TO 1200 WATTS AT 277V AND SHALLHAVE 180° COVERAGE CAPABILITY.

5. WALL SWITCH PRODUCTS SHALL UTILIZE ZERO CROSSING CIRCUITRY WHICH INCREASES RELAY LIFE, PROTECTS FROM THEEFFECTS OF INRUSH CURRENT, AND INCREASES SENSOR'S LONGEVITY.

6. WHERE SPECIFIED, SENSORS SHALL OFFER DAYLIGHTING FOOTCANDLE ADJUSTMENT CONTROL AND BE ABLE TOACCOMMODATE DUAL LEVEL LIGHTING.

7. ALL SENSORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATING NORMALLY WITH ELECTRONIC BALLASTS, PL LAMP SYSTEMS AND RATEDMOTOR LOADS.

8. ALL SENSORS SHALL HAVE READILY ACCESSIBLE, USER ADJUSTABLE SETTINGS FOR TIME DELAY AND SENSITIVITY. SETTINGSSHALL BE LOCATED ON THE SENSOR (NOT THE CONTROL UNIT) AND SHALL BE RECESSED TO LIMIT TAMPERING.

9. IN THE EVEN OF FAILURE, A BYPASS MANUAL OVERRIDE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON EACH SENSOR. WHEN BYPASS IS UTILIZED,LIGHTING SHALL REMAIN ON CONSTANTLY OR CONTROL SHALL DIVERT TO A W ALL SWITCH UNTIL SENSOR IS REPLACED.

10.ALL SENSORS SHALL HAVE AN INTERNAL ADDITIONAL ISOLATED RELAY WITH NORMALLY OPEN, NORMALLY CLOSED ANDCOMMON OUTPUTS FOR USE WITH HVAC CONTROL, DATA LOGGING AND OTHER CONTROL OPTIONS.

C. DAYLIGHT SENSORS: SHALL BE SUPPLIED FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. REFER TO PLANS FOR MANUFACTURER ANDSPECIFICATIONS.

1. THE DAYLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE DIMMING CONTROL OF INTERIOR LIGHTS. IT SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH 0TO 10 VDC DIMMING BALLASTS.

2. THE DIMMING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE AN INTEGRATED P HOTOCELL.

3. THE CONTROL MODULE SHALL RESPOND TO A CONTROL INTERLOCK SIGNAL FROM AN OCCUPANCY SENSOR, TIME CLOCK, ORENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. WHEN A CONTROL INTERLOCK SIGNAL IS RECEIVED, THE MODULE SHALL DIM LIGHTING INALL CHANNELS OF CONTROL TO THEIR MINIMUM LEVEL.

4. WHEN ACTIVATED BY A USER, THE WALL SWITCH SHALL HOLD LIGHTING AT THE USER-DESIGNATED LEVEL UNTIL THE CONTROLMODULE IS RETURNED TO AUTOMATIC CONTROL. THE SWITCH SHALL PROVIDE A PUSH BUTTON THAT ENABLES THERESUMPTION OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL.

5. ALL SENSORS SHALL HAVE A STANDARD FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY.

D. LOW-VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL WILL BE RE-USED.

262200.1 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER

A. ALL TRANSFORMERS ARE EXISTING.

262416 PANELBOARDS

A. ALL PANELS ARE EXISTING.

262726.2 ELECTRIFIED FURNITURE SYSTEMS

A. THE ELECTRIFIED FURNITURE VENDOR WILL SUPPLY ALL RECEPTACLES, FURNITURE TASK LIGHTING FIXTURES, WIRING HARNESSES,CONNECTORS AND FITTINGS TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR THE COMPLETE WIRING INSTALLATION. ALL WIRING ANDCOMPONENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS DIRECTED BY VENDOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH 18" MAXIMUMLIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS WITH REQUIRED PHASE CONDUCTORS, NEUTRAL AND GROUND CONDUCTORSFROM WALL OR FLOOR OUTLETS AS INDICATED ON PLANS.

262816 SWITCHES, FUSES, AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

A. SWITCHES SHALL BE QUICK-BREAK HEAVY DUTY IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE FUSED OR UNFUSED, AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.FUSES FOR SWITCHES SHALL BE CURRENT LIMITING TYPE WITH AN INTERRUPTING CAPACITY OF RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES ANDOF THE CONTINUOUS (200,000) CURRENT RATING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

B. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE 'THERMAL MAGNETIC' TYPE, QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK WITH NON-WELDING CONTACTSCOMPENSATED FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF 10,000 SYMMETRICALAMPERES FOR 120/280V PANELS AND 14,000 SYMMETRICAL AMPERES FOR 277/480V PANELS.

265100 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS

A. BALLASTS AND LAMPS SHALL ENERGY EFFICIENT COMPLYING WITH THE MASS. STATE ENERGY CODE.

1. PROVIDE COMPLETE LIGHT FIXTURES WITH ASSOCIATED LAMPS, MOUNTING ACCESSORIES, ETC., AS PER ARCHITECTSSPECIFICATIONS.

2. ALL EMERGENCY FIXTURES SHALL MEET MASSACHUSETTS STATE ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS.

3. PROVIDE DIMMABLE BALLASTS FOR ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHOWN/NOTED TO BE CONTROLLED BY DIMMINGDEVICES/SYSTEMS.

B. WIRING:

1. LUMINAIRE WIRING: 600 VOLT, 302 DEG F, TYPE SFF-2, BEGINNING AT SEPARATELY MOUNTED OUTLET PERMITTED.

2. SPLICES: MECHANICAL BORING PRESSURE CONNECTOR OR CRIMP CONNECTOR, WIRE NUTS NOT BOX.

3. FIXTURES FED FROM MORE THAN ONE PANEL: SEPARATE NEUTRAL TO EACH PANEL.

4. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS FOR RECESSED FIXTURES, MAXIMUM LENGTH: 6 FT. 0 IN.

C. SUPPORTS:

1. INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES: CARRY WEIGHT OF FIXTURE TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, CLEAR OF DUCTS OR PIPES.

2. PENDANT-MOUNTED FIXTURES: WITH CONDUIT STEMS SUPPORTED TO CEILING FRAMEWORK SELF-LEVELING FITTINGS.

D. BASE BID MANUFACTURERS:

1. BASE BID FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE BASED ON MANUFACTURERS LISTED IN LIGHTING FIXTURES SCHEDULE.

E. ELECTRONIC BALLASTS

1. PROVIDE UL LISTED CLASS P, "A" SOUND RATED BALLASTS WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR WITH REQUIRED VOLTAGE ANDFREQUENCY.

2. BALLAST TO HAVE A FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY INCLUDING REASONABLE REPLACEMENT LABOR COSTS.

3. THIRD HARMONICS DISTORTION SHALL BE LESS THAN 10%.

4. BALLAST TO CONTAIN REQUIRED FILTERING SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH POWER LINE CARRIER SYSTEM.

5. BALLAST SHALL BE RAPID START, FULL LIGHT OUTPUT.

F. LOCATIONS:

1. LOCATIONS ON THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. OTHER TRADES.

2. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING DRAWINGS & COORDINATE SPACE CONDITIONS WITH SAME SIDE.

3. FIXTURE ROWS SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINES EXCEPT AS NOTED. FIXTURE DOORS SHALL OPEN FROM SAME SIDE.

G. MOUNTING:

1. FOR CEILING CONSTRUCTION, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FINISH SCHEDULES AND REFER TO MANUFACTURER'SINSTALLATION DETAILS AND APPLICABLE CODES FOR REQUIRED FIXTURE MOUNTING ACCESSORIES.

2. VERIFY ALL CEILING TRIMS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

H. REPLACE BLEMISHED, DAMAGED OR UNSATISFACTORY FIXTURES AS DIRECTED.

I. REPLACE LAMPS THAT FAIL DURING CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE OF SPACE.


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

E201-02SIE-170817.dwg

ELECTRICAL

SPECIFICATIONS01NTS

E-02-01

jgedeon

Stamp

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD EXAMINE THE ENTIRE AREA AFFECTED BY

THIS CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT AND OTHER DEVICES COMPLETE WITH ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING,CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE NEW WORK. ALL CONDUITS WITHNON-ACTIVE WIRING SHALL BE REMOVED. AS PER DEMOLITION PLAN PROVIDE ALLDEMOLITION LABOR AS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECTS DEMOLITION NOTE AND ASINSTRUCTED IN FIELD BY G.C.. WHERE THE REMOVAL OF THESE ITEMS MAKE DEADELECTRICAL WIRING THAT IS TO REMAIN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL JUNCTIONBOXES AND OTHER DEVICES AND PROVIDE BYPASS CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TOMAKE THE CIRCUITS AFFECTED CONTINUOUS AND READY FOR OPERATION.OTHERWISE, OBSOLETE WIRING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THE REMAINING DEVICEOR TO THE PANELBOARD.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICALWORK WHICH INTERFERES WITH THE NEW ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL LAYOUTSAND SCHEMES IN FULL COORDINATION WITH THE ARCHITECT'S DEMOLITION PLAN.ALL WORK THAT IS NO LONGER REQUIRED TO FUNCTION SHALL BE DE-ENERGIZED,DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED.

3. MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS SERVICE ON REMAINING FEEDERS, CIRCUITS OR PARTIALCIRCUITS AND OUTLETS SERVICING ADJACENT REMAINING ACTIVE AREAS, EXCEPTWHERE GIVEN WRITTEN PERMISSION FOR OUTAGE FOR SPECIFIED TIME. ALL WORKREQUIRING SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PERFORMED ON OVERTIME(PREMIUM HOURS) AT HOURS AS APPROVED BY OWNER, ARCHITECT OR GENERALCONTRACTOR AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SUBMIT SCHEDULE OFREQUIRED OUTAGES FOR APPROVAL. PERFORM WORK IN A MANNER TO MINIMIZESHUTDOWN TIME.

4. CUT BACK TO FLOOR, WALL, OR CEILING AND PLUG ENDS OF CONCEALED CONDUITSMADE OBSOLETE BY ALTERATIONS TO PERMIT REFINISHING SURFACES. REMOVEEXPOSED CONDUITS, WIRE WAYS, OUTLET BOXES, HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND DEVICESMADE OBSOLETE BY THIS WORK UNLESS DESIGNATED SPECIFICALLY TO REMAIN.ELIMINATE VOID SPACES. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK IN ADJOINING AREAS WHICH ISREQUIRED TO FUNCTION BUT IS AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION SHALL BE RECONNECTEDAND RESTORED TO ITS PRESENT FUNCTION.

5. PROVIDE RECONNECTIONS AND TEMPORARY INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED; REMOVEAT JOB COMPLETION.

6. CONTRACTOR SHALL TRACE EXISTING CIRCUITS AND IDENTIFY LOCATION AND TYPE OFLOAD SERVED. AS-BUILT RECORDS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER PRIOR TOSTART OF DEMOLITION.

7. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING AND POWER AS REQUIRED BY THECONTRACTORS OF ALL DISCIPLINES OF THIS CONTRACT.

8. EXISTING CONDUITS WHEN REUSED, SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED ANDREFURBISHED BEFORE REUSING.

9. PROVIDE BLANK PLATES ON ALL UNUSED OUTLET BOXES.

10. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING ACCESSIBLE FIRE ALARM, TELEPHONE ANDDATA CABLES THAT ARE ABANDONED AND NOT BEING REUSED AS PART OF THISPROJECT.

11. ALL FIRE ALARM, TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLES BEING DESIGNATED FOR FUTUREUSE SHALL BE TAGGED AND LABELED AS SUCH AT BOTH ENDS.

KEYED NOTES1 ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED DEVICES WITHIN THIS OUTLINED AREA

SHALL BE REMOVED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PULL CIRCUIT BACK TO THE SOURCE ANDLABEL THE BREAKER AS SPARE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAININGCIRCUITRY TO DEVICES UNAFFECTED BY DEMOLITION .

ALL RECEPTACLES AND POWER SUPPLIES WITHIN THIS OUTLINED AREA SHALL BEDISCONNECTED AND REMOVED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CUT BACK AND MAKE SAFEALL ASSOCIATED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING BACK TO POWER SOURCE AND LABEL BREAKERIN PANELBOARD AS SPARE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAININGCIRCUITRY TO DEVICES UNAFFECTED BY DEMOLITION.

ALL NORMAL POWER LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES WITHIN THISOUTLINED AREA SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.CUT BACK AND MAKE SAFE ALL ASSOCIATED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING BACK TO POWERSOURCE AND LABEL BREAKER IN PANELBOARD AS SPARE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BERESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING CIRCUITRY TO DEVICES UNAFFECTED BY DEMOLITION.

ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS WITHIN THIS OUTLINED AREA SHALLBE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONTRACTOR SHALLMAINTAIN EXISTING EMERGENCY HOME RUN CIRCUITRY FOR RE-USE ON CONSTRUCTIONLIGHTING PLAN. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING CIRCUITRY TODEVICES UNAFFECTED BY DEMOLITION.

ALL TEL/DATA OUTLETS AND ASSOCIATED CONDUITS WITHIN THIS OUTLINED AREA SHALLBE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED.

ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITHIN THIS OUTLINED AREA SHALL BE DISCONNECTED ANDREMOVED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CUT BACK AND MAKE SAFE ALL ASSOCIATEDWIRING BACK TO FACP AS REQUIRED. EXISTING SYSTEM SHALL BE KEPT OPERATIONALTHROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.

2 DISCONNECT POWER TO EXISTING POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT (277/480 VAC PANEL"SP3", 30 kVA TRANSFORMER, UNNAMED 120/208 VAC PANEL AND UNNAMED 120/240 VAC PANEL.PROVIDE PULL BOX ABOVE THE CEILING AND RE-ROUTE THE FEEDER TO PANEL "SP3".EXISTING UNNAMED 120/240 VAC AND 120/208 VAC PANELS SHALL BE HANDLED TO THEBUILDING ENGINEERING. EXISTING TRANSFORMER AND 277/480 VAC PANEL SHALL BERELOCATED AS SHOWN ON POWER PLAN.

3 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, PULL BACK AND SALVAGE PANEL "LAB12BI" CIRCUITS #1, 3, 5, AND 7

4 DISCONNECT POWER TO INDICATED MECHANICAL UNIT FOR SAFE RELOCATION BY OTHERS.

5 DISCONNECT POWER TO INDICATED MECHANICAL UNIT FOR SAFE REMOVAL BY OTHERS.PULLCIRCUIT BACK TO THE SOURCE AND LABEL THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS SPARE.

#

1

11

1

1

1

2

PANEL "SP3"277/480

XFR

PANEL "NO NAME"120/240 (X)

PANEL "NO NAME"120/208 (X)

30 kVA (XR)

FAPS/FATC (ERN)

PANEL "SP1N"120/208 (ERN)

PANEL "HPP"120/208 (ERN)

XFR 45 kVA XFR (ERN)

PANEL "HHPB"277/480 (ERN)

OS1XR

LVXR

ERR

ERR

ERR

ERR

ERR

ERR

3

E-AC-2

E-AC-3

E-ERV-1

4

4

4


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

E301-02SIE-170817.dwg

ELECTRICAL

FIRST FLOOR


E-03-01

jgedeon

Stamp

POWER NOTES1. FOR GENERAL NOTES AND SYMBOL LIST SEE DWG. E-00-01.

2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ANDLOCATIONS OF ALL POWER AND TEL/DATA DEVICES. DEVICES SHOWN ON POWER PLANARE FOR REPRESENTATION ONLY.

3. CIRCUITS ARE DESIGNATED BY THE NUMBER SHOWN ADJACENT TO EACH RECEPTACLE.WIRING IS SHOWN ONLY UNDER SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES. PROVIDE CONDUITS,WIRES, AND BOXES REQUIRED TO ENERGIZE THE EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN.

4. CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE FOR GROUPING PURPOSES AND FOR REFERENCE ONLY, FIELDCONDITIONS PREVAIL.

5. ALL BRANCH WIRING SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED IN WALLS AND HUNG CEILINGCAVITIES, U.O.N.

6. 3/4" DIA. SHALL BE THE MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT INSTALLED.

7. NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR MORE THAN ONE (1) BRANCHCIRCUIT, FOR MORE THAN ONE (1) MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT, OR FOR MORE THANONE (1) SET OF UNGROUNDED FEEDER CONDUCTORS.

8. FOR POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM SEE DWG. E-01-01.

9. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITING FOR EXISTING RECEPTACLESTO REMAIN. RECONNECT TO EXISTING RESPECTIVE PANELS AS REQUIRED.

10. FOR ADDITIONAL POWER NOTES SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

KEYED NOTES1 POWER FOR REFRIGERATOR

2 POWER FOR WATER PURIFIER

3POWER FOR SHELVE MOUNTED MICROWAVE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FORMOUNTING DETAIL

4POWER FOR DISHWASHER. PROVIDE MATCHING COED AND PLUG TRO ENSUREDISCONNECTING MEANS.

5NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING MECHANICAL UNIT. INTERCEPT, EXTEND AND RE-CONNECTWIRING AS REQUIRED. FEEDER EXTENSION SIZE SHALL MATCH EXISTING.

#

ELECTRICAL ALLOWANCE:

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CARRY PRICING ALLOWANCE TO PROVIDE PROVIDE POWERTO CONDENSATE PUMPS FOR ANY WSHPs THAT CAN'T MAKE THE GRAVITY CONDENSATEDRAIN.CR

CR

CR

CR CR

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERR

ERR

ERR

ERR

ERR

ERR

ERR

TV

TV

TV

PANEL "SP3"(RX)

11 2

3

TV TV

1

TV

TV

ERR

ERR

1

14

4

XFR

PANEL"SPP3"(NEW)

CR

30 KVA (RX)

SPP3(1)

SPP3(3)

SPP3 (5)SPP3 (7)

SPP3 (2)

SPP3 (CKT)SPP3 (CKT)

SPP3 (4,6)

SPP3 (12)SPP3 (8,10)

46

8 10SPP3(14)

14

14

14

14

SPP3(9)

9 9

9

9

9

9

SPP3 (11)

11

1111

11

1111

11

TV

SPP3 (13)

1313

13

SPP3 (15)

15

15

15

15

13

SPP3 (17)

17

17

17

17

17

17

1717

SPP3 (16)1616

16

16

SPP3 (18)18

1818

18

18 SPP3 (20)

20

20

20

LAB23B1(1)

LAB23B1(3)

LAB23B1(5)

LAB23B1(7)

TP2(13)

13

13

13

13

13

TP2(15)

15

15

15

TP2(17)

17

33

LAB23B1(36)

E-AC-3 E-AC-2

55

2

E-ERV-1

WCCW012

15

15

15

EWH-1

EWH-1

33

33

33

33

33

17

TP2(33)

15

17

33


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

E302-02SIE-170817.dwg

ELECTRICAL

FIRST FLOOR

POWER PLAN011/8" = 1'-0"

E-03-02

jgedeon

Stamp

LIGHTING NOTES1. FOR GENERAL PROJECT NOTES AND SYMBOL LIST, SEE DWG. E-00-01.

2. BEFORE BID SUBMISSION AND COMMENCING WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELDINSPECT SCOPE OF PROJECT, AND SUBMIT A REQUEST OF INFORMATION TO THEENGINEER FOR ANY DISCREPANCIES OR INCOMPATIBILITIES FOUND BETWEEN DESIGNAND ACTUAL CONDITIONS.

3. ALL JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO ALLOW ACCESS TOCOVER. PROVIDE ARCHITECT APPROVED ACCESS DOORS OR PLATES AS REQUIRED INAREAS WHERE UNOBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO BOX OR OUTLET IS NOT POSSIBLE.

4. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED IN WALLS AND IN HUNGCEILING CAVITY, U.O.N. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MADEWITH WIRING HAVING 90°C RATED INSULATION.

5. FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULES (FOR REFERENCE ONLY), SEE DWG. E-101.COORDINATE TYPE, QUANTITY & LOCATIONS WITH FINAL ARCHITECTURAL CEILINGPLANS.

6. FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ANDSWITCHES SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

7. PRIOR TO ORDERING LIGHTING FIXTURES, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURALDRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST BETWEEN ARCHITECTURALAND ENGINEERING INFORMATION, OBTAIN CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING.

8. MULTIPLE SWITCHES SHOWN IN SAME LOCATION SHALL BE GANGED TOGETHER WITH ACOMMON FACEPLATE.

9. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES CONTROLLED BY DIMMER SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHDEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR AND DIMMING BALLAST OR DRIVER. PROVIDEFLUORESCENT DIMMING BALLASTS AS REQUIRED.

10. ANY "SWITCHED" ROOMS WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING EMERGENCY CIRCUIT SHALL BEEQUIPPED WITH A TRANSFER SWITCH RELAY (BODINE GTD) AT EACH FIXTURE IN THEEVENT OF A POWER OUTAGE.

11. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED HOT LEG FOR ALL NIGHT LIGHTS, EXIT LIGHTS, AND EMERGENCYBATTERY PACKS.

12. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED JUNCTION BOXES, THROUGH WIRING,DROPS, CONDUIT, WIRING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONALINSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH LIGHTING MANUFACTURERS SHOP DRAWINGS,FIELD CONDITIONS, CODE REQUIREMENTS, BUILDING STANDARDS AND CONTRACTDOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL REQUIRED WIRINGBETWEEN THE LIGHT SWITCHES/OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORS TO THE LIGHTINGFIXTURES.

13. THE LOCATION OF SENSORS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC FORWORK SCOPE PURPOSES ONLY. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TOPROPERLY LOCATE, AIM, AND MASK THE SENSORS BASED ON MANUFACTURER'SRECOMMENDATIONS .ARRANGE FOR MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE TOVISIT THE SITE AND SUPERVISE FINAL LOCATION AND ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED.

14. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE WIRING OF THE OCCUPANCY/VACANCYSENSOR. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND WIRINGDIAGRAMS. POWER PACK/RELAY CONTROL MODULE QUANTITIES & LOCATIONS ARE NOTSHOWN. COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER FOR REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONSOF SYSTEM.

15. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL CEILING MOUNTEDOCCUPANCY SENSORS WITH ALL OTHER CEILING APPURTENANCES SUCH AS HVACDIFFUSERS, SPRINKLER HEADS, ETC. SENSORS SHALL BE LOCATED AT A MINIMUM OF 6FEET AWAY FROM ANY HVAC DIFFUSER.

16. CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR TIME DELAY SHALL BE SET FOR NO LESS THAN15 MINUTES AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 MIN.AS PART OF OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHOPDRAWING SUBMITTAL, PROVIDE LIGHTING PLAN SHOWING EXACT QUANTITIES ANDLOCATIONS OF ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS, INCLUDING SENSOR TYPES, POWER PACKS,CONTROLLERS, BRIDGES, GATEWAYS, ETC.

17. UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, THE COMPLETE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMSHALL BE COMPLETELY COMMISSIONED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S FACTORYAUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN WHO WILL VERIFY ALL ADJUSTMENTS AND SENSORPLACEMENT TO ENSURE SATISFACTORY OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM.

18. THE CONTRACT SHALL ALSO SUPPLY, AT THE CLIENT'S FACILITY, THE TRAININGNECESSARY TO FAMILIARIZE THE CLIENT PERSONNEL WITH THE LIGHTING CONTROLSYSTEM OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT, AND PROBLEM RESOLUTION OF THEOCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORS AND SYSTEM.

19. ALL "EM", AND EXIT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A EMERGENCY BATTERYBALLAST WITH 90 MINUTES OF BACK-UP TIME, LED INDICATION LIGHT, ANDPUSH-TO-TEST BUTTON.

20. COORDINATE FIXTURE TYPES, MODEL NUMBERS AND COMPATIBILITY WITH DROPCEILING WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

21. COLOR AND RENDERING INDEX OF ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE SELECTED BYARCHITECT.

22. CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN & RE-LAMP ALL EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES BEINGRE-USED AS PART OF THIS PROJECT. COORDINATE EXACT LAMPING REQUIREMENTS INFIELD WITH EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES.

23. ANY BALLASTS THAT ARE NOT FUNCTIONING WITHIN EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURESSHALL BE REPLACED AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A UNIT PRICE TOREPLACE ALL LAMPS AND BALLASTS PER FIXTURE.

KEYED NOTES1 PROVIDE BODINE EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK FOR INDICATED LUMINAIRES

2

3

4

5

#

S1

S1

S1 S1

a,bD,LV

D,LV

S1 S1

OSD

OSD

OSD

a,bD,LV

OS1RX

B

a

B

a

B

b

B

b

B

b

B

b

B

b

BE

b

a,b

a,b

BBBE

MSD,LV

a,bD,LV

a,bD,LVB

ra5

BBBB

BB

BBE

OSDBBE

BBB

CC

C

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERNERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

ERN

a,bD,LV

LVRX

01

02

03

03

02

03

03ab

b

raXra5

02

OSD

X1

X1

X1

X1

1

1

1B BE B B

MS


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

E303-02SIE-170817.dwg

ELECTRICAL

FIRST FLOOR

LIGHTING PLAN011/8" = 1'-0"

E-03-03

jgedeon

Stamp

NOTES:

2"

1'-6"

2"

4'-0"

4'-6"

6'-8"

8'-6"

FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS

WALL PHONE OUTLETS

SWITCHES

RECEPTACLES

TEL/DATA OUTLETS

FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL DEVICES INMULTIPLE CONFIGURATIONS. SEE NOTE #4.

EXIT SIGN

FINISHED FLOOR

1. DEVICE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE CHECKED AGAINST THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND ELEVATIONSPRIOR TO ROUGH-IN IN ORDER TO AVOID INTERFERENCES WITH CASEWORK, FURNITURE, WINDOWS, MIRRORS,EQUIPMENT, ETC.

2. LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE. THE EXACT CENTER OFALL OUTLETS SHALL BE PLACED IN COOPERATION WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT. CONTRACTORSHALL EXAMINE ALL INTERIOR DETAILS OF THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR OUTLET LOCATIONS NOT CONFORMINGTO THE DETAIL ABOVE. WHERE DETAILED TO SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL TAKEPRECEDENCE. IF AN OUTLET IS INSTALLED IN SUCH A LOCATION AS TO BE OUT OF PROPER RELATION TO WALLS ORDETAILS OF THE BUILDING, ITS LOCATION SHALL BE CORRECTED BY AND AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR UNDERTHE DIRECTION OF THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER.

3. DEVICES SHALL BE CENTERED IN A COMMON VERTICAL PLANE. HEIGHT SHALL BE MEASURED FROM FINISHED FLOOR TOCENTERLINE OF DEVICE EXCEPT EXIT SIGNS, AND FIRE ALARM SIGNALS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MATERIALS SUCHAS MASONRY UNITS.

4. THE ENTIRE LENS OF A FIRE ALARM A/V SIGNAL OR VISUAL-ONLY SIGNAL SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN 6'-8" A.F.F. AND8'-0" A.F.F. OR 6" BELOW CEILING (WHICHEVER IS LOWER). ELEVATION SHALL BE CONSISTANT THROUGHOUT PROJECT.

SCALE: N.T.S.

TYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAIL1

FRONT ELEVATIONNOTES:1. ADDITIONAL GROUND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BY TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT INSTALLER.

OF 7/16" HOLES.(18) SETS OF 5/16" HOLES AND (2) SETS1/4" x 4" x 12" COPPER GROUND BUS WITH

A

SECTION "A-A"

2"

BOND TO BUILDING STEEL

STAINLESS STEEL

1" OFFSET.MOUNTING BRACKET,

BY EQUIPMENT INSTALLER.

GROUND CONNECTION FOR EQUIPMENT.COMPRESSION LUG BOLTS, WIRE etc.

1/4"

3/8" MOUNTING BOLT.

POLYESTER/FIBERGLASS.RED STANDOFF INSULATOR,

A

SCALE: N.T.S.

GROUND BAR DETAIL5

NOTES:1. IF ONLY CONTROLLING 1 LOAD, USE BLACK, RED, AND GREEN WIRES.

2. BLACK AND RED WIRES OPERATE THROUGH BUTTON 1.

3. BLUE AND VIOLET WIRES OPERATE THROUGH BUTTON 2.

LIGHTINGLOAD A

VIOLET

DUAL SWITCH, WALL MOUNTED,DUAL-TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY/VACANCYSENSOR. REFER TO LEGEND FOR SPECIFICATIONS.

LIGHTINGLOAD B

RED

BLUE

BLACK

BUTTON 2BUTTON 1

GN

H

NOTE: UTILIZE ONLY CLEAR LABELS

R2P1-3 R2P1-5,7

208V 2P 1ɸ VOLTAGE, POLES AND PHASE

CEILING

REDBLACKBLUE

BLACK

WHITE

RED

SCALE: N.T.S.

TYPICAL VACANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM (CEILING MTD.)3

RED

REDBLACKBLUE

BLACK

WHITE

H

RED

CONTROL UNIT/POWER PACK

RED

N

CONTROL UNIT/POWER PACK

LIGHTING LOAD "a"

LIGHTING LOAD "b"

TO ADDITIONAL ZONES ASINDICATED ON FLOORPLANS (IF REQUIRED)

MASTER2N-34,35

IDF ROOM NUMBER ANDDEVICE ADDRESS(S)

PANEL NAME ANDCIRCUIT NUMBER.

SCALE: N.T.S.

DEVICE LABELING DETAIL4

bMS

aMS

MASTERMOMENTARYSWITCH FOR

DIMMER BANKONLY

TYPICALTEL/DATAOUTLET

TYPICAL 208VRECEPTACLE

TYPICAL 120VRECEPTACLE

SCALE: N.T.S.6

BLACK

WHITE

H

POWER PACK(REFER TO NOTE 1 & 2)

N

LIGHTING LOAD "a"

SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS:

UPON ENTERING THE ROOM, ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL REMAIN "OFF". THE LOW VOLTAGE KEYPAD PROVIDES THE USER WITH THE ABILITY TO TURN LIGHTINGFIXTURES "ON" AND ADJUST THE LIGHTING LEVEL VIA ON/OFF ZONES OR DIMMING ZONES AS SPECIFIED (REFER TO FLOOR PLAN AND LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE).WHEN THE USER(s) VACATE THE SPACE, THE LIGHTS WILL AUTOMATICALLY TURN OFF AFTER 15 MINUTES OF INACTIVITY.

NOTES:

1. PROVIDE POWER PACK (CRESTRON GREEN LIGHT #GLPP OR APPROVED EQUAL) AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE QUANTITY OF LIGHTING ZONES SHOWN ONTHE FLOOR PLAN.

2. PROVIDE POWER PACK WITH QUANTITY OF ZONES AS REQUIRED FOR EACH RESPECTIVE ROOM/SPACE, THREE (3) ZONE POWER PACK SHOWN WITHIN DETAILFOR REFERENCE ONLY. PROVIDE 1 OR 2 ZONE POWER PACK WHERE SUFFICIENT.

3. WHERE A LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL IS PROVIDED AS PART OF THE PROJECT, THE POWER PACK SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL FORADVANCED FEATURES. WHERE APPLICABLE, FEATURES SHALL INCLUDE AV INTEGRATION, SHADE CONTROL, DYNAMIC TIMEOUT, ENERGY METERING, TIME CLOCK,ETC....

4. SYSTEM CAN ACCOMMODATE A CONNECTION OF UP TO TWO (2) LOW VOLTAGE VACANCY SENSORS. WHERE MORE THAN TWO (2) VACANCY SENSORS AREREQUIRED, PROVIDE A POWER SUPPLY TO ACCOMMODATE THE ADDITIONAL SENSORS.

5. PHOTOCELL SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. PROVIDE PHOTOCELL ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED ON FLOOR PLAN.6. UP TO 3 LOW VOLTAGE KEYPADS CAN BE CONNECTED TO A SINGLE POWER PACK. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR SWITCHING REQUIREMENTS.7. ALL LOW VOLTAGE AND POWER WIRING SHALL BE RUN IN CONDUIT WHERE EXPOSED.8. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON CRESTRON. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH SUBSTITUTION OF

VENDOR.9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL DATA WIRING AS RECOMMENDED BY AWARDED MANUFACTURER.10. PROVIDE COMPONENTS AND INTERCONNECTING WIRING NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM. THE ONE LINE SHOWN HEREIN IS SHOWN FOR

INTENT ONLY. SHOP DWG. SUBMISSION SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE ONE LINE DIAGRAM SHOWING ALL COMPONENTS AND WIRING REQUIRED BY THEAWARDED MANUFACTURER.

11. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR ALL QUANTITIES, CONFIGURATIONS AND TYPES FOR ALL DEVICES. DEVICES SHOWN WITHIN DETAIL ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

RED#1

-+

+ violet- gray

RED#2+ violet- gray

WHT

SW HOT

LIGHTING LOAD "b"-+

WHT

SW HOT

24VCNET YCNET Z

COM

PHOTOOCC

KEYPAD

IR

TO LOW VOLTAGENETWORK COMM. BUS

(REFER TO NOTE 3)

CEILINGPHOTOCELL(REFER TONOTE 5)

TOA

DD

ITIO

NA

LSE

NSO

RS

AS

REQ

D.

(REF

ERTO

NO

TE4

)

KEYPAD KEYPAD(AS REQD.)

(REFER TO NOTE 6)

LIGHTING LOAD "c"-+

WHT

SW HOT

ALL ON

SCENE 1

SCENE 2

ALL OFF

ALL ON

SCENE 1

SCENE 2

ALL OFF

RED#3+ violet- gray

1-3 ZONE LIGHTING CONTROL

VACANCYSENSOR

(REFER TONOTE 4)

WALL ANCHOR SUITABLE FORWALL CONSTRUCTION (TYPICAL).

SCALE: N.T.S.TYP. OCC./VACANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM (WALL MTD.)2


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

E401-02SIE-170817.dwg

ELECTRICAL

DETAILS01NTS

E-04-01

jgedeon

Stamp

FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES:

1. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION NARRATIVE FOR FIRE ALARM NARRATIVE.

2. THE DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL PROCESS SHALL CONSIST OF THREE (3) TIERS AS REQUIRED BY THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE 8TH EDITION, SECTION 780 CMR 901.2.1.

a. TIER ONE (CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS): THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE BEING SUBMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE. THEREQUIREMENTS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

a.a. FLOOR PLANS INDICATING THE USE OF ALL ROOMS.

a.b. LOCATIONS OF ALARM-INITIATING DEVICES.

a.c. LOCATIONS OF ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES, INCLUDING CANDELA RATINGS FOR VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES.

a.d. LOCATION OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT, TRANSPONDERS AND NOTIFICATION POWER SUPPLIES.

a.e. POWER SOURCE FOR ALL PANELS AND POWER SUPPLIES.

a.f. INTERFACE OF FIRE SAFETY CONTROL FUNCTIONS SUCH AS DOOR UNLOCKING, SOUND SYSTEM SHUT-OFF AND ILLUMINATION TO 100% (WHERE REQUIRED)

b. TIER TWO (SHOP DRAWINGS): CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND FIRE OFFICIAL AND SHALL CONTAIN, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO:

b.a. DETAILED DESIGN LAYOUT INCLUDING A NON-TYPICAL RISER DIAGRAM WITH ALL DEVICES AND INTERCONNECTING WIRING.

b.b. BATTERY CALCULATIONS AND VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS.

b.c. MANUFACTURERS DATA SHEETS INDICATING MODEL NUMBERS AND LISTING INFORMATION FOR EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND MATERIALS.

b.d. SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION.

b.e. ANALYSIS TO SUBSTANTIATE THE DESIGN.

b.f. NAME(S), LICENSE NUMBER(S) AND LICENSE EXPIRATION DATE(S) OF THE CONTRACTOR(S) INSTALLING THE PROTECTION SYSTEMS.

b.g. DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SUBMITTAL REVIEW STAMP.

c. TIER THREE (RECORD DRAWINGS): CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS BUILT PLANS TO THE BUILDING OWNER FOR ALL FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS AND SHALL CONTAIN,BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO:

c.a. AS-BUILT PLANS INDICATING INSTALLED CONDITIONS, DEVICE ADDRESSES, FINAL TAP SETTINGS AND AUDIBLE AMBIENT AND TEST DB READINGS THROUGHOUT THE SPACE.

c.b. SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION.

c.c. O&M MANUAL PER NFPA 72 REQUIREMENTS.

c.d. SYSTEM RECORD OF COMPLETION FORM PER NFPA 72.

c.e. SYSTEM RECORD OF INSPECTION AND TESTING FORM PER NFPA 72.

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT SHORT

GROUND FAULT

OPEN CIRCUIT

12

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LOW BATTERY

11

FIRE ALARM AC POWER FAILURE

10

9

8

SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCHES7

SPRINKLER WATERFLOW SWITCHES6

HEAT DETECTORS5

DUCT TYPE SMOKE DETECTORS4

SMOKE DETECTORS ELEVATOR LOBBY & MACHINE ROOM3

SMOKE DETECTORS2

MANUAL FIRE ALARM PULL BOXES1

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q

REC

ALL

ELEV

ATO

RTO

PR

IMA

RY

REC

ALL

FLO

OR

REL

EASE

MA

GN

ETIC

ALL

YH

ELD

SMO

KE

DO

OR

S

TRA

NSM

ITTR

OU

BLE

SIG

NA

LTO

SUP

ERV

ISIN

GST

ATI

ON

TRA

NSM

ITSU

PER

VIS

OR

YSI

GN

AL

TOSU

PER

VIS

ING

STA

TIO

N

TRA

NSM

ITFI

RE

ALA

RM

SIG

NA

LTO

SUP

ERV

ISIN

GST

ATI

ON

AC

TUA

TEFL

OO

REV

AC

UA

TIO

NSI

GN

ALS

AC

TUA

TEFL

OO

RA

LAR

MIN

DIC

ATO

R

AC

TUA

TEA

UD

IBLE

CO

MM

ON

TRO

UB

LESI

GN

AL

AC

TUA

TEC

OM

MO

NTR

OU

BLE

SIG

NA

LIN

DIC

ATO

R

AC

TUA

TEA

UD

IBLE

SUP

ERV

ISO

RY

SIG

NA

L

AC

TUA

TEC

OM

MO

NSU

PER

VIS

OR

YSI

GN

AL

IND

ICA

TOR

AC

TUA

TEA

UD

IBLE

ALA

RM

SIG

NA

L

AC

TUA

TEC

OM

MO

NA

LAR

MSI

GN

AL

IND

ICA

TOR

AC

TUA

TEEX

TER

IOR

STR

OB

EA

TF.

D.B

EAC

ON

UN

LOC

KEX

ITS

CO

NTR

OL

SIG

NA

LTO

AH

U

SCALE: NTS2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INPUT/OUTPUT MATRIX

CONTROL UNIT ANNUNCIATION NOTIFICATIONREQUIRED FIRE

SAFETY CONTROLSUPPLEMENTORY

FIRE ALARM NARRATIVE

REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION NARRATIVE FOR FIRE ALARM NARRATIVE.1.

1. ALL NEW DEVICES/WIRING SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING FIRE ALARMCONTROL PANEL. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIREDFOR A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM.

2. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE TO MATCH EXISTING SYSTEM. ANY CONFLICTSOF SYSTEM TYPE SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.

3. CONTACT EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR FORCOORDINATION OF COMPATIBLE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT.

4. ALL QUALIFICATIONS AND/OR EXCEPTIONS SHOULD BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED IN THEBID SUBMISSION.

5. FIRE ALARM WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWN ARE FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ONLY.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS ANDSUBMIT A POINT-BY- POINT WIRING DIAGRAM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

6. THE FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODE,REQUIREMENTS OF ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE AMERICANSWITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA).

7. UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED AND PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, THEELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING PLANS ANDNECESSARY DOCUMENTS WITH ALL LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION,SUCH AS THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT OR THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE.

8. WHERE REQUIRED, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FILE AN "APPLICATION FORELECTRICAL INSPECTION" WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. THECONTRACTOR SHALL THEN ACCOMPANY THE INSPECTOR DURING HIS INSPECTIONOF THE SYSTEM, MAKE ALL MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY THE INSPECTORRESULTING FROM ISSUANCE OF ANY NOTICE OF DEFECTS AND FILE A SELFCERTIFICATION AFFIDAVIT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEESRELATING TO THE INSPECTION.

9. PERMITS AND APPROVALS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF THE WORK SHALL BEOBTAINED PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. ALL PERMIT COSTS ANDINSPECTION FEES SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT.

10. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN AND PROTECTALL FIRE ALARM SAFETY DEVICES IN OPERATION AT ALL TIMES. IF ANY PORTION OFTHE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS DISABLED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, NOTIFYBUILDING MANAGER/OWNER IMMEDIATELY.

11. ALL REQUIRED TEMPORARY SHUTDOWNS OF THE EXISTING POWER AND FIREALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE DONE AFTER REGULAR WORKING HOURS ON A PREMIUMTIME BASIS AND ONLY WHEN AND AS COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDINGMANAGEMENT. ADDITIONAL COST OF REQUIRED PREMIUM TIME LABOR SHALL BEINCLUDED IN THE BID PROPOSAL.

12. IN AREAS WHERE DUST AND DIRT WILL BE AIRBORNE DURING DEMOLITION ANDCONSTRUCTION, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A PLASTIC COVEROVER SMOKE DETECTORS AND THEN REMOVE ONCE THE SPACE IS CLEAN. IF A FIREALARM DEVICE IS LOCATED ON A WALL OR CEILING TO BE REMOVED, THE DEVICESHALL BE REMOVED UPON INSTALLATION OF NEW DEVICES.

13. UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY FIRE ALARM MAINTENANCE VENDOR, FIRE ALARMDEVICE WIRING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS (FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY):

SPEAKER WIRING - #14 AWG TWISTED TEFLON CABLE, INSULATED PLENUM RATED

STROBE WIRING - #14 AWG TWISTED TEFLON CABLE, INSULATED PLENUM RATED

STROBE WIRING - 12/2 MC (FIRE ALARM) CABLE, RATED FOR 600 VOLTS

DATA LOOP (SIGNAL) WIRING - #14 AWG TWISTED/SHIELDED TEFLON CABLE,INSULATED PLENUM RATED

CONFIRM WIRING SIZE, TYPE AND QUANTITY WITH FIRE ALARM VENDOR PRIOR TOPURCHASE. ALL FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL NOT BE SPLICED.

14. ALL FIRE ALARM CABLING SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE DUE TO EXPOSURE TOMECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR VERTICAL RUNS IN PARTITION WALLS SHALL BE INRIGID STEEL CONDUIT.

15. ALL FIRE ALARM CABLING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:

A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE RATING OF 200 DEG. C.

A MINIMUM AVERAGE INSULATION THICKNESS OF 15 MILS.

A MINIMUM AVERAGE JACKET THICKNESS OF 25 MILS.

THE COLOR OF THE CABLE SHALL BE RED.

THE CABLE SHALL BE TYPE FPLP (PLENUM TYPE)

THE CABLE SHALL BE VISIBLY MARKED EXTERNALLY THAT IT MEETS THE ABOVEREQUIREMENTS AND IS LISTED BY UL 1424 AND UL 910.

16. SPEAKERS SHALL BE TAPPED TO PROVIDE 15dB ABOVE THE AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SPEAKERS SHALL BE TAPPED AT 1/2 WATT IN OFFICEAREAS AND 1 WATT MINIMUM IN MECHANICAL SPACES. THE ELECTRICALCONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL SOUND LEVEL TESTING AFTER THE INSTALLATIONIS COMPLETE AND SHALL ADJUST TAP SETTINGS AS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN THEREQUIRED SOUND LEVELS.

17. STROBES SHALL HAVE A LIGHT OUTPUT OF 15/30/75/115 CANDELA (AS NOTED ONDWGS.), AND A FLASH RATE OF 1-3 HZ. ALL STROBES SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED.

18. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) CIRCUITS FOR FIRE ALARM SPEAKERS, AND TWO(2) CIRCUITS FOR STROBES PER FLOOR. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPEAKER/STROBECIRCUITS AS NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO THIS REQUIREMENT.

19. WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER/STROBE DEVICES SHALL NOT HAVE ANY OTHER DEVICEOR APPURTENANCE WITHIN 5 FEET OF THE DEVICE. EACH DEVICE SHALL BEMOUNTED AT A MINIMUM OF 80" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR 6" BELOW THECEILING LINE, WHICHEVER IS LOWER.

20. ALL CONCEALED FIRE ALARM CABLING SHALL BE PLENUM RATED AND SHALL NOT BEREQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SHOWNON THE DRAWINGS.

21. CONNECT MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICES TO RELEASE UPON FIRE ALARMSYSTEM ACTUATION. PROVIDE CONTACTS AND RELAYS AS NECESSARY.

22. AFTER SYSTEM INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALLSCHEDULE, COORDINATE AND TEST ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS TOENSURE THAT NEW EQUIPMENT PROPERLY OPERATES PRIOR TO FIRE DEPARTMENTINSPECTION.

23. UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY THE ENGINEER/OWNER AND/OR THE BUILDINGFIRE ALARM ALARM SYSTEM MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR, THE ELECTRICALCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN AND PROTECT ALL EXISTINGFIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.HE SHALL NOT REMOVE ANY EXISTING BASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM DEVICES, WIRINGOR EQUIPMENT UNTIL THE NEW SYSTEM IS COMPLETELY OPERATIONAL. EXISTINGBASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT MUST REMAIN IN SERVICE AT ALL TIMESDURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. IF ANY PORTION OF THE EXISTING FIREALARM SYSTEM IS DISABLED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, NOTIFY THEBUILDING MANAGER/OWNER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR IMMEDIATELY.

24. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH THE BUILDINGFIRE ALARM SYSTEM MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR FOR THE TYPE OF FIRE ALARMDEVICES TO BE PROVIDED. ALL NEW DEVICES INSTALLED SHALL BE COMPATIBLE ANDCONSISTENT WITH THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INSTALLATION.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT ORDER ANY NEW DEVICES WITHOUTSHOP APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER.

25. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO RETAIN AND COORDINATEWITH THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR FOR ANY REQUIREDPROGRAMMING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE COORDINATION, PROGRAMMINGAND FINAL CONNECTION COSTS IN THEIR BID. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TESTING SHALLSHALL CONSIST OF PROCEDURE NOTED ABOVE.

26. PROVIDE UPGRADE OF EXISTING SYSTEM POWER SUPPLIES AND AMPLIFIERS ASNECESSARY TO SUPPORT MODIFICATIONS AS SHOWN/NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS.SUBMIT BATTERY CALCULATIONS SHOWING REQUIRED UPGRADES, IF ANY, AS PARTOF THE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PACKAGE.

27. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR INTEGRATIONOF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES WITH SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY.

28. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT HAVINGJURISDICTION.

1 FLOOR

SCALE: NTS1 PARTIAL FIRE ALARM ONE-LINE DIAGRAM

P.S.

HHHHSTST

CMA/V

FACP

ERN

S

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTES:

EXISTING POWERBOOSTER/AMPLIFIER.

A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES MODIFICATION OF THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THE EXISTING FIREALARM SYSTEM IS MANUFACTURED BY NOTIFIER.

B. SHOP DRAWINGS:

1. WIRING DIAGRAMS: PROVIDE DETAILED WIRING DIAGRAMS THAT DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN MANUFACTURERINSTALLED AND FIELD-INSTALLED WIRING. INCLUDE DIAGRAMS DEPICTING ALL SYSTEM PANELS, DEVICES,ETC., WITH ALL TERMINALS AND INTERCONNECTIONS IDENTIFIED

2. DEVICE ADDRESS LIST: COORDINATE SYSTEM PROGRAMMING, COORDINATED DEVICE ADDRESS LIST,CONNECTIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT, AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS WITH THE BUILDING FIRE ALARMVENDOR AND/OR MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR. THEIR WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THISCONTRACT.

C. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING BUILDING FIREALARM SYSTEM.

D. COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA),LOCAL ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS, REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND LOCALBUILDING CODE.

E. PROVIDE NEW AND/OR UPGRADED POWER SUPPLIES AS NECESSARY TO SUPPORT THE INSTALLED SYSTEM.SUBMIT BATTERY CALCULATIONS AS PART OF THE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PACKAGE.

F. ADDRESSABLE MANUAL DOUBLE ACTION PULL STATIONS SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT.

G. PRIMARY NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES: PROVIDE RED FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED

COMBINATION AUDIO/VISUAL SIGNALING APPLIANCES (AS REQUIRED BY SITE CONDITIONS) TO MATCH EXISTINGSYSTEM. STAND-ALONE DEVICES MAY BE USED TO AUGMENT COMBINATION UNITS WHERE SHOWN ORREQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNT BACKBOXES AND OUTDOOR-RATED APPLIANCESWHERE AMBIENT CONDITIONS DICTATE. MINIMUM AUDIBLE AND VISUAL CHARACTERISTICS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

1. VISUAL SIGNALS: PROVIDE SYNCHRONIZED FLASHING XENON STROBES IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) APPLICATIONS GUIDELINES. VISUAL SIGNALS SHALL HAVE AMINIMUM EFFECTIVE INTENSITY RATING OF 15 CANDELA, EXCEPT PROVIDE 30, 75 OR 110 CANDELA ASOTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72. STROBES SHALL PRODUCE A MINIMUMOF ONE FLASH (MAXIMUM OF THREE) PER SECOND ACROSS THE LISTED VOLTAGE RANGE .

2. HORNS: PROVIDE 4-INCH HORNS SUITABLE FOR CONTINUOUSLY SUPERVISED CIRCUITRY WHERE INDICATEDAND REQUIRED. HORNS SHALL BE RED WITH A MINIMUM OF FOUR ADJUSTABLE POWER TAPS OF ¼, ½, 1 AND2 WATTS. EACH HORN SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY RESPONSE RANGE OF 400 TO 4000 HZ AND A SOUNDOUTPUT LEVEL OF 84DB AT THE 1-WATT TAP SETTING. PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNT BACKBOXES WHEREREQUIRED. THE INSTALLATION SHALL UTILIZE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS AND ENCLOSED WIRINGTERMINALS.

L. ALL WIRING FOR THE SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS INCLUDINGARTICLES 760, 725, AND 800 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.

M. PROVIDE COMPLETE WIRING BETWEEN ALL EQUIPMENT. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED UPON ANDTERMINATIONS MADE IN NRTL LISTED BOXES. WIRING SPLICES AND TRANSPOSING OR CHANGING OF COLORSSHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.

N. USE 14 AWG MINIMUM SIZE SOLID CONDUCTORS FOR FIRE ALARM DETECTION AND SIGNAL CIRCUITCONDUCTORS UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER. USE SHIELDED WIRING FOR INITIATINGAND COMMUNICATION (DATA AND VOICE) CIRCUITS. PROVIDE SEPARATE CONDUITS OR CABLES FOR TRUNKS(COMMUNICATION BETWEEN PANELS), SIGNALING AND INITIATING CIRCUITS.

O. PROVIDE SHIELDED WIRE FOR ALL HORN CIRCUITS.

P. TERMINATE CONDUCTORS USING RING TYPE COMPRESSION CONNECTORS ON LABELED AND NUMBEREDTERMINAL BLOCKS. DO NOT SPLICE CONDUCTORS, LABEL CONDUCTORS AT ALL TERMINATIONS WITH TERMINALNUMBER AND SYSTEM NUMBER.

Q. WIRING FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE IN TYPE MC CABLE, EXCEPT COMMUNICATIONS WIRINGBETWEEN TRANSPONDER AND BETWEEN PANELS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT (3/4" DIA. MINIMUM). EMERGENCYCONTROL WIRING SHALL BE IN 2 HOUR RATED MI CABLE.

R. FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A LOOP CONFIGURATION SO THAT ANY ONE BREAK IN THE LOOPSHALL ALLOW ALL DEVICES TO CONTINUE OPERATING NORMALLY. PROVIDE DIVERSE AND SEPARATE ROUTINGAND SEPARATE RISER LOCATIONS MAINTAINING MAXIMUM SEPARATION SO THAT ONE EVENT SHALL NOTDISABLE LOOP.

S. FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOXES AND TERMINAL CABINETS SHALL HAVE A CAPACITY FORTY PERCENT GREATER THANTHAT REQUIRED FOR THE WIRING AND TERMINAL BLOCKS. PAINT J-BOXES OR CABINETS FIRE ALARM RED ANDIDENTIFY CABINETS WITH WHITE LETTERING ON THE COVER "FIRE ALARM SYSTEM". INDICATE LOCATIONS OF

TERMINAL BOXES AND CABINETS ON RECORD DRAWINGS.

T. FIRE ALARM CONTROL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONNECTED TO SEPARATE DEDICATED BRANCHCIRCUITS, SIZED AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER SERVICE. CIRCUITS SHALL BE LABELED 'FIRE ALARM'. PROVIDE CIRCUITBREAKER LOCK ON DEVICES FOR EACH CIRCUIT BREAKER.

U. PROVIDE NAME PLATES ON REMOTE STATUS LIGHTS AND TEST STATIONS AS TO UNIT SERVED.

V. INSTALL MANUAL STATIONS WITH OPERATING HANDLE 4 FEET (1.2 M) ABOVE FLOOR. INSTALL AUDIBLE ANDVISUAL SIGNAL DEVICES 6 FEET 8 INCHES (2 M) ABOVE THE FLOOR.

W. AUDIBLE DEVICES SHALL BE SET FOR THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM DB LEVELS:

1. GENERAL AREAS - 95 dB AT TEN FEET.2. SET AS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT.

Y. VISUAL DEVICES SHALL HAVE MINIMUM EFFECTIVE INTENSITY RATINGS AS FOLLOWS:

1. GENERAL - 75 CANDELA.2. ROOMS OVER 100 FEET IN BOTH DIRECTIONS - 110 CANDELA .

Z. LOCATE REMOTE INDICATING DEVICES (PILOT LIGHTS) OUTSIDE OF ROOM IN NORMAL VIEW ABOVE DOOR TOISOLATED SPACE, ON CEILING, OR ON WALL AT SIX FEET (2M) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN LOCATIONS APPROVEDBY THE ARCHITECT.

AA. EXTRA MATERIALS:

1. PROVIDE EXTRA MATERIALS AS INDICATED BELOW:

a. PROVIDE ONE SPARE SIGNALING AND INITIATION MODULE FOR EACH TYPE REQUIRED.

AB. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES:

1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER CERTIFIED AND TRAINED TECHNICIANS AND REPRESENTATIVES FOR TESTING,SUPERVISION AND ASSISTANCE IN THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. CONNECTIONS ANDTERMINATIONS SHALL BE MADE UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF THE FIRE ALARM MANUFACTURER.EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTS, PROGRAMMING, ADJUSTMENT ANDCALIBRATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.

AC. ACCEPTANCE TESTING:

1. PRE-TEST THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AND ALL FUNCTIONS TO VERIFY COMPLETE OPERATION. AFTER CORRECTOPERATION IS VERIFIED, NOTIFY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT, TESTING COMPANY AND THE ARCHITECT THATSYSTEM IS COMPLETE AND READY FOR ACCEPTANCE TESTING. PROVIDE TESTING AT A TIME MUTUALLYAGREEABLE TO ALL PARTIES. PROVIDE A MINIMUM ONE WEEK NOTICE.

2. TESTING SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, THE OWNER AND THEARCHITECT. AT A MINIMUM, OPERATE EVERY BUILDING FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION,CORRECT ANNUNCIATION AT EACH REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR AND CONTROL PANEL. THE INITIATING CIRCUITAND SIGNALING CIRCUITS SHALL BE OPENED IN AT LEAST TWO LOCATIONS PER ZONE TO CHECK TO THEPRESENCE OF CORRECT SUPERVISORY CIRCUITRY.

3. THE ENTIRE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED BY SMOKE OR HEAT ACTIVATION OF EACH DEVICE ANDSYSTEM SHORT CIRCUITING AT EACH REMOTE TEST POINT OF INITIATING ZONE AND ALARM CIRCUITS. TESTSSHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE PROJECT FOREMAN, THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, FIREAUTHORITY OF THE FIRE JURISDICTION AND THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMMANUFACTURER.

4. THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE MARKED PER DEVICE CIRCUIT TO INDICATE FUNCTION AND OPERATION FROMMANUFACTURER'S POINT-TO-POINT WIRING DIAGRAMS. DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE INSTALLER,MANUFACTURER AND UL CERTIFIED TESTING COMPANY AND THE FIRE DEPARTMENT'S REPRESENTATIVE.

5. UPON COMPLETION OF TESTING, CO-SIGNED DRAWINGS AND REPORTS SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THEARCHITECT FOR RECORD PURPOSES FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE. TESTING AND REPORTS SHALL COMPLY WITHNFPA 72 STANDARD REQUIREMENTS.

6. PROVIDE UL CERTIFICATION OF THE SYSTEM.

7. PAY ALL COSTS FOR CERTIFICATION, TESTING AND FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVALS.

8. LEAVE THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION.

9. PROVIDE COPIES OF TESTING REPORTS AND UL CERTIFICATION IN THE O & M MANUALS.

FIRE ALARM SPECIFICATIONS (283111):

FACP

MM

DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL

ST

TS

WF

F

FIRE ALARM LEGEND

15 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM STROBE ONLY DEVICE, WALL MOUNTED, RED.CANDELA RATING AS INDICATED

FATC

CM

SADDRESSABLE AREA SMOKE DETECTOR: CEILING MOUNTED(PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE)

ADDRESSABLE MANUAL PULL STATION: DOUBLE ACTION TYPE

REMOTE INDICATOR LIGHT FLUSH WALL MOUNTED

SPRINKLER WATERFLOW SWITCH

SPRINKLER VALVE TAMPER SWITCH

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

FIRE ALARM TERMINAL CABINET

ADDRESSABLE CONTROL RELAY/OUTPUT MODULE

ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE INPUT MONITOR MODULE (SINGLE ORDUAL INPUT)

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HORN/STROBE DEVICE, WALL MOUNTED, RED -1/2 WATT TAP U.O.N. CANDELA RATING AS INDICATED

H30 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HORN/STROBE DEVICE CEILING MOUNTED, RED

- 1/2 WATT TAP U.O.N. CANDELA RATING AS INDICATED

H30

A/VCM


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

FA001-02SIE-170817.dwg

FIRE ALARM

LEGEND01NTS

FA-00-01

jgedeon

Stamp

ELECTRICAL KEY NOTES

1

PROVIDE CONTROL MODULE FOR AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMINTERFACE (AUDIO-MUTE) AND LIGHTING OVERRIDE UPONACTIVATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. FIELD COORDINATEEXACT LOCATION WITH A/V VENDOR. INTERFERENCE BY TO A/VSYSTEM BY A/V CONTRACTOR.

2PROVIDE CONTROL MODULE TO UNLOCK DOORS UPONINITIATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE EXACTLOCATION WITH SECURITY VENDOR.

#

H75cd

S75cd

H30cd

H30cd

FH30cd

ST

15cdST

15cd

SSST

15cd

H

15cd

FH15cd

H15cd

H

30cd

H15cd

H15cd

H30cd

S S

S

S

CM 1

CM 1

CM 1

CM 1

CM 2

H30cd

ERN

H30cd

RX

XR

RX

XR

H30cd

H 15cd


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

FA301-02SIE-170817.dwg

FIRE ALARM

FIRST FLOOR


FA-03-01

jgedeon

Stamp

TAG DESCRIPTION DRAIN VENTCOLD

WATERHOT

WATERCOMMENTS

MANUFACTURERMODEL No.

PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

UNDERMOUNT STAINLESS STEEL ADACOMPLIANT PANTRY SINK. 5.5"DEEP,CENTER REAR DRAIN, FRONTOVERFLOW. PROVIDE OFFSET P-TRAPWITH GRID STRAINER.

PROVIDE LOW FLOW KIT (1.5-GPM)

PANTRY SINKSK-1 12"11

2"2" 12"

TAGDESCRIPTION

LOCATIONPOWER COMMENTS


ELECTRICAL FIXTURE SCHEDULE

TAGDESCRIPTION

LOCATIONACCEPTANCE

VOLUMECOMMENTS


PLUMBING TANK SCHEDULE

ET-1 EXPANSION TANK

STEEL SHELL, NSF/ANSI61, POLYPROPYLENE LINER WITH55-PSIG FACTORY PRE-CHARGE.

DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED PER ASME CODE

0.9-GALLONMFG: AMTROLMODEL: ST-5C

FIXTURE:MFG: ELKAYMODEL: ELUHAD2115

FAUCET / VALVE:MFG: KOHLERMODEL: SIMPLICE K-596

EWH-1 WATER HEATERWATER HEATER TO SERVE TENANT FIXTURES. SET HEATERTO DELIVER 140°F

MFG: AO SMITHMODEL: DEL-6

277-VOLT1-PHASE

3-kW

FM-1 LEAK DETECTION SYSTEMMFG: FLOOD MASTERMODEL: RS-094-MK6

120-VOLT1-PHASE

LEAD FREE BRONZE BODY LOCKEDTEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT CAP.COPPER ENCAPSULATED THERMOSTATASSEMBLY WITH POLYMERTHERMOPLASTIC SHUTTLE, STAINLESSSTEEL SPRINGS, BUNA-N O'RINGS ANDINTEGRAL CHECK VALVES ON HOT ANDCOLD INLETS. SET TO DELIVER 120°F

MIXING VALVEMV-1 12"-- 1

2"FIXTURE:MFG: LEONARDMODEL: 270-LF

TAG DESCRIPTION COMMENTS - PROVIDE SUPPLIES, VALVES, DRAINS & ACCESSORIES

FBO-1 REFRIGERATOR PROVIDE 12" COPPER COIL WATER FEED TO INLET CONNECTION.

FBO-2 COFFEE MAKER PROVIDE 12" COPPER COIL WATER FEED TO INLET CONNECTION.

FBO-3 ATLAS WATER FILTER PROVIDE 12" COPPER COIL WATER FEED TO INLET CONNECTION.

FBO-4 DISHWASHER PROVIDE 12" STAINLESS STEEL HOT WATER FEED TO INLET CONNECTION. PROVIDE 3

4" STAINLESS STEEL FLEXIBLEDRAIN LINE TO SINK TAILPIECE.

REMOVE AND PATCH EXISTING WORK

POINT OF NEW CONNECTION TO EXISTING WORK

REVISION SYMBOL

PLUMBING RISER DESIGNATION

DRAWING NOTATIONS

TOP CONNECTION

BOTTOM CONNECTION

CAP

CLEANOUT

PIPE DROP

PIPE UP

O,S & Y VALVE

SOLENOID VALVE

EXISTING CHECK VALVE

MIXING VALVE

PLUG VALVE

BALL VALVE

CHECK VALVE

BUTTERFLY VALVE

GATE VALVE

PLUMBING SYMBOLS

PIPING REPRESENTATIONNEW COLD WATER PIPING

NEW HOT WATER PIPING

NEW SANITARY OR STORM WATER PIPING ABOVE GROUND

NEW VENT PIPING

CW

HW

V

W/S

A. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OF SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE WITH THEGENERAL CONTRACTOR, EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS AND APPLICABLEEQUIPMENT INSTALLER FOR EXACT LOCATION AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT, WIRING AND ACCESSORIES FOR ACOMPLETE INSTALLATION. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED.

B. IF EXACT LOCATION, MOUNTING OR ROUTINGS ARE NOT INDICATED OR ARENOT CLEAR OR CONFLICT (LOCATION OR HEIGHT) COORDINATE WITH OTHERTRADES AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO ROUGHING, ORINSTALLATION. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. EXACT LOCATION,MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF EQUIPMENT AND ROUTING SHALL BE COORDINATEDWITH THE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS.

C. EQUIPMENT & PIPING INSTALLATION NOT COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHERBUILDING SYSTEMS / BUILDING COMPONENTS WHICH CAUSES INTERFERENCESHALL BE REPAIRED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.

D. VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES AT BUILDING BEFORE COMMENCINGWORK. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THEACTUAL LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND COORDINATEINSTALLATION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS ACCORDINGLY.

1. THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE PROVIDING ALL WORK INDICATEDUNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED AS EXISTING OR WORK BYOTHERS, AND COORDINATION WITH ALL TRADES. SCOPE OF WORK ISINDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING THE DRAWINGS ANDTHE SPECIFICATIONS, WHICH ARE COMPLIMENTARY. WORK INDICATED INANY CONTRACT DOCUMENT SHALL BE CONSIDERED PART OF THE SCOPE OFWORK, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED AS EXISTING OR WORK BY OTHERS. INGENERAL, WORK REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT INDICATED IN BOTH DOCUMENTS.WHERE DOCUMENTS CONFLICT WITHIN THEMSELVES OR WITH CODES ANDREGULATIONS, PROVIDE THE HIGHER QUANTITY AND QUALITY AND FOLLOWTHE STRICTER REQUIREMENTS.

2. WORK, AT A MINIMUM, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE BUILDINGAND PLUMBING CODE, OSHA, NFPA STANDARDS, THE ELECTRIC CODE AND THELOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS DONOT ATTEMPT TO INDICATE ALL WORK REQUIRED BY CODES ANDAUTHORITIES. DO NOT INSTALL WORK THAT DOES NOT MEET MINIMUMREQUIREMENTS. IF NECESSARY, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECTBEFORE PROCEEDING.

3. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING STANDARDS, IT IS THERESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO MEET WITH BUILDINGCONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN ORDER TO BECOME TOTALLY FAMILIAR WITHBUILDING CONSTRUCTION RULES. THERE SHALL BE NO DEVIATION FROM THEBUILDING STANDARDS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THECONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

4. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS AND /OR SPECIFICATIONS TO PROVIDE AWORKING INSTALLATION IN EVERY DETAIL AND ALL ITEMS REQUIRED FORSUCH AN INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLYINDICATED OR MENTIONED.

5. VISIT THE SITE TO DETERMINE PRE-EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WORKNECESSARY PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID PRICE. SUBMIT ANY QUESTIONSREQUIRED TO CLARIFY SCOPE PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED WORK INBID PRICE.

6. INCLUDE IN BID WHATEVER IS REQUIRED TO MEET SCHEDULE INCLUDINGOVERTIME, EXPRESS SHIPPING, EXPEDITING EQUIPMENT, ETC. PLAN PROJECTAND SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND ORDER EQUIPMENT IN A TIMELY MANNER,EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BASED ON THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT.

7. ANY EQUIPMENT TO BE SUBSTITUTED SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AT TIME OF BID.

8. TEST ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLED TO CERTIFY COMPLIANCEWITH DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, LOCAL AUTHORITIES ANDREGULATIONS. INCLUDE LABOR AND COSTS FOR TESTING, REVIEWS,APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS. TEST COMPLETED SYSTEM PER NFPA USINGA CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY. MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THECONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES. SUBMIT NFPATESTING AND MAINTENANCE FORMS PRIOR TO APPLYING FOR OCCUPANCYPERMIT OR SUBMITTING AFFIDAVITS.

9. PROVIDE TRAINING TO OWNER ON ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLED.

10. IF EXISTING OR UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS PREVENT INSTALLATION OFEQUIPMENT, PIPING, OR OTHER SERVICES TO BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN PERTHESE DOCUMENTS, A CLEAR SUBMISSION WITH ALTERNATE INSTALLATIONMETHODS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TOPROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT OR PREPARATION OF THE SUBJECTINSTALLATIONS.

11. ALL NEW HOT AND COLD WATER LINES TO BE RED BRASS PIPE OR COPPER TYPE'L' TUBING ASTM B-88. IF ATTACHED OR CONNECTED TO A DISSIMILAR METALSYSTEM, A DIELECTRIC FITTING SHALL BE PROVIDED.

12. INSULATE ALL WATER LINES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: HOT WATER,COLD WATER, HOT WATER RETURN, FILTERED, TRAP PRIMING DISTRIBUTION,HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL STORM WATER PIPING).

13. WASTE LINES SHALL BE PROPERLY PITCHED TO PREVENT "TRAPPED" WATER.INSTALL WASTE LINE CONNECTIONS WITH LONG RADIUS OR 45° "Y" FITTINGS.

14. RETAIN EXISTING SYSTEM CLEAN OUT CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE NEW CLEANOUT CONNECTIONS AT THE BASE OF ALL STACKS AND AT ALL CHANGES INWASTE LINE DIRECTION 45° OR GREATER. PROVIDE PROPER CLEARANCES FORCLEANOUT USE.

15. WHEN CONNECTING NEW HOT AND COLD WATER LINES TO EXISTING RISERS,CONTRACTORS SHALL LEAVE A PLUGGED VALVED OUTLET FOR FUTURE USE.PLUGGED VALVE OUTLET SHALL BE EQUAL IN SIZE TO THE RISER SIZE OR ASDIRECTED BY THE BUILDING MANAGER.

16. INDIVIDUAL SHUT-OFF VALVES MUST BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED FOR EACHNEW FIXTURE, INCLUDING WATER COOLERS.

17. ALL NEW PIPES ARE TO BE SUPPORTED FROM SLAB OR STEEL BEAMS, NOTFROM EXISTING PIPES OR DUCT WORK.

18. ALL WATER SHUTDOWNS TO BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE BUILDINGMANAGER. ALL WATER SHUTDOWNS ARE TO BE PERFORMED OR SUPERVISEDBY BUILDING PERSONNEL, AT THE DISCRETION OF THE BUILDING MANAGER.

19. PROVIDE FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING FOR ALL PLUMBING PIPING PASSINGTHROUGH RATED WALLS OR SMOKE PARTITIONS.

20. ALL VALVES ARE TO BE PROPERLY TAGGED.

21. ANY WET COLUMNS USED SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH A 18" x 18" STEELSURFACE MOUNTED ACCESS DOOR.

INSTALLATION / COORDINATION NOTES

PLUMBING ABBREVIATIONSACT ACOUSTICAL TILEAFF ABOVE FINISH FLOORAP ACCESS PANELCLDI CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRONCO CLEANOUTCONC CONCRETECW COLD WATERCTE CONNECT TO EXISTINGCWS CISTERN WATER SYSTEMDCVA DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOWDIA DIAMETERDWG DRAWINGDF RINKING FOUNTAINDN DOWNEC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOREWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLEREL ELEVATIONELEV ELEVATIONEX EXISTINGFFE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONGW GRAY WATERFCO FLOOR CLEANOUTFP FIRE PROTECTIONFS FLOW SWITCHFV FLUSH VALVEFT FOOTGPF GALLON PER FLUSHGPM GALLON PER MINUTEGALV GALVANIZEDGC GENERAL CONTRACTOR

GI GREASE INTERCEPTORHC HANDICAPPEDHW HOT WATERHWR HOT WATER RETURNINV INVERTIW INDIRECT WASTENPW NON-POTABLE WATERNTS NOT TO SCALENIC NOT IN CONTRACTOPEN END DRAIN OEDRPBP REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOWRWL RAIN WATER LEADERSA SHOCK ABSORBERSD STORM DRAIN LINESH SHOWERSK SINKSS OIL STACKSPEC SPECIFICATIONSST STAINLESS STEELTW TEMPERED WATERTYP TYPICALUR URINALV VENTVB VACUUM BREAKERVS VENT STACKVTR VENT THRU ROOFW WASTEWC WATER CLOSETW&T WASTE AND TRAP

FURNISHED BY OTHERS SCHEDULE (FBO) COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITHWATER FILTRATION VENDOR

GENERAL NOTES

WATER HEATER/TANK LEAK DETECTION AND AUTOMATICWATER FEED SHUT-OFF SYSTEM. INSTALL WITH LEAKDETECTION ROPE AND SENSOR PUCK. INSTALL ROPE INWATER HEATER PAN AND SENSOR PUCK UNDER SINK.

PLUMBING DRAWING LISTDRAWING NUMBER DRAWING TITLE

P-00-01 PLUMBING LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES

P-02-01 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS

P-03-01 PLUMBING FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN

P-04-01 PLUMBING DETAILS

P-03-02 PLUMBING LEVEL 1 PARKING CONSTRUCTION PLAN

P-03-03 PLUMBING FIRST FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

P001-02SIE-170817.dwg

PLUMBING

LEGEND01NTS

P-00-01

jgedeon

Stamp

PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONSPART 1 - GENERAL

1. GENERAL PROVISIONS: DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF WORK INCONTRACT.

2. SCOPE: PERFORM WORK AND PROVIDE NEW MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIEDIN THE SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS, WHETHER SPECIFICALLYSHOWN OR NOT, THAT ARE NECESSARY TO MAKE THE SYSTEM COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL AS INTENDED INTHE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

a. THE DESIGN INTENT AS ILLUSTRATED ON THESE DRAWINGS

b. ALL TESTING AND CERTIFICATIONS NECESSARY FOR COMPLIANCE AND ANY REQUIRED REMEDIAL ACTIONS ANDRETESTING DUE TO FAILURE

3. THIS PROJECT CONSISTS OF CONNECTION TO AN EXISTING DRAINAGE SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THEPORTION OF THE EXISTING DRAINAGE SYSTEM SERVING THIS SCOPE OF WORK, VIDEO INSPECTED AND JET-CLEANEDPRIOR TO MAKING NEW CONNECTIONS. SUBMIT VIDEO INSPECTION AND CLEANING REPORTS AS A SUBMITTAL.

4. SITE VISIT: VISIT AND CAREFULLY EXAMINE SITE TO IDENTIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT WORK OF THISSECTION BEFORE SUBMITTING BID. NO EXTRA PAYMENT WILL BE ALLOWED FOR ADDITIONAL WORK CAUSED BYUNFAMILIARITY WITH SITE CONDITIONS THAT ARE VISIBLE OR READILY DISCERNED BY AN EXPERIENCED OBSERVER.

5. RELATED WORK: THE FOLLOWING WORK IS NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION AND WILL BE PROVIDED UNDER OTHERSECTIONS:

a. PAINTING, EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE

b. TEMPORARY LIGHT, POWER, WATER, HEAT, GAS AND SANITARY FACILITIES FOR USE DURING CONSTRUCTION

c. ELECTRICAL POWER WIRING TO ALL EQUIPMENT

5. CODES, STANDARDS, AUTHORITIES AND PERMITS: CODES, LAWS AD ORDINANCES PROVIDE A BASIS FOR THE MINIMUMINSTALLATION CRITERIA. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ILLUSTRATE THE SCOPE REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT,WHICH MAY EXCEED MINIMUM CODE, LAWS AND STANDARD CRITERIA. GIVE NOTICES, FILE PLANS, OBTAIN PERMITSAND LICENSES, PAY FEES AND BACK-CHARGES AND OBTAIN NECESSARY APPROVALS FROM AUTHORITIES HAVINGJURISDICTION AS REQUIRED FOR THE EXECUTION OF ALL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT. ALL WORK SHALL BEPERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF:

a. THE STATE BUILDING CODE

b. THE STATE PLUMBING AND FUEL GAS CODE

c. THE STATE ELECTRIC CODE

d. NFPA

e. DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

f. DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY CODES

g. ARCHITECTURAL ACCESS BOARD

h. ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS, STANDARDS AND LAWS, STATE AND FEDERAL GOVERNMENT ANDOTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION

i. APPLICABLE BASE BUILDING STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

6. INTERPRETATIONS OF DOCUMENTS: WHERE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS DO NOT COINCIDE WITHMANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS, OR ARE UNCLEAR AS TO THE INTENT, OR REQUIRED MATERIAL QUALITY,ADVISE THE ENGINEER IN WRITING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ALL COSTS FOR REWORK NECESSARY TORESOLVE DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.

7. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION: ANY RFI FOR RESOLVING AN APPARENT CONFLICT OR UN-CLARITY, OR A REQUEST FORAN ADDITIONAL DETAIL, SHALL INCLUDE A SKETCH OR EQUIVALENT DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTORS PROPOSEDSOLUTION.

8. SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE SPECIFIED ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT UNLESS “EQUAL” OR “APPROVED EQUAL” IS EXPLICITLYINDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DEVIATIONS TO SPECIFIED ITEMS SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE CONTRACTOR,WHO SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ASSOCIATED CHANGES TO THIS AND OTHER TRADES. REVIEW OF THE SHOPDRAWINGS BY THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT ABSOLVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM MEETING THE FULL DESIGN INTENT OF

THE ASSOCIATED SYSTEM(S). ALLOW ENGINEER A MINIMUM OF 10 WORKING DAYS FOR PROCESSING AND REVIEW OF

EACH SUBMISSION. SUBMITTALS SHALL INDICATE PRIOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR.

SUBMIT FOR REVIEW PDF COPIES OR (6) SETS OF MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:

a. DRAINAGE VIDEO INSPECTION AND JET-CLEANING REPORT

b. FIXTURES & VALVES

c. PIPE MATERIALS, FITTINGS, HANGERS & VALVES

d. WATER HEATERS

e. DRAINS

f. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

g. INSULATION

h. TEST REPORTS

i. ALL CERTIFICATES

9. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: SUBMIT (3) SETS OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PRIOR TO

THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. O&M MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS, WIRING DIAGRAMS,WRITTEN WARRANTEES, RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS WITHRECOMMENDED INTERVALS FOR ALL THE FOLLOWING:

a. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

b. WATER HEATERS

c. FIXTURES

10. RECORD DRAWINGS: CAD RECORD DRAWING FILES SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECTSHOWING THE “AS-BUILT” CONDITION INCLUDING WORK INSTALLED AND ALL MODIFICATIONS OR ADDITIONS TOORIGINAL DESIGN. OBTAIN THE AUTOCAD FILES FOR PREPARATION OF AS-BUILT DRAWINGS FROM THE ARCHITECT.THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER ARE NOT GRANTING ANY OWNERSHIP OR PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE CAD DRAWINGSBY THE DELIVERY OF THE CAD FILES. THE CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE IN ITS CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS WITH

RESPECT TO THIS PROJECT. ANY REUSE AND/OR OTHER USE BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE

RISK AND WITHOUT LIABILITY TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.

11. WARRANTIES: WARRANTY INSTALLATION IN WRITING FOR ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE OFCERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. WHERE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT SECTIONS SPECIFY LONGERWARRANTEES, PROVIDE THE LONGER WARRANTEE. REPAIR, REPLACE OR PROVIDE TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATIONSFOR DEFECTIVE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION THAT DEVELOP WITHIN 24-HOURS OF

NOTIFICATION. WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE A CONTACT PERSON (NAME AND 24 HOUR TELEPHONE NUMBER) FOR

SERVICE REQUESTS. CORRECT DAMAGE CAUSED WHILE MAKING NECESSARY REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS UNDERWARRANTY PERIOD AT NO ADDITIONAL COSTS.

12. COORDINATION: CONFER WITH ALL OTHER TRADES RELATIVE TO LOCATION OF ALL APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT TOBE INSTALLED AND SELECT LOCATIONS SO AS NOT TO CONFLICT WITH OR HINDER THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK OFOTHER SECTIONS. WORK INSTALLED THAT CREATES INTERFERENCE OR RESTRICTS ACCESS REQUIRED BY CODE OR

MAINTENANCE AND/OR ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MODIFIED AT NO ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER.

13. SUPPORTS: INCLUDE ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORTS, HANGER BRACKET, ETC., REQUIRED FOR THE EXECUTION OFTHE WORK OF THIS SECTION. THE WELDS AND EDGES OF ALL BRACKETS SHALL BE GROUND SMOOTH FOR PAINTING.

14. CUTTING AND PATCHING: INCLUDE ALL CORING, CUTTING, PATCHING AND FIREPROOFING NECESSARY FOR THEEXECUTION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS SHALL NOT BE CUT WITHOUT WRITTENAPPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. REPAIR AND PATCH AROUND THE WORK SPECIFIED HEREIN TO MATCH THE EXISTINGADJACENT SURFACES TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. FILL AND PATCH ALL OPENINGS OR HOLES LEFT IN THEEXISTING STRUCTURES BY THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT IS PART OF THIS SECTION OR THESPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLY.ALL PENETRATIONS AND ASSOCIATED FIRE STOPPINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FIRE STOPPINGMANUFACTURER'S LISTED INSTALLATION DETAILS AND BE LISTED BY UL OR FM.

15. HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING: INCLUDE THE FURNISHING, SET-UP AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL HOISTINGMACHINERY, CRANES, SCAFFOLDS, STAGING AND PLANKING AS REQUIRED FOR THE EXECUTION OF WORK FOR THISSECTION.

16. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: LIFE SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION SHALL BE A PRIMARY CONSIDERATION. COMPLY WITHALL OF THE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER AND OSHA THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD OFTHE PROJECT. FURNISH, PLACE AND MAINTAIN PROPER GUARDS AND ANY OTHER NECESSARY CONSTRUCTIONREQUIRED TO SECURE SAFETY OF LIFE AND PROPERTY.

17. ACCESSIBILITY: ALL WORK PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATION SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT PARTSREQUIRING PERIODIC INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ARE READILY ACCESSIBLE. WORK OF THIS TRADE SHALLNOT INFRINGE UPON CLEARANCES REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT OF OTHER TRADES, ESPECIALLY CODE REQUIREDCLEARANCES TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.

18. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CARE AND PROTECTIONOF ALL WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION UNTIL THE COMPLETION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROJECT.PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE FROM ALL CAUSES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FIRE,VANDALISM AND THEFT. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGED OR STOLEN SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACEDWITH EQUAL MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT,

OUTLETS AND OPENINGS, AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH TEMPORARY PLUGS, CAPS AND COVERS. PROTECT WORKAND MATERIALS OF OTHER TRADES FROM DAMAGE THAT MIGHT BE CAUSED BY WORK OR WORKMEN UNDER THISSECTION AND MAKE GOOD DAMAGE THUS CAUSED. DAMAGED MATERIALS ARE TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE; NOSITE STORAGE OF DAMAGED MATERIALS WILL BE ALLOWED. ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

CAUSED BY THIS CONTRACTOR DURING INSTALLATION SHALL BE REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED AT THIS CONTRACTOR;

EXPENSE TO THE COMPLETE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OWNER.

19. SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATEBUILDING CODE. A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, LICENSED IN THE APPLICABLE STATE FOR THEPROJECT LOCATION, SHALL PREPARE THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT DESIGN AND CERTIFY THAT THE DESIGN IS INCOMPLIANCE WITH THE STATE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS.

20. PROJECT CLOSEOUT: A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION SHALL BE ISSUED BY THE CONTRACTOR INDICATING THAT THEINSTALLATION IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE ANDFEDERAL STATUTES AND CODES. ALL SUBMITTALS, AS-BUILTS, O&M MANUALS, AND TESTING & BALANCING REPORTSARE TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE ENGINEERS REVIEW PRIOR TO REQUEST FOR COMPLETION CERTIFICATES. ALL PUNCHLIST ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THAT ALLSEQUENCES OF OPERATIONS AND CONTROLS HAVE BEEN INCORPORATED AND ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT AREWORKING PER THE SPECIFIED SEQUENCES OF OPERATIONS. PREMATURE REQUESTS FOR FINAL INSPECTIONS THATREQUIRE RE-INSPECTION OF DEFICIENT ITEMS WILL RESULT IN BACK CHARGES OF THE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THERE-INSPECTION.

21. ELECTRICAL WORK: ALL ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AND CONTROLS FURNISHED AND THE INSTALLATION THERE OF, AS APART OF PLUMBING WORK, SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ANDSPECIFICATIONS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR TYPE, QUANTITIES,LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF FIXTURES PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION. FIXTURE TRIM, TRAPS, FAUCETS,ESCUTCHEONS AND WASTE PIPES EXPOSED TO VIEW IN THE FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE IRON PIPE SIZE BRASS WITHPOLISHED CHROMIUM PLATING OVER NICKEL FINISH.

2. PIPE MATERIALS:

a. WATER PIPING (COLD, HOT, TEMPERED, RE-CIRCULATING, NON-POTABLE), COPPER TYPE "L" HARD DRAWN, PER

ASTM B88-7, WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS, PER ANSI B16.18 AND B16.22, ASTM B 32, LEAD-FREE ALLOYS.INCLUDE WATER-FLUSHABLE FLUX ACCORDING TO ASTM B 813. PIPE THREADS SHALL BE ASME B1.20.1 FORFACTORY-THREADED PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS

b. BELOW GRADE DRAINAGE & VENT (INCLUDING STORM WATER) SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE,HUB AND SPIGOT WITH PUSH ON JOINTS CONFORMING TO ASTM A-74-98 SPECIFICATIONS, COATED INSIDE ANDOUT, WITH COMPRESSION GASKETS CONFORMING TO ASTM C564 WITH ASTM C 564, RUBBER GASKETS.

c. ABOVE GRADE DRAINAGE & VENT (INCLUDING STORM WATER), SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON NO-HUB SOIL AND

VENT PIPE, COATED INSIDE AND OUT, CONFORMING TO CISPI 301-69T SPECIFICATIONS, FOR ALL SOIL AND WASTELINES ABOVE GROUND AND FOR ALL VENT LINES WITH INSIDE DIAMETER 2 INCHES AND LARGER. PIPE SHALLCONFORM TO CISPI STANDARD 301. STANDARD, SHIELDED, STAINLESS-STEEL COUPLINGS: CISPI 310, WITHSTAINLESS-STEEL CORRUGATED SHIELD; STAINLESS-STEEL BANDS AND TIGHTENING DEVICES; AND ASTM C 564,RUBBER SLEEVE.

d. ALTERNATE ACCEPTABLE MATERIAL FOR ABOVE GRADE DRAINAGE AND VENT IS TYPE "L" COPPER TUBE, ASTM B

306, DRAINAGE TUBE, DRAWN TEMPER, WITH COPPER DRAINAGE FITTINGS: ASME B16.23, CAST COPPER OR ASMEB16.29, WROUGHT-COPPER, SOLDER-JOINT FITTINGS.

3. VALVES:

a. GENERAL - VALVES IN THE PIPING SYSTEMS (COLD WATER, HOT WATER AND HOT WATER RETURN), COMPRESSED

AIR AND NITROGEN PIPING SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY APOLLO, MILWAUKEE, NIBCO OR CONBRACO.MANUFACTURERS MODEL NUMBERS USED HEREIN ARE INTENDED AS A GUIDE TO QUALITY AND TYPE OF VALVE TOBE PROVIDED.

b. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH BUNA-N, TFE OR EPDM SEATS SUITABLE FOR THE SERVICE INTENDED.

c. THE PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION FOR VALVES SPECIFIED HEREIN ARE WORKING STEAM OR WATER, OIL, GAS (WOG)

PRESSURE RATINGS

d. LEVER HANDLES ON ALL VALVES SHALL BE COLOR CODED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ANSI A-13.1.

e. BALL VALVES (2” AND SMALLER) SHALL HAVE THREADED OR SOLDER ENDS WITH A BRONZE BODY, FULL PORT

STAINLESS STEEL BALL AND STEM, RPTFE SEATS, A LEVER HANDLE WITH A 1¼” ZINC PLATED CARBON STEEL STEMEXTENSION ASSEMBLY AND BE RATED FOR 600-PSI WOG. BALL VALVES SHALL BE EQUAL TO APOLLO SERIES

77-140-03 / 77-240-03. BALL VALVES USED TO ISOLATE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A

“LATCH LOCK LEVER (#27) AND BE PAD LOCKED IN THE OPEN POSITION.

f. BUTTERFLY VALVES 2 ½” AND LARGER SHALL BE APOLLO LUG TYPE MODEL 143, CAST IRON BODY, EPDM OR BUNA-N

SEAT, 10-POSITION LEVER HANDLE.

g. DRAIN VALVES: APOLLO 78-100 SERIES ¾”, ALL BRONZE HOSE END BALL VALVE WITH CAP AND CHAIN. PROVIDEHOSE END VACUUM BREAKER.

4. INSULATION:

a. ALL INTERIOR COLD WATER PIPING, TEMPERED WATER, TEMPERED WATER RETURN, HOT WATER AND HOT WATERRETURN PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH A PREFORMED FIBERGLASS INSULATION WHICH MEETS THE PROPERTYREQUIREMENTS OF ASTM-C547 “STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL FIBER PIPE INSULATION”. PIPEINSULATION SHALL HAVE A WHITE, FACTORY APPLIED FIRE RETARDANT REINFORCED VAPOR BARRIER JACKET.

b. INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH SLEEVES AND HAVE A THICKNESS OF 1”

c. ENDS OF INSULATION AT TERMINAL POINTS SHALL BE SEALED TO THE PIPE WITH PRE-MOLDED PVC TYPE FITTINGS.PIPE FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PRE-MOLDED PVC COVERS WITH FIBERGLASS INSERTS.

d. PIPE INSULATION WITHIN 6'-0” OF FINISHED FLOOR, IN EXPOSED INSTALLATIONS, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 20 MILPVC CONTINUOUS COVERS IN ADDITION TO THE VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. FITTINGS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SOLVENTWELDED.

e. INSULATION SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY OWENS-CORNING FIBER GLASS CORP, KNAUF FIBERGLASS, CERTAINTEEDOR EQUAL.

f. HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES AND SINKS: INSULATION OF WASTE, TRAP, HOT, COLD AND TEMPEREDWATER SUPPLIES AT ALL HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE FULLY MOLDED, PAINTABLEAND FLEXIBLE VINYL INSULATION SYSTEM.

5. HANGERS, ANCHORS, CLAMPS AND INSERTS:

a. HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED, AS REQUIRED, TO MEET CODE COMPLIANCE AS TO LOCATIONS/SPACING AND

MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY (MSS), STANDARD PRACTICE BULLETINS SP-58 & 69.

b. HANGERS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH PIPING MATERIALS WITH WHICH IT COMES IN CONTACT.

c. HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED, IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, AT ALL CHANGES OF DIRECTION (HORIZONTAL AND

VERTICAL), VALVES AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, HANGERS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THEIR REMOVAL IS NOT

REQUIRED TO SERVICE, ASSEMBLE OR REMOVE EQUIPMENT.

d. VERTICAL SUPPORTS SHALL BE BY MEANS OF RISER CLAMPS (ANCHORS WITH SPLIT RING TYPE ALLOWABLE UP TO 2”

SIZE ONLY) AND ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT WITH FLANGE ANCHORED TO FLOOR.

e. PROVIDE STEEL BAND HANGERS FOR PIPING 4” AND SMALLER. PIPING LARGER THAN 4” SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITHCLEVIS TYPE HANGERS. SUPPORT PIPING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED GRADE AND PITCHOF PIPE LINES, PREVENT VIBRATION AND SECURE PIPING IN PLACE. SECURE HANGERS TO INSERTS WHEREPRACTICAL. HANGER RODS SHALL HAVE MACHINE THREAD.

f. HANGER RODS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO BEAM CLAMPS, UL-APPROVED CONCRETE INSERTS, PHILLIPS OR APPROVED

EQUAL EXPANSION SHIELDS. RAMSET OR POWDER DRIVEN INSERTS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED.

g. ALL HANGERS, RODS AND CLAMPS INSTALLED IN EXTERIOR LOCATIONS OR SUBJECT TO A CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERESHALL BE ELECTRO-GALVANIZED COATED.

h. INSULATION PROTECTORS (SHIELDS) FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OR GALVANIZED STEELFORMED TO A 180-DEGREE ARC AND 12” LONG, 18-GAUGE FOR HANGERS 5” IN SIZE AND SMALLER, 16-GAUGE FORHANGERS LARGER THAN 5” IN SIZE.

6. SLEEVES AND PENETRATIONS:

a. PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 STEEL. SLEEVES THROUGH PARTITIONSAND NON-FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 22-GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH LOCK LONGITUDINAL SEAMS.

b. FIRE STOP PENETRATION SEALS IN FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CERAMIC FIBER, MINERAL FIBER OR

SILICONE FOAM. PROVIDE MINERAL FIBER BOARD, MATTING OR PUTTY FOR DAMMING AND FORMING. FINISHSEALS FLUSH TO WALL SURFACE AND FILL GAP'S WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE SEALANT CAULKING.

c. PACKING FOR SLEEVES THAT DO NOT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE OF FIRE RATING SHALL BE OAKUM, SILICATE FOAM,CERAMIC FIBER OR MINERAL FIBER WITH APPROVED SEALANT. PACK OR FOAM TO WITHIN 1” OF BOTH WALLSURFACES. SEAL PENETRATION PACKING WITH APPROVED CAULKING AND PAINTABLE WATER-PROOF MASTICSURFACE FINISH OR SILICONE CAULKING.

7. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS:

a. STAINLESS STEEL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON WATER SUPPLY LINES TO PLUMBINGFIXTURES TO CONTROL WATER HAMMER. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE SIZED AND SELECTED INACCORDANCE WITH PDI STANDARD WH201. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE ZURN-1700, JAY R SMITH,JOSAM OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS WHERE REQUIRED.

b. THE USE OF AIR CHAMBERS OR SIMILAR ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

1. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS:

a. INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT GRADE AND EXTEND TO WHERE BUILDING SANITARY DRAINS CONNECT TO BUILDINGSANITARY SEWERS.

b. PROVIDE CAST BRASS PLUGS FOR ALL END CLEAN-OUT LOCATIONS. THE USE OF IRON CAPS WITH BAND

COUPLINGS/CLAMPS IS NOT PERMITTED.

c. INSTALL CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING ACCORDING TO CISPI'S "CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS HANDBOOK," CHAPTERIV, "INSTALLATION OF CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS."

d. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FOR SOIL AND WASTE DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING USING APPROPRIATE BRANCHES,

BENDS, AND LONG-SWEEP BENDS. SANITARY TEES AND SHORT-SWEEP 1/4 BENDS MAY BE USED ON VERTICAL

STACKS IF CHANGE IN DIRECTION OF FLOW IS FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL. USE LONG-TURN, DOUBLE

Y-BRANCH AND 1/8-BEND FITTINGS IF 2 FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED BACK TO BACK OR SIDE BY SIDE WITH COMMON

DRAIN PIPE. STRAIGHT TEES, ELBOWS, AND CROSSES MAY BE USED ON VENT LINES. DO NOT CHANGE DIRECTIONOF FLOW MORE THAN 90 DEGREES. USE PROPER SIZE OF STANDARD INCREASERS AND REDUCERS IF PIPES OFDIFFERENT SIZES ARE CONNECTED. REDUCING SIZE OF DRAINAGE PIPING IN DIRECTION OF FLOW IS PROHIBITED.

e. INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING AT THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM SLOPES, UNLESS OTHERWISE

INDICATED: BUILDING SANITARY DRAIN AND HORIZONTAL SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SHALL PITCH 2% (1/4” PER

1'-0”) DOWNWARD IN DIRECTION OF FLOW FOR PIPING 3” AND SMALLER AND 1% (1/8” PER 1'-0”) DOWNWARD IN

DIRECTION OF FLOW FOR PIPING 4” AND LARGER

f. VENT PIPING SHALL PITCH 1% (1/8” PER 10'-0”) DOWN TOWARD FIXTURE VENT OR UP TOWARD VENT STACK.

g. SLEEVES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE IF SLABIS WITHOUT MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING.

h. RUN HORIZONTAL SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING AT A UNIFORM GRADE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. RUN

HORIZONTAL WATER PIPING WITH AN ADEQUATE PITCH UPWARDS IN DIRECTION OF FLOW TO ALLOW COMPLETEDRAINAGE.

i. PROVIDE SUFFICIENT SWING JOINT, BALL JOINTS, EXPANSION LOOPS, AND DEVICES NECESSARY FOR A FLEXIBLEPIPING SYSTEM, WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

j. SUPPORT PIPING INDEPENDENTLY AT EQUIPMENT, AND SIMILAR LOCATIONS, SO THAT THE WEIGHT OF THE PIPEWILL NOT BE SUPPORTED BY THE EQUIPMENT.

k. SECURELY BOLT ALL EQUIPMENT, ISOLATORS, HANGERS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS IN PLACE.

l. SUPPORT EACH ITEM INDEPENDENTLY FROM OTHER PIPES. DO NOT USE WIRE FOR HANGING OR STRAPPING PIPES.

m.PROVIDE COMPLETE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION BETWEEN FERROUS AND NON-FERROUS METALS.

n. PROVIDE UNION AND SHUT-OFF VALVES SUITABLY LOCATED TO FACILITATE MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL OFEQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS.

o. INSTALL OFFSETS, SWING JOINTS, EXPANSION JOINTS, PIPE CLAMPS, AND ANCHORS AS REQUIRED TO PERMITEXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF PIPING SYSTEM.

p. INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW MAXIMUM POSSIBLE HEADROOM UNLESS SPECIFIC MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOTINDICATED.

q. INSTALL EQUIPMENT LEVEL AND PLUMB, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS ANDCOMPONENTS IN EXPOSED INTERIOR SPACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

r. INSTALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT TO FACILITATE SERVICE, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OFCOMPONENTS. CONNECT EQUIPMENT FOR EASE OF DISCONNECTING, WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE TO OTHERINSTALLATIONS. EXTEND GREASE FITTINGS TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS.

s. INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW RIGHT OF WAY FOR PIPING INSTALLED AT REQUIRED SLOPE

t. DO NOT ENCLOSE, COVER, OR PUT PIPING INTO OPERATION UNTIL IT IS INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY AUTHORITIESHAVING JURISDICTION.

2. DRAINAGE SPECIALTIES:

a. INSTALL CLEANOUTS IN ABOVEGROUND PIPING AND BUILDING DRAIN PIPING ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING,UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: SIZE SAME AS DRAINAGE PIPING UP TO 4”. USE 4” FOR LARGER DRAINAGE PIPINGUNLESS LARGER CLEANOUT IS INDICATED. LOCATE AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTION OF PIPING GREATER THAN 45DEGREES AT MINIMUM INTERVALS OF 50 FEET FOR PIPING 4” AND SMALLER AND 100 FEET FOR LARGER PIPING.PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT BASE OF EACH VERTICAL SOIL AND WASTE STACK.

b. FOR FLOOR CLEANOUTS FOR PIPING BELOW FLOORS, INSTALL CLEANOUT DECK PLATES WITH TOP FLUSH WITH

FINISHED FLOOR.

c. FOR CLEANOUTS LOCATED IN CONCEALED PIPING, INSTALL CLEANOUT WALL ACCESS COVERS, OF TYPES INDICATED,WITH FRAME AND COVER FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL.

d. ASSEMBLE OPEN DRAIN FITTINGS AND INSTALL WITH TOP OF HUB 2 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR.

e. INSTALL FLOOR-DRAIN, TRAP-SEAL PRIMER FITTINGS ON INLET TO FLOOR DRAINS THAT REQUIRE TRAP-SEAL PRIMERCONNECTION. EXCEPTION: FITTING MAY BE OMITTED IF TRAP HAS TRAP-SEAL PRIMER CONNECTION.

f. INSTALL AIR-GAP FITTINGS ON DRAINING-TYPE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS AND ON INDIRECT-WASTE PIPING

DISCHARGE INTO SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM.

g. INSTALL ESCUTCHEONS AT WALL, FLOOR, AND CEILING PENETRATIONS IN EXPOSED FINISHED LOCATIONS ANDWITHIN CABINETS AND MILLWORK. USE DEEP-PATTERN ESCUTCHEONS IF REQUIRED TO CONCEAL PROTRUDINGPIPE FITTINGS.

3. WATER PIPING SYSTEMS:

a. INSTALL PIPING ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 22 SECTIONS SPECIFYING PIPINGSYSTEMS.

b. DRAWING PLANS, SCHEMATICS, AND DIAGRAMS INDICATE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPINGSYSTEMS. INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS WERE USED TO SIZE PIPE AND CALCULATE FRICTION LOSS,EXPANSION, PUMP SIZING, AND OTHER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS. INSTALL PIPING AS INDICATED UNLESSDEVIATIONS TO LAYOUT ARE APPROVED ON COORDINATION DRAWINGS.

c. INSTALL WATER PIPING TO ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRING WATER. INSTALL WATER PIPING AND TRAPPRIMERS FOR ALL FLOOR DRAINS, HUB DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. TRAPPRIMING DISTRIBUTION LINES INTENTIONALLY NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS FOR CLARITY.

d. INSTALL PIPING IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND EXCEPT IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS

AND SERVICE AREAS.

e. INSTALL PIPING INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED AND PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS AT RIGHTANGLES OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING WALLS. DIAGONAL RUNS ARE PROHIBITED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATEDOTHERWISE.

f. INSTALL PIPING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR CEILING PANEL REMOVAL.

g. INSTALL PIPING TO PERMIT VALVE SERVICING.

h. INSTALL PIPING AT INDICATED SLOPES.

i. INSTALL PIPING FREE OF SAGS AND BENDS.

j. INSTALL FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTION AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS.

k. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW APPLICATION OF INSULATION.

l. SELECT SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH PRESSURE RATING EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN SYSTEM OPERATING

PRESSURE.

m.INSTALL ESCUTCHEONS FOR PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS.

n. INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE AND MASONRY WALLS, GYPSUM-BOARD PARTITIONS,AND CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF SLABS.

o. FIRE-BARRIER PENETRATIONS: MAINTAIN INDICATED FIRE RATING OF WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORSAT PIPE PENETRATIONS. SEAL PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH FIRE-STOP MATERIALS.

p. VERIFY FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS FOR ROUGHING-IN.

q. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROUGHING-INREQUIREMENTS.

4. IDENTIFICATION:

a. FURNISH AND AFFIX APPROVED ADHESIVE BANDS IDENTIFYING THE SERVICE AND DIRECTION OF FLOW OF EACHPIPING SYSTEM INSTALLED UNDER THIS DIVISION.

b. PROVIDE VALVE TAGS ON ALL VALVES. VALVE NUMBERS AND LEGEND ON VALVE TAGS SHALL CORRESPOND TONUMBERS INDICATED ON RECORD DRAWINGS AND VALVE LIST.

5. TESTING: THE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PLUMBINGCODE AND FUEL GAS CODE. TESTING OF DRAINAGE WASTE AND VENT SYSTEMS SHALL BE DONE BY HYDROSTATIC

TESTING ONLY (10-FOOT MINIMUM), AIR TESTING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. TEST DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM IN

SECTIONS. SUBMIT TEST REPORTS AND PLAN INDICATING PIPE SECTIONS TESTED AS PART OF PROJECT CLOSE OUT.

6. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP: MAINTAIN MAXIMUM HEADROOM AT ALL TIMES. DO NOT RUN PIPES EXPOSEDUNLESS SHOWN EXPOSED ON DRAWINGS. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND INSTALLED ACCORDING TOMANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED BEST PRACTICE SO THAT COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL OPERATE SAFELY AND

EFFICIENTLY.

7. CONTINUITY OF SERVICES: DO NOT INTERRUPT EXISTING SERVICES WITHOUT OWNER'S APPROVAL.

8. ACCESS: PROVIDE PROPER ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRE INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR. ACCESSPANELS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 18”X18”.

9. CLEANING:

a. CLEAN SYSTEMS THOROUGHLY BEFORE TESTING. FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS SHALL BEFREE OF GREASE, METAL CUTTINGS, DIRT AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL.

b. REPAIR DISCOLORATION AND DAMAGE TO PARTS OF BUILDING FINISH AND FURNISHINGS DUE TO FAILURE TO

PROPERLY CLEAN PIPING SYSTEM.

10. DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEM: WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE THOROUGHLY DISINFECTED WITH A SOLUTIONCONTAINING NO LESS THAN 50-PPM OF AVAILABLE CHLORINE. CHLORINATING MATERIALS SHALL BE EITHER LIQUIDCHLORINE OF SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION AND SHALL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE SYSTEM AND DRAWN TO ALLPOINTS IN THE SYSTEM. DISINFECTION SOLUTION SHALL BE ALLOWED TO REMAIN IN SYSTEM FOR 24-HOURS. DURINGTHIS TIME, VALVES AND FAUCETS SHALL BE OPENED AND CLOSED SEVERAL TIMES. AFTER DISINFECTION, SOLUTIONSHALL BE FLUSHED FROM THE SYSTEM WITH CLEAR WATER UNTIL RESIDUAL CHLORINE CONTENT IS NO GREATER THAN0.2-PPM.

PART 4 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT

1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH PROJECT CLOSEOUT. ALLOW SUFFICIENTTIME IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE TO ENSURE THAT THE INSTALLATION IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE AND ALLREQUIRED TESTING AND ACCURATELY COMPLETED DOCUMENTATION IS DELIVERED TO THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TWOWEEKS PRIOR TO ENGINEERS SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION SITE VISIT. FAILURE TO ADEQUATELY PLAN OR SUBMISSION

OF INCOMPLETE/INCORRECT DOCUMENTATION WILL RESULT IN BACK CHARGES OF ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH

ADDED WORK PERFORMED BY ENGINEERS.

2. PROVIDE THE CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH 780CMR, INDICATING THAT THEINSTALLATION IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE ANDFEDERAL STATUTES AND CODES. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION FROM BOTH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ASSOCIATEDTRADE CONTRACTOR FOR COMPLIANCE WITH 780CMR.

3. THE WATER SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR USE UNTIL FULL DISINFECTION OF THE ADDED PIPING IS

PERFORMED. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER REGARDING CERTIFICATION OF

PERFORMANCE AS PART OF THE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION.

4. PROVIDE COPIES OF DRAINAGE WASTE AND VENT TESTING REPORTS FOR ALL SECTIONS OF WORK INSTALLED AS PARTOF THE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION.

5. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION SITE VISIT BY THE ENGINEER SHALL BE CONDUCTED AFTER RECEIPT AND REVIEW OF THE

CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER REGARDING CERTIFICATION OF

PERFORMANCE.

6. PREMATURE REQUESTS THAT REQUIRE ADDITIONAL/FOLLOW UP SITE VISITS BY THE ENGINEER OF DEFICIENT ITEMS

(AREAS INCOMPLETE, SYSTEMS NOT OPERATIONS, ETC) WILL RESULT IN BACK CHARGES OF THE COSTS ASSOCIATED

WITH ANY ADDED VISITS.


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

P201-02SIE-170817.dwg

PLUMBING

SPECIFICATIONS01NTS

P-02-01

jgedeon

Stamp

DEMOLISH EXISTING SINK ANDASSOCIATED PIPING ABOVE CEILING &

FLOOR BELOW.REMOVE CW, HW, & VENT PIPING ABOVE

CEILING FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS TONEW SINK. WASTE PIPING CUT BACK TO

FLOOR BELOW FOR FUTURECONNECTIONS TO NEW SINK.

DEMOLISH EXISTING SINKAND ASSOCIATED PIPING TOABOVE CEILING & FLOORBELOW.

DEMOLISH EXISTINGELECTRIC WATER HEATERAND ALL ASSOCIATED PIPINGAND ACCESSORIES.

REMOVE EXISTING SINKELECTRIC WATER HEATER.REPLACE EXISTING WOOD

SUPPORT FOR WATERHEATER WITH STEEL

SUPPORT. INCLUDE NEWDRAIN PAN.


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

P301-02SIE-170817.dwg

PLUMBING

FIRST FLOOR


P-03-01

jgedeon

Stamp

4" W S

4"

XXX

EX. 3" W

1 12"

EX 4" W

3" W UP2" W UP

2" W UP

2" W UP

2" W UP

EX 4" W

CAP EXISTINGWASTE UP TO SINK

CTE 4" W W/NEW 2

CTE 4" WW/NEW 2" W

CTE 3" W W/NEW 2" W

EX 3" W


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

P302-02SIE-170817.dwg

PLUMBING

LEVEL 1 PARKING


P-03-02

jgedeon

Stamp

4" WS UP1 1

2" CW UP & DN3

4" HW UP & DN4" VS

IW

EWH-1

12" HW & CW CONN.TO WATER HEATER

ABOVE CEILING

MV-1FM-1

12"CW DROP

2"W DN&V RISE1

2"HW DROP11

4"IW DROP1

2" CW FEED TO SINK1

2" HW FEED TO SINK

1

P-04-01

12"

1 14"

IW

EWH-1

12"HW & CW CONN.TO WATER HEATER

ABOVE CEILING

MV-1FM-1

12"CW DROP

2"W DN&V RISE1

2"HW DROP11

4"IW DROP1

2" CW FEED TO SINK1

2" HW FEED TO SINK

12"

1 14"

12"CW DROP

2"W DN&V RISE1

2"HW DROP1

2" CW FEED TO SINK1

2" HW FEED TO SINK

2"

EX. 34"

EX. 34"

EX. 34"

EX. 2"

EX. 2 12"

EX. 34"

EX. 1 14"

EX. 2"

12"

1

P-04-01

1

P-04-01

12"

SK-1

SK-1

SK-1

2"

EX. 2" V UP

12"

2"

CTE VW/NEW 2" V

CTE CWW/NEW 1

2" CW

CTE VW/NEW 2" V

2"

CTE V W/NEW 2" VCTE CW W/ NEW 1

2" CWCTE HW W/ NEW 1

2" HW


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

P302-02SIE-170817.dwg

PLUMBING

FIRST FLOOR


P-03-03

jgedeon

Stamp

BACKWATER VALVE

FUNNEL INCREASER

CLEANOUT IN BASE CABINET

WATERPROOF SLEEVE IN SLABINLINE BACKFLOW PREVENTER

EQUAL TO WATTS LF7R

PANTRY SINK/FAUCET

LEAK DETECTION PANEL

LEAK DETECTOR CABLE

SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE

ELECTRICWATERHEATEREWH-1

2"W

2"V12"CW3

4"HW

34"CW

12"CW

REFRIGERATOR(existing)

EXPANSIONTANK

ET-1

TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE

MIXING VALVEMV-1

PANTRY PIPING ELEVATIONNO SCALE1

114"IW

SECURE CHANNEL TO WALLSTRUCTURE AS REQUIRED.

NOTE:SET WATER HEATER ON 2''x2''x1/4'' ANGLE IRON FRAME, ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION BOLTEDTO WALL. PROVIDE BRACE AT MIDPOINT UNDER HEATER WELDED TO FRAME.

PLYWOOD, FIRE RATED PLYWOOD OR PLYWOOD WITH INTUMESCENT FIRE-PROOF PAINTINGOF PLYWOOD, SHALL NOT BE USED AS A PLATFORM BASE UNDER WATER HEATER.

18 GA. 2" METAL STRAP

2"x2"x1/4" ANGLE (TYP)

1"x1/4" BAR

3/4" DRAINTO SERVICESINK

ANCHOR TO STRUCTURAL WALL ORSUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE

14 GA.GALVANIZEDDRAIN PAN

6" LARGER THANTANK DIAMETER

6" LARGER THANTANK DIAMETER

6" LARGER THAN TANKDIAMETER OR 24"MINIMUM(WHICHEVER ISLARGER)

SUPPORT (TYP)

TO LEAK SENSORPUCK UNDER SINK

TO LEAK DETECTION PANEL


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

P401-02SIE-170817.dwg

PLUMBING

DETAILS01NTS

P-04-01

jgedeon

Stamp

1. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA13, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDINGCODES.

2. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING STANDARDS, CONSTRUCTION RULES. IT IS THERESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO MEET WITH BUILDING CONSTRUCTION MANAGER INORDER TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH BUILDING CONSTRUCTION RULES. THERE SHALL BE NODEVIATION FROM THE BUILDING STANDARDS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THECONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

3. CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES, INSPECTION AND TESTS, ETC.

4. LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF EXISTING PIPING AND HEADS ARE APPROXIMATE. VERIFY ALL SIZESAND LOCATIONS IN THE FIELD AND IF ANY DISCREPANCIES OCCUR WITH CONTRACTDRAWINGS, NOTIFY ENGINEER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF NEW WORK.

5. THESE DOCUMENTS SERVE AS PRELIMINARY PLANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA13.SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FULL WORKING PLANS (SHOPDRAWINGS) FOR APPROVAL BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TOCOMMENCEMENT OF WORK.

6. REMOVED EXISTING PIPING, HEADS, FITTINGS, VALVES, ETC., SHALL NOT BE RE-USED.ABANDONED PIPING SHALL BE CUT BACK TO SPRINKLER MAIN AND CAPPED.

7. DO NOT INTERRUPT ANY SERVICES OF THE EXISTING BUILDING NOR INTERFERE WITH THESERVICES IN ANY WAY WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION. NOTIFY BUILDING MANAGER ATLEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. INTERRUPTIONS SHALL BE AS BRIEF ASPOSSIBLE AND ONLY AT DESIGNATED TIMES.

8. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THIS CONTRACTOR OR HIS WORKMEN BE PERMITTED TOUSE ANY PART OF THE BUILDING AS A SHOP EXCEPT PARTS AS DESIGNATED FOR SUCH USE.

9. ALL SPRINKLERS WITHIN A GIVEN AREA OF OPERATION SHALL BE THE SAME TYPE. DO NOT MIXQUICK RESPONSE AND STANDARD RESPONSE HEADS. IF CONFLICT IS FOUND, NOTIFYARCHITECT.

10. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY RISK MITIGATION PLANS AND TEMPORARYPROTECTION REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.

11. COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS.

12. THE EXISTING SYSTEMS SHALL BE LEFT IN PERFECT WORKING ORDER UPON COMPLETION OFNEW WORK.

13. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL TIE-INS, PLUS REMOVAL WITH GENERAL CONTRACTORAND BUILDING MANAGER.

14. MINIMUM SPRINKLER PIPE SIZE SHALL BE 1".

15. HEADS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES.

16. PROVIDE FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING FOR ALL FIRE PROTECTION PIPING PASSING THROUGHRATED WALLS OR SMOKE PARTITIONS.

17. SEISMIC BRACING SHALL BE PER STATE BUILDING CODE AND NFPA 13.

A. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OF SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE WITH THE GENERALCONTRACTOR, EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS AND APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT INSTALLER FOREXACT LOCATION AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT,WIRING AND ACCESSORIES FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONSAS REQUIRED.

B. IF EXACT LOCATION, MOUNTING OR ROUTINGS ARE NOT INDICATED OR ARE NOT CLEAR ORCONFLICT (LOCATION OR HEIGHT) COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND REQUESTCLARIFICATION PRIOR TO ROUGHING, OR INSTALLATION. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATICONLY. EXACT LOCATION, MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF EQUIPMENT AND ROUTING SHALL BECOORDINATED WITH THE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS.

C. EQUIPMENT & PIPING INSTALLATION NOT COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS/ BUILDING COMPONENTS WHICH CAUSES INTERFERENCE SHALL BE REPAIRED ATCONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.

D. VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES AT BUILDING BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. IT IS THERESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE ACTUAL LOCATION OF EXISTINGSTRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THE IMPROVEMENTSACCORDINGLY.

GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES

INSTALLATION / COORDINATION NOTES FIRE PROTECTION ABBREVIATIONS

AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOORDDCV DOUBLE CHECK VALVED DEMODIA DIAMETERDR DRAINETR EXISTING TO REMAINFDV FIRE DEPARTMENT VALVEFHV FIRE HOSE VALVEFL FLOORFP FIRE PROTECTION PIPINGFS FLOW SWITCHFT FEETFSP FIRE STANDPIPEGV GATE VALVEGAL GALLONS

GALV GALVANIZEDGPM GALLONS PER MINUTEMAX MAXIMUMMIN MINIMUMN NEWNTS NOT TO SCALEPD PUMP DISCHARGEPSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCHPRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVER RELOCATERV RELIEF VALVESQFT SQUARE FEETSP SPRINKLERTS TAMPER SWITCHUP (PENETRATES FLOOR SLAB) UPVIF VERIFY IN FIELDZCA ZONE CONTROL ASSEMBLY

SPRINKLER TYPEHAZARD

CLASSIFICATIONAREA'S AREA OF OPERATION (SQFT) DENSITY (GPM/FT) MAX SPRINKLER SPACING

1. EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING TO REMAIN TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. RELOCATE SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO SUIT NEW FIELD CONDITIONS.2. NEW SPRINKLERS SHALL MATCH BUILDING STANDARDS.

LIGHT ALL 1,500 0.10 225 15' x 15' VARIES

MAX AREA OF SPRINKLER COVERAGE (SQFT)

SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA

SPRINKLER HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA

X X X X X

FIRE PROTECTION SYMBOLS

EXISTING FIRE SERVICE PIPING TO REMAIN

DEMO FIRE SERVICE PIPING

EXISTING CONCEALED SPRINKLER

LIMIT OF PIPING DEMOLITION

CONNECT NEW PIPING TO EXISTING PIPING

EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER

R EXISTING OUTLET TO BE PIPED TO NEW SPRINKLER LOCATION

ZONE: WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM

AREA HAZARD: LIGHT HAZARD (PER NFPA-13)0.10 GPM OVER MOST REMOTE 1,500 SQFT

SPRINKLERS: UL LISTED / FM APPROVEDSTANDARD SPRAY - 225 SQFT MAX (K=5.6)QUICK RESPONSEORDINARY TEMPERATURE RATING (165°F)UPRIGHT - NATURALCONCEALED - FACTORY PAINTED WHITE UNLESS CUSTOM COLORARE INDICATED

PIPE MATERIALS: SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL FOR ALL SIZESSCHEDULE 10 BLACK STEEL ALLOWABLE FOR 21

2" AND LARGER

PIPE JOINING / FITTINGS: PIPING 2" AND SMALLER - THREADEDPIPING 21

2" AND LARGER - ROLL GROOVE

NEW CONCEALED SPRINKLER

1. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION NARRATIVE FOR FIRE ALARM NARRATIVE.

2. THE DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL PROCESS SHALL CONSIST OF THREE (3) TIERS AS REQUIRED BY THEMASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE 8TH EDITION, SECTION 780 CMR 901.2.1.

a. TIER ONE (CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS): THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE BEINGSUBMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE. THEREQUIREMENTS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

a.1. FLOOR PLANS INDICATING THE USE OF ALL ROOMS.

a.2. LOCATION OF WATER ENTRY, FIRE PUMPS, STANDPIPES, ALARM VALVES AND FLOORCONTROL STATIONS AS THEY APPLY TO THE PROJECT.

a.3. LOCATIONS OF SPRINKLER PIPING, BRANCH LINES AND ALL SPRINKLERS.

a.4. NOTATION OF AREAS WITH NO AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION.

b. TIER TWO (SHOP DRAWINGS): PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOPDRAWINGS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND FIRE OFFICIAL AND SHALL CONTAIN, BUT NOT BELIMITED TO:

b.1. DETAILED DESIGN LAYOUT INCLUDING A SPECIFIC PROJECT RELATED RISER DIAGRAM WITHALL DEVICES AND INTERCONNECTING PIPING.

b.2. WATER SUPPLY DATA IN THE FORM OF AN APPLICABLE HYDRANT FLOW TEST OR FIREPUMP TEST REPORT DATED WITHIN 12-MONTHS OF THE PERMIT DATE.

b.3. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR EACH SPRINKLER SYSTEM.

b.4. MANUFACTURERS DATA SHEETS INDICATING MODEL NUMBERS AND LISTINGINFORMATION FOR EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND MATERIALS.

b.5. SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION.

b.6. ANALYSIS TO SUBSTANTIATE THE DESIGN.

b.7. NAME(S), LICENSE NUMBER(S) AND LICENSE EXPIRATION DATE(S) OF THE CONTRACTOR(S)INSTALLING THE PROTECTION SYSTEMS.

b.8. A VALID PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATION SEAL ON THE DOCUMENTS IN THE STATE WHERETHE WORK IS BEING INSTALLED.

b.9. DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SUBMITTAL REVIEW STAMP.

c. TIER THREE (RECORD DRAWINGS): CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS BUILT PLANS TO THEBUILDING OWNER FOR ALL FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS AND SHALL CONTAIN,BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO:

c.1. AS-BUILT PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SEALED AS REVIEWED AND APPROVED.

c.2. INDICATING INSTALLED CONDITIONS, AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS. AS-BUILT PLANS SHALLBE SEALED WITH A PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATION SEAL IN THE STATE

c.3. FINAL SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION.

c.4. O&M MANUAL INCLUDING ALL FIRE PROTECTION COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT.

c.5. SYSTEM RECORD OF COMPLETION FORM PER NFPA 13 FOR ABOVE AND BELOW GRADEPIPING. FORM SHALL BE COMPLETELY FILLED OUT, SIGNED AND DATED.

FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES

1. SPRINKLER SYSTEM PROTECTS AREAS WITHIN THE TENANT FITOUT THAT WILL NOT HAVE ASUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM INSTALLED. CONSIDERABLE COORDINATION WITH THE GC ANDOTHER TRADES IS REQUIRED FOR A CODE COMPLIANT INSTALLATION.

SPRINKLER PLACEMENT SHALL CONSIDER OBSTRUCTIONS IN THE CEILING SPACE SUCH ASLIGHTING, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS.ADDITIONAL SPRINKLERS BEYOND THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS MAY BE REQUIRED ANDSHALL BE PROVIDED FOR CONFORMANCE WITH NFPA 13. REFER TO DETAIL ON FP401 FORGUIDANCE ON OBSTRUCTIONS TO SPRAY PATTERN.

SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE ALL OBSTRUCTIONS FROM FIELD VISITS AND THECOORDINATION DRAWING PROCESS.

SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE THE COST IN THEIR BASE BID TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ANADDITIONAL 12 UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS FOR THIS OBSTRUCTION REMEDIATION.

2. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE THE COST IN THE THEIR BASE BID TO REPLACE THEEXISTING 1

2" SPRINKLER OUTLETS WITH 1" FITTING WHERE SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES RE-PIPINGOF THE OUTLET WITH AN ARM-OVER TO A PENDENT HEAD INSTALLATION.

SPECIAL NOTES

FIRE PROTECTION DRAWING LISTDRAWING NUMBER DRAWING TITLE

FP-00-01 FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND

FP-02-01 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS

FIRE PROTECTION FIRST FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN

FP-04-01 FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS

FP-03-01

TYCO WS (TY3488 - PENDENT VERTICAL SIDE WALL)


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

FP001-02SIE-170817.dwg

FIRE PROTECTION

LEGEND01NTS

FP-00-01

jgedeon

Stamp

FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1. GENERAL PROVISIONS: DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF WORK INCONTRACT AND ARE INTENDED FOR PURPOSES OF OBTAINING A BUILDING PERMIT AND AS A BASIS OF DESIGN FOR

PREPARATION OF DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS (WORKING DRAWINGS). THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOWEXACT LOCATIONS, BUT TO DEMONSTRATE THE CONFIGURATION OF MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS ANDAPPROXIMATE SPRINKLER LOCATIONS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLERS AND SYSTEM PIPING.

2. SCOPE: PERFORM WORK AND PROVIDE NEW MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIEDIN THE SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS, WHETHER SPECIFICALLYSHOWN OR NOT, THAT ARE NECESSARY TO MAKE THE SYSTEM COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL AS INTENDED INTHE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

a. THE DESIGN INTENT AS ILLUSTRATED ON THESE DRAWINGS

b. ALL TESTING AND CERTIFICATIONS NECESSARY FOR COMPLIANCE AND ANY REQUIRED REMEDIAL ACTIONS ANDRETESTING DUE TO FAILURE

3. SITE VISIT: VISIT AND CAREFULLY EXAMINE SITE TO IDENTIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT WORK OF THISSECTION BEFORE SUBMITTING BID. NO EXTRA PAYMENT WILL BE ALLOWED FOR ADDITIONAL WORK CAUSED BYUNFAMILIARITY WITH SITE CONDITIONS THAT ARE VISIBLE OR READILY DISCERNED BY AN EXPERIENCED OBSERVER.

4. RELATED WORK: THE FOLLOWING WORK IS NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION AND WILL BE PROVIDED UNDER OTHERSECTIONS:

a. PAINTING, EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE

b. TEMPORARY LIGHT, POWER, WATER, HEAT, GAS AND SANITARY FACILITIES FOR USE DURING CONSTRUCTION

c. ELECTRICAL POWER WIRING TO ALL EQUIPMENT

5. CODES, STANDARDS, AUTHORITIES AND PERMITS: CODES, LAWS AND ORDINANCES PROVIDE A BASIS FOR THEMINIMUM INSTALLATION CRITERIA. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ILLUSTRATE THE SCOPE REQUIRED FORTHIS PROJECT, WHICH MAY EXCEED MINIMUM CODE, LAWS AND STANDARD CRITERIA. GIVE NOTICES, FILE PLANS,OBTAIN PERMITS AND LICENSES, PAY FEES AND BACK-CHARGES AND OBTAIN NECESSARY APPROVALS FROMAUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AS REQUIRED FOR THE EXECUTION OF ALL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT.ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF:

a. THE STATE BUILDING CODE

b. THE STATE FIRE CODE

c. THE STATE ELECTRIC CODE

d. NFPA

e. DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

f. DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY CODES

g. ARCHITECTURAL ACCESS BOARD

h. ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS, STANDARDS AND LAWS, STATE AND FEDERAL GOVERNMENT ANDOTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION

i. APPLICABLE BASE BUILDING STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

6. INTERPRETATIONS OF DOCUMENTS: WHERE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS DO NOT COINCIDE WITHMANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS, OR ARE UNCLEAR AS TO THE INTENT, OR REQUIRED MATERIAL QUALITY,ADVISE THE ENGINEER IN WRITING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ALL COSTS FOR REWORK NECESSARY TORESOLVE DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.

7. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION: ANY RFI FOR RESOLVING AN APPARENT CONFLICT OR UN-CLARITY, OR A REQUEST FORAN ADDITIONAL DETAIL, SHALL INCLUDE A SKETCH OR EQUIVALENT DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTORS PROPOSEDSOLUTION.

8. SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE SPECIFIED ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT UNLESS “EQUAL” OR “APPROVED EQUAL” IS EXPLICITLYINDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DEVIATIONS TO SPECIFIED ITEMS SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE CONTRACTOR,WHO SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ASSOCIATED CHANGES TO THIS AND OTHER TRADES. REVIEW OF THE SHOPDRAWINGS BY THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT ABSOLVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM MEETING THE FULL DESIGN INTENT OF

THE ASSOCIATED SYSTEM(S). ALLOW ENGINEER A MINIMUM OF 10 WORKING DAYS FOR PROCESSING AND REVIEW OFEACH SUBMISSION. SUBMITTALS SHALL INDICATE PRIOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR.

SUBMIT FOR REVIEW PDF COPIES OR (6) SETS OF MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:

a. SPRINKLER PLANS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS - STAMPED BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER

b. HYDRANT FLOW TEST RESULTS / LATEST FIRE PUMP TEST REPORT

c. SPRINKLERS

d. PIPE MATERIALS

e. FITTINGS

f. HANGERS

g. TEST REPORTS

h. ALL CERTIFICATES

9. RECORD DRAWINGS: CAD RECORD DRAWING FILES SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECTSHOWING THE “AS-BUILT” CONDITION INCLUDING WORK INSTALLED AND ALL MODIFICATIONS OR ADDITIONS TOORIGINAL DESIGN. OBTAIN THE AUTOCAD FILES FOR PREPARATION OF AS-BUILT DRAWINGS FROM THE ARCHITECT.THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER ARE NOT GRANTING ANY OWNERSHIP OR PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE CAD DRAWINGSBY THE DELIVERY OF THE CAD FILES. THE CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE IN ITS CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS WITH

RESPECT TO THIS PROJECT. ANY REUSE AND/OR OTHER USE BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE

RISK AND WITHOUT LIABILITY TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.

10. WARRANTIES: WARRANTY INSTALLATION IN WRITING FOR ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE OFCERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. WHERE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT SECTIONS SPECIFY LONGERWARRANTEES, PROVIDE THE LONGER WARRANTEE. REPAIR, REPLACE OR PROVIDE TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATIONSFOR DEFECTIVE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION THAT DEVELOP WITHIN 24-HOURS OF

NOTIFICATION. WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE A CONTACT PERSON (NAME AND 24 HOUR TELEPHONE NUMBER) FOR

SERVICE REQUESTS. CORRECT DAMAGE CAUSED WHILE MAKING NECESSARY REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS UNDERWARRANTY PERIOD AT NO ADDITIONAL COSTS.

11. COORDINATION: CONFER WITH ALL OTHER TRADES RELATIVE TO LOCATION OF ALL APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT TOBE INSTALLED AND SELECT LOCATIONS SO AS NOT TO CONFLICT WITH OR HINDER THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK OFOTHER SECTIONS. WORK INSTALLED THAT CREATES INTERFERENCE OR RESTRICTS ACCESS REQUIRED BY CODE OR

MAINTENANCE AND/OR ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MODIFIED AT NO ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER.

12. SUPPORTS: INCLUDE ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORTS, HANGER BRACKET, ETC., REQUIRED FOR THE EXECUTION OFTHE WORK OF THIS SECTION. THE WELDS AND EDGES OF ALL BRACKETS SHALL BE GROUND SMOOTH FOR PAINTING.

13. CUTTING AND PATCHING: INCLUDE ALL CORING, CUTTING, PATCHING AND FIREPROOFING NECESSARY FOR THEEXECUTION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS SHALL NOT BE CUT WITHOUT WRITTENAPPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. REPAIR AND PATCH AROUND THE WORK SPECIFIED HEREIN TO MATCH THE EXISTINGADJACENT SURFACES TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. FILL AND PATCH ALL OPENINGS OR HOLES LEFT IN THEEXISTING STRUCTURES BY THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT IS PART OF THIS SECTION OR THESPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLY.ALL PENETRATIONS AND ASSOCIATED FIRE STOPPINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FIRE STOPPINGMANUFACTURER'S LISTED INSTALLATION DETAILS AND BE LISTED BY UL OR FM.

14. HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING: INCLUDE THE FURNISHING, SET-UP AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL HOISTINGMACHINERY, CRANES, SCAFFOLDS, STAGING AND PLANKING AS REQUIRED FOR THE EXECUTION OF WORK FOR THISSECTION.

15. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: LIFE SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION SHALL BE A PRIMARY CONSIDERATION. COMPLY WITHALL OF THE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER AND OSHA THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD OFTHE PROJECT. FURNISH, PLACE AND MAINTAIN PROPER GUARDS AND ANY OTHER NECESSARY CONSTRUCTIONREQUIRED TO SECURE SAFETY OF LIFE AND PROPERTY.

16. ACCESSIBILITY: ALL WORK PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATION SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT PARTSREQUIRING PERIODIC INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ARE READILY ACCESSIBLE. WORK OF THIS TRADE SHALLNOT INFRINGE UPON CLEARANCES REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT OF OTHER TRADES, ESPECIALLY CODE REQUIREDCLEARANCES TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.

17. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CARE AND PROTECTIONOF ALL WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION UNTIL THE COMPLETION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROJECT.PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE FROM ALL CAUSES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FIRE,VANDALISM AND THEFT. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGED OR STOLEN SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACEDWITH EQUAL MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT,OUTLETS AND OPENINGS, AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH TEMPORARY PLUGS, CAPS AND COVERS. PROTECT WORKAND MATERIALS OF OTHER TRADES FROM DAMAGE THAT MIGHT BE CAUSED BY WORK OR WORKMEN UNDER THISSECTION AND MAKE GOOD DAMAGE THUS CAUSED. DAMAGED MATERIALS ARE TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE; NOSITE STORAGE OF DAMAGED MATERIALS WILL BE ALLOWED. ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

CAUSED BY THIS CONTRACTOR DURING INSTALLATION SHALL BE REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED AT THIS CONTRACTOR;

EXPENSE TO THE COMPLETE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OWNER.

18. SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE

BUILDING CODE. A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, LICENSED IN THE APPLICABLE STATE FOR THEPROJECT LOCATION, SHALL PREPARE THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT DESIGN AND CERTIFY THAT THE DESIGN IS INCOMPLIANCE WITH THE STATE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS.

19. PROJECT CLOSEOUT: A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION SHALL BE ISSUED BY THE CONTRACTOR INDICATING THAT THEINSTALLATION IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE ANDFEDERAL STATUTES AND CODES. ALL SUBMITTALS, AS-BUILTS, O&M MANUALS, AND TESTING & BALANCING REPORTSARE TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE ENGINEERS REVIEW PRIOR TO REQUEST FOR COMPLETION CERTIFICATES. ALL PUNCHLIST ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THAT ALLSEQUENCES OF OPERATIONS AND CONTROLS HAVE BEEN INCORPORATED AND ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT AREWORKING PER THE SPECIFIED SEQUENCES OF OPERATIONS. PREMATURE REQUESTS FOR FINAL INSPECTIONS THATREQUIRE RE-INSPECTION OF DEFICIENT ITEMS WILL RESULT IN BACK CHARGES OF THE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THERE-INSPECTION.

20. ELECTRICAL WORK: ALL ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AND CONTROLS FURNISHED AND THE INSTALLATION THERE OF, AS APART OF FIRE PROTECTION WORK, SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE ELECTRICALDRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

21. UNIT PRICES: INCLUDE IN BID, FOR EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER SPECIFIED, UNIT PRICE TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONESPRINKLER INCLUDING 10'-0” OF PIPE, ASSOCIATED FITTINGS AND HANGERS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1. PIPE MATERIALS:

a. STANDARD WEIGHT (SCHEDULE 40), GALVANIZED- AND BLACK-STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53/A 53M, TYPE E, GRADE B.

PIPE ENDS MAY BE FACTORY OR FIELD FORMED TO MATCH JOINING METHOD.

b. SCHEDULE 10, BLACK-STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 135 OR ASTM A 795/A 795M, SCHEDULE 10 IN NPS 2.5 TO NPS 5; AND

NFPA 13-SPECIFIED WALL THICKNESS IN NPS 6 TO NPS 10, PLAIN END.

c. GROOVED-JOINT, STEEL-PIPE APPURTENANCES: PRESSURE RATING OF 175 PSIG MINIMUM.

d. GALVANIZED AND UNCOATED, GROOVED-END FITTINGS FOR STEEL PIPING: ASTM A 47/A 47M, MALLEABLE-IRON

CASTING OR ASTM A 536, DUCTILE-IRON CASTING; WITH DIMENSIONS MATCHING STEEL PIPE.

e. GROOVED-END-PIPE COUPLINGS FOR STEEL PIPING: AWWA C606 AND UL 213, RIGID PATTERN, UNLESS OTHERWISEINDICATED, FOR STEEL-PIPE DIMENSIONS. INCLUDE FERROUS HOUSING SECTIONS, EPDM-RUBBER GASKET, ANDBOLTS AND NUTS.

2. WET PIPE SPRINKLER AND STANDPIPE SYSTEMS:

a. 2” AND SMALLER, SHALL BE STANDARD-WEIGHT (SCHEDULE 40)

a.a. SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED ENDS; UNCOATED, GRAY-IRON THREADED FITTINGS; ANDTHREADED JOINTS.

a.b. SCHEDULE 10 BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH INSTALLATION READY GROOVED FITTINGS AS MANUFACTURED BYVICTAULIC STYLE 101, 102 & 103 AND STYLE 104 NIPPLES WITH FULL HOUSING PRE-LUBRICATED GRADE-EEPDM TYPE A GASKETS. (NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED WHEN UTILIZING THIS METHOD).

b. 2½” AND LARGER, MAY BE SCHEDULE 10 OR SCHEDULE 40.

b.a. SCHEDULE 40 PIPING SHALL BE BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED ENDS; UNCOATED, GRAY-IRON THREADEDFITTINGS; AND THREADED JOINTS OR STANDARD-WEIGHT BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH ROLL-GROOVED ENDS;UNCOATED, GROOVED-END FITTINGS FOR STEEL PIPING; GROOVED-END-PIPE COUPLINGS FOR STEEL PIPING;AND GROOVED JOINTS.

b.b. SCHEDULE 10, SHALL BE BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH ROLL-GROOVED ENDS; UNCOATED, GROOVED-END FITTINGSFOR STEEL PIPING; GROOVED-END-PIPE COUPLINGS FOR STEEL PIPING; AND GROOVED JOINTS.

4. SPRINKLER SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS

a. SPRINKLER INSPECTOR'S TEST FITTINGS: UL'S "FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT DIRECTORY" LISTING OR "APPROVALGUIDE," PUBLISHED BY FM GLOBAL, LISTING. CAST OR DUCTILE IRON HOUSING WITH SIGHT GLASS, SAME SIZE ASCONNECTED PIPING WITH THREADED ENDS.

b. BRANCH OUTLET FITTINGS: UL 213, DUCTILE IRON BODY WITH EPDM SEALS. MECHANICAL-T AND -CROSS FITTINGSWITH SNAP-ON AND STRAPLESS, DUCTILE-IRON HOUSING WITH BRANCH OUTLETS. SIZE TO FIT ONTO SPRINKLERMAIN AND WITH OUTLET CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH CONNECTED BRANCH PIPING WITH GROOVED,PLAIN-END PIPE, OR THREADED ENDS.

c. ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES, UL 1474, STEEL PIPE WITH EPDM-RUBBER O-RING SEALS, SIZE AS CONNECTED PIPINGWITH ADJUSTABLE LENGTH AND THREADED ENDS.

d. FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER DROPS SHALL BE VICTAULIC AH2 SERIES, BRAIDED, 34" STRAIGHT OUTLET OR 3

4" 90° OUTLET -NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL UTILIZE THE EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF 1" PIPE ASINDICATED BELOW:

36" BRAIDED STAINLESS STEEL FLEXIBLE HOSE - 23 EQUIVALENT FEET / (5) 90°-BENDS AT 2" BEND RADIUS




6. SPRINKLERS:

a. ALL SPRINKLERS SHALL BE UL LISTED AND FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVED FOR USE IN THE INTENDED APPLICATION ASINDICATED.

b. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERINGPRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:

TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS LP., RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO., INC., VICTAULIC COMPANY, VIKINGCORPORATION.

c. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: UL "FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT DIRECTORY" LISTING OR "APPROVAL GUIDE,"PUBLISHED BY FM GLOBAL, LISTING, 175 PSIG MAXIMUM

d. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS WITH HEAT-RESPONSIVE ELEMENT: NONRESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS UL 199 WITH

NOMINAL 1/2-INCH ORIFICE WITH DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT K OF 5.6, AND FOR "STANDARD" TEMPERATURE

CLASSIFICATION RATING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY APPLICATION.

e. SPRINKLER FINISHES: NATURAL BRASS WHEN NOT EXPOSED, CHROME PLATED WHEN INSTALLED IN THE UPRIGHTPOSITION IN EXPOSED IN FINISHED AREAS AND WHITE POLYESTER WHEN INSTALLED IN THE PENDENT ORCONCEALED POSITION. PROVIDE WITH MATCHING ESCUTCHEONS AND WIRE CAGE WITH FASTENING DEVICE FORATTACHING TO SPRINKLER IF APPLICABLE.

9. HANGERS, ANCHORS, CLAMPS AND INSERTS:

g. HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED, AS REQUIRED, TO MEET CODE COMPLIANCE AS TO LOCATIONS/SPACING AND

MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY (MSS), STANDARD PRACTICE BULLETINS SP-58 & 69.

h. HANGERS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH PIPING MATERIALS WITH WHICH IT COMES IN CONTACT.

i. HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED, IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, AT ALL CHANGES OF DIRECTION (HORIZONTAL AND

VERTICAL), VALVES AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, HANGERS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THEIR REMOVAL IS NOTREQUIRED TO SERVICE, ASSEMBLE OR REMOVE EQUIPMENT.

j. VERTICAL SUPPORTS SHALL BE BY MEANS OF RISER CLAMPS (ANCHORS WITH SPLIT RING TYPE ALLOWABLE UP TO 2”

SIZE ONLY) AND ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT WITH FLANGE ANCHORED TO FLOOR.

k. PROVIDE STEEL BAND HANGERS FOR PIPING 4” AND SMALLER. PIPING LARGER THAN 4” SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITHCLEVIS TYPE HANGERS. SUPPORT PIPING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED GRADE AND PITCHOF PIPE LINES, PREVENT VIBRATION AND SECURE PIPING IN PLACE. SECURE HANGERS TO INSERTS WHEREPRACTICAL. HANGER RODS SHALL HAVE MACHINE THREAD.

l. HANGER RODS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO BEAM CLAMPS, UL-APPROVED CONCRETE INSERTS, PHILLIPS OR APPROVEDEQUAL EXPANSION SHIELDS. RAMSET OR POWDER DRIVEN INSERTS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED.

m.ALL HANGERS, RODS AND CLAMPS INSTALLED IN EXTERIOR LOCATIONS OR SUBJECT TO A CORROSIVEATMOSPHERE SHALL BE ELECTRO-GALVANIZED COATED.

10. SLEEVES AND PENETRATIONS:

a. PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 STEEL. SLEEVES THROUGH PARTITIONSAND NON-FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 22-GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH LOCK LONGITUDINAL SEAMS.

b. FIRE STOP PENETRATION SEALS IN FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CERAMIC FIBER, MINERAL FIBER ORSILICONE FOAM. PROVIDE MINERAL FIBER BOARD, MATTING OR PUTTY FOR DAMMING AND FORMING. FINISHSEALS FLUSH TO WALL SURFACE AND FILL GAP'S WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE SEALANT CAULKING.

c. PACKING FOR SLEEVES THAT DO NOT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE OF FIRE RATING SHALL BE OAKUM, SILICATE FOAM,CERAMIC FIBER OR MINERAL FIBER WITH APPROVED SEALANT. PACK OR FOAM TO WITHIN 1” OF BOTH WALLSURFACES. SEAL PENETRATION PACKING WITH APPROVED CAULKING AND PAINTABLE WATER-PROOF MASTICSURFACE FINISH OR SILICONE CAULKING.

d. COVER PENETRATIONS WITH ESCUTCHEON PLATE.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

1. PREPARATION, PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK:

a. SITE VISIT: VISIT AND EXAMINE SITE FOR CONNECTING TO EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, PARTITIONS TO BEPENETRATED, CLEARANCES TO OBSTRUCTIONS, AND OTHER EXISTING FACILITY FEATURES THAT WILL AFFECT THEWORK.

b. PERFORM HYDRANT FLOW TEST OR, WHERE APPLICABLE, SECURE MOST RECENT FIRE PUMP TEST OR PRESSUREREGULATING VALVE TEST RESULTS FROM THE OWNER.

2. SUBMITTALS:

a. PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK, PREPARE AND SUBMIT FOR REVIEW AN IN ONE COMPLETE PACKAGE PRODUCT DATA“CUT-SHEETS” FOR EACH PRODUCT SPECIFIED AND SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUSIVE OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BYNFPA 13 FOR WORKING PLANS WITH HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13.CALCULATION SAFETY FACTOR SHALL BE 10% OF AVAILABLE SUPPLY AT DEMAND FLOW.

b. OBTAIN NECESSARY PERMITS AND APPROVALS FROM LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.

3. IMPAIRMENT AND TEMPORARY PROTECTION:

a. COORDINATE SYSTEM IMPAIRMENT WITH THE OWNER AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.

b. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FIRE SPRINKLER PROTECTION, TEMPORARY HOSE VALVE INSTALLATION AND/OR SIMILAR

PROVISIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS.

4. COORDINATION:

a. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER SECTIONS OF THE WORK.

b. COORDINATE FIRE ALARM MONITORING DEVICE TESTING WITH THE FIRE ALARM PORTION OF THE WORK.

5. GENERAL SYSTEM INSTALLATION:

a. INSTALL PIPING IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER WITH PIPING PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO INTERIORBUILDING FEATURES.

b. INSTALL PIPE WITH PROPER PITCH FOR DRAINAGE. INSTALL AUXILIARY DRAIN VALVES AND PLUGS AS REQUIRED BYNFPA 13 WHERE TRAPPED SECTIONS OF PIPING CANNOT BE AVOIDED.

c. SUPPORT PIPING WITH HANGERS SPACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NPFA 13. ALL ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE TOBUILDING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS.

d. PROTECT SYSTEM EARTHQUAKE DAMAGE VIA SWAY-BRACING INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13.

e. INSTALL VALVES IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS WITH INDICATORS VISIBLE FROM THE ADJACENT FLOOR LEVEL.

f. INSTALL FIRE ALARM MONITORING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST WATERFLOW SWITCH RETARD FEATURE TO 30-SECONDS

6. IDENTIFICATION:

a. FURNISH AND AFFIX APPROVED ADHESIVE BANDS IDENTIFYING THE SERVICE AND DIRECTION OF FLOW OF EACHPIPING SYSTEM INSTALLED UNDER THIS DIVISION.

b. PROVIDE VALVE TAGS ON ALL VALVES. VALVE NUMBERS AND LEGEND ON VALVE TAGS SHALL CORRESPOND TONUMBERS INDICATED ON RECORD DRAWINGS AND VALVE LIST.

7. TESTING:

a. HYDROSTATICALLY TEST SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA. EXISTING SYSTEM RETROFITS WHERE NEW WORKCANNOT BE ISOLATED FROM EXISTING PIPING SHALL BE TESTED AT NORMAL SYSTEM PRESSURE. MONITOR FOR

LEAKS FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2) HOURS. REMOVE DEFECTIVE MATERIALS, REPLACE WITH NEW AND RETEST ASNECESSARY.

b. COORDINATE FIRE ALARM MONITORING DEVICE TESTING WITH FIRE ALARM PORTION OF WORK. OPERATE ANDADJUST SWITCHES TO ACHIEVE SATISFACTORY RESULTS.

8. SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE:

a. PREPARE AND SUBMIT “CONTRACTORS ABOVEGROUND PIPING TESTING & MATERIAL CERTIFICATE” FOR REVIEW.CERTIFICATE MUST INCLUDE ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED BY NFPA 13 AND BE ENDORSED IN WRITING FORAPPROVAL.

b. PREPARE AND SUBMIT FOR REVIEW AS-BUILT SHOP DRAWING PLANS INCLUSIVE OF IN-FIELD CHANGES FROMORIGINAL SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL.

c. AFTER ENGINEER REVIEW OF TEST CERTIFICATES AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, SCHEDULE ENGINEER FINAL WALK THRUVIA WRITTEN NOTIFICATION IN THE FORM OF A LETTER STATING THAT WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND TESTED INACCORDANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS, AND THAT THESYSTEM IS READY FOR FINAL INSPECTION. THE LETTER SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL INDICATECOMPANY NAME AND LICENSE NUMBER.

d. SPRINKLER FOREMAN SHALL BE PRESENT FOR THE FINAL INSPECTION TO ANSWER QUESTIONS AND TO OPERATESYSTEM FEATURES AS NECESSARY. FOREMAN SHALL DOCUMENT AND ADDRESS ENGINEER FINAL “PUNCH LIST”OBSERVATIONS.

e. AFTER “PUNCH LIST” OBSERVATIONS ARE ADDRESSED, SCHEDULE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FINALAPPROVAL INSPECTION. FOREMAN SHALL BE PRESENT FOR THE WALK-THRU TO ANSWER QUESTIONS AND TOOPERATE SYSTEM FEATURES AS NECESSARY.

9. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP: MAINTAIN MAXIMUM HEADROOM AT ALL TIMES. DO NOT RUN PIPES EXPOSEDUNLESS SHOWN EXPOSED ON DRAWINGS. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND INSTALLED ACCORDING TOMANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED BEST PRACTICE SO THAT COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL OPERATE SAFELY ANDEFFICIENTLY.

10. CONTINUITY OF SERVICES: DO NOT INTERRUPT EXISTING SERVICES WITHOUT OWNER'S APPROVAL.

11. ACCESS: PROVIDE PROPER ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRE INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR. ACCESSPANELS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 18”X18”.

12. CLEANING:

a. a. CLEAN SYSTEMS THOROUGHLY BEFORE TESTING. FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS SHALL BEFREE OF GREASE, METAL CUTTINGS, DIRT, FABRICATION MARKINGS AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL. PRE-PRINTEDMANUFACTURERS IDENTIFICATION SHALL REMAIN.

b. REPAIR DISCOLORATION AND DAMAGE TO PARTS OF BUILDING FINISH AND FURNISHINGS DUE TO FAILURE TOPROPERLY CLEAN PIPING SYSTEM.

PART 4 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT

1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH PROJECT CLOSEOUT. ALLOW SUFFICIENTTIME IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE TO ENSURE THAT THE INSTALLATION IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE AND ALLREQUIRED TESTING AND ACCURATELY COMPLETED DOCUMENTATION IS DELIVERED TO THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TWOWEEKS PRIOR TO ENGINEERS SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION SITE VISIT. FAILURE TO ADEQUATELY PLAN OR SUBMISSION

OF INCOMPLETE/INCORRECT DOCUMENTATION WILL RESULT IN BACK CHARGES OF ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH

ADDED WORK PERFORMED BY ENGINEERS.

2. PROVIDE THE CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH 780CMR, INDICATING THAT THEINSTALLATION IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE ANDFEDERAL STATUTES AND CODES. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION FROM BOTH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ASSOCIATEDTRADE CONTRACTOR FOR COMPLIANCE WITH 780CMR.

3. PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS DOCUMENTATION (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO TIER II SHOP DRAWINGS AND

TIER III RECORD DRAWINGS) IN ACCORDANCE WITH 780CMR. RECORD DRAWINGS MUST BE PRODUCED BY THECONTRACTOR AND SUBMITTED ON CONTRACTORS TITLE BLOCK WITH ACCURATE DEPICTION OF THE FINAL INSTALLEDSYSTEMS. ANY INACCURACIES BETWEEN THE INSTALLED CONDITION AND THE RECORD DRAWINGS WILL BE CAUSE FORRETURNED RECORD DRAWINGS FOR CORRECTION BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE ADDITIONAL TIME INCURRED FOR THEENGINEER TO RE-REVIEW THE RECORD DRAWINGS WILL RESULT IN BACK CHARGES TO THE CONTRACTOR.

4. PROVIDE NFPA 13 & NFPA 14 CONTRACTORS MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES FOR ABOVE GRADE PIPING.

5. NO LIFE SAFETY DEFICIENCIES IN THE SPRINKLER OR THE STANDPIPE SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESENT WHEN REQUESTINGSUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION SITE VISIT.

6. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION SITE VISIT BY THE ENGINEER SHALL BE CONDUCTED AFTER RECEIPT AND REVIEW OF THE

CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER REGARDING CERTIFICATION OF

PERFORMANCE.

7. PREMATURE REQUESTS THAT REQUIRE ADDITIONAL/FOLLOW UP SITE VISITS BY THE ENGINEER OF DEFICIENT ITEMS

(AREAS INCOMPLETE, SYSTEMS NOT OPERATIONS, ETC) WILL RESULT IN BACK CHARGES OF THE COSTS ASSOCIATED

WITH ANY ADDED VISITS.


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

FP201-02SIE-170817.dwg

FIRE PROTECTION

SPECIFICATIONS01NTS

FP-02-01

jgedeon

Stamp

R

R

R

RR

R

R

R

RR

RR

RR

R

R

RR

R

RR

RRRRRR

R

R R

RR

R

RR

R

R

R

N

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

N

N

NN

N

R

R

D

D

R

R

D

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

1

FIRE PROTECTION KEY NOTES:EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM SERVING SPACES OUT OF SCOPESHALL REMAIN

PROVIDE WINDOW SPRINKLERS BOTH SIDES OF GLASS WINDOWUSING TYCO WS (TY3488 - PENDENT VERTICAL SIDE WALL)

2

FIRE PROTECTION NOTES:1. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, THE CONTRATOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, HYDRAULICCALCULATIONS, AND PROTECT DATA TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. A FINAL INSPECTION CANNOTBE SCHEDULED WITHOUT REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS.

2. REPLACE ALL FLEX SPRINKLER PIPING WITH SCHEDULE 40 PIPING.

X

X

XX

2 12 " MAIN

2 12

X

XX

DDD

RRR

NNN

1

1

1

111

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2 2 2

222


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

FP301-02SIE-170817.dwg

FIRE PROTECTION

FIRST FLOOR


FP-03-02

jgedeon

Stamp

STRUCTURE

OB

STR

UC

TIO

N

'B'

'A'

POSITIONING OF SPRINKLER TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS(STANDARD UPRIGHT / PENDENT SPRAY HEADS)

Less than 1 ft 01 ft to less than 1 ft 6 in. 21

2"1 ft 6 in less than 2 ft 31

2"2 ft to less than 2 ft 6 in. 51

2"2 ft 6 in less than 3 ft 71

2"3 ft to less than 3 ft 6 in. 91

2"3 ft 6 in less than 4 ft 12"4 ft to less than 4 ft 6 in. 14"4 ft 6 in less than 5 ft 161

2"5 ft to less than 5 ft 6 in. 18"5 ft 6 in less than 6 ft 20"6 ft to less than 6 ft 6 in. 24"6 ft 6 in less than 7 ft 30"7 ft to less than 7 ft 6 in. 35"

'B'

'A'

CEILING

SPRINKLER DEFLECTOR

DISTANCE FROMSPRINKLER TO SIDE OF

OBSTRUCTION (A)

ACCEPTABLE DISTANCE OFDEFLECTOR ABOVE BOTTOM OF

OBSTRUCTION (IN.) (B)

ESCUTCHEON

1" x 1/2" COUPLING(IF REQUIRED)

1" DROP NIPPLE

NEW LOCATION AND ELEVATIONSHALL BE COORDINATED BYCONTRACTOR IN FIELD BASED UPONMANUFACTURER CUT SHEETS ANDEXISTING CONDITIONS

NEW SPRINKLER IN CEILING SYSTEM (SEESPECIFICATION & DRAWINGS FOR TYPE)

X

X

XX

X

X X

X

X

DEMO EXISTINGSPRINKLER HEAD

SURGERESTRAINER

BRANCH LINEPIPING

NOTE: INSTALL PER NFPA 13:

1. AT THE END SPRINKLER ON A BRANCH LINE

2. ON ARMOVERS GREATER THAN 24" IN CUMULATIVE HORIZONTAL LENGTH SUPPLYINGSPRINKLERS IN A PENDENT POSITION INSTALLED BELOW A CEILING WITH SYSTEM PRESSURESUNDER 100 PSI.

3. ON ARMOVERS GREATER THAN 12" IN CUMULATIVE HORIZONTAL LENGTH SUPPLYINGSPRINKLERS IN A PENDENT POSITION INSTALLED BELOW A CEILING WITH SYSTEM PRESSURESOVER 100 PSI.

FASTENER SHALL BE COMPATIBLEWITH STRUCTURE

ALL THREAD ROD

HANGER (BAND or CLEVIS)

SPRINKLER PIPE

STANDPIPE INDICATING FLOOR CONTROL VALVE

SWING CHECK VALVE

PRESSURE GAGE

WATER FLOWALARM SWITCH

SPRINKLER MAIN

INSPECTORS TEST VALVE

AUXILIARYDRAIN VALVE

6'-8" AFFMINIMUM

SIGHT GLASS

ORIFICE UNION

DRAIN RISER

2-1/2" FIRE DEPT. VALVEWITH CAP AND CHAIN

TYPICAL SPRINKLER INSTALLATIONNO SCALE2

SURGE RESTRAINER DETAILNO SCALE9

TYPICAL HANGER DETAILNO SCALE3

TYPICAL FLOOR CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLYNO SCALE6

SPRINKLER PLACEMENT DETAILNO SCALE8

HANGER ROD SPACING

SPACINGPIPE SIZE

1"

114"

112"

2"

212"

3" 12'

11'

10'

9'

8'

7'

ROD SIZE3

8" DIA.

4" THRU 8" 12'58"DIA

12" DIA.

12" DIA.

38" DIA.

38" DIA.

38" DIA.

CLEVIS HANGER3"AND LARGER

BAND HANGER21

2" AND SMALLER

TYPICAL SPRINKLER OUTLET RELOCATIONNO SCALE1

SPRINKLER PIPING

SWIVEL SWAYBRACE FITTING

BRACE PIPE

NOTE: SEISMIC BRACING SHALL BE PER THE STATE BUILDING CODE AND NFPA 13

PIPE TO BE CENTERED INSLEEVE - DO NOT SUPPORTPIPE FROM SLEEVE

FINISHED ESCUTCHEON PLATEFLUSH AGAINST WALL AND OFSIZE TO COMPLETELY COVEROPENING

FINISHED WALL SURFACE

SEALANT (SEE SPEC.)

TERMINATE PIPE SLEEVE FLUSHWITH FINISHED WALL SURFACES

FELT LINED PIPE CLAMPFOR SWAY BRACE

SPRINKLER BRACING DETAILNO SCALE5

PIPE SLEEVE THRU INTERIOR WALLNO SCALE4

UN-FINISHED WALL SURFACE

1" x ARMOVER

1" 90° ELBOW

1" x DROP

1" x 12" REDUCING

COUPLING

SUSPENDEDCEILING SYSTEM

BRANCHLINE

NIPPLE

NOTE:SPRINKLERS SHALL BE POSITIONED AS SHOWN WITH A 3" TOLERANCE. HOWEVER SHOULD ANY PART OFTHE TOLERANCE BE USED, THEN ALL THE SPRINKLERS IN THE ROW SHALL BE OFFSET BY THE SAMEDISTANCE IN THE SAME DIRECTION.

4'-0"

1'-0"

1'-0"

2'-0"

1'-0"

1'-0"

FIRE PUMP

EXISTING FIRE SERVICE ENTRANCE ONE-LINENO SCALE10

TO SPRINKLERS

WATER FLOW DATA:

DESIGN STANDARDS: NFPA 13

WATER SOURCE: CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN LATEST FIRE PUMP FLOW TESTINFORMATION FROM BUILDING MANAGER. RESULTS OF PUMPTEST SHALL BE UTILIZED FOR SPRINKLER DESIGN. DATAPROVIDED BELOW IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY

FIRE PUMP TEST PERFORMED BY NORTHEAST AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER ON 10/29/14

EXISTING FIRE PUMP FLOW INFORMATIONFLOW DISCHARGE-PSI SUCTION-PSI

CHURN 0-GPM 197-PSI 75-PSIRATED 1000-GPM 185-PSI 66-PS

1500-GPM 140-PSI 60-PSI

TO SPRINKLERS

NOTE:OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM BUILDING ENGINEER PRIOR TO USING CONCRETE INSERTSFOR HANGING OF PIPE. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL AS REQUIRED.

PROTECTION UNDER OBSTRUCTIONSNO SCALE7

48" WIDE OR GREATER OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS(INCLUDING INSULATION)

DUCTWORK / EQUIPMENT OR SIMILAROBSTRUCTION

BRANCHLINE

1" DROP

SUPPORT SPRINKLER PIPINGINDEPENDENT TO BUILDINGSTRUCTURE. DO NOT ATTACH TODUCTWORK/EQUIPMENT SUPPORT

SPRINKLER. PROVIDE PROTECTIONCAGE IF INSTALLED LESS THAN 96"

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

NEW SPRINKLER IN CEILING SYSTEM (SEESPECIFICATION & DRAWINGS FOR TYPE)

NOTE:1. PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 STEEL.2. PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH NON-FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 22-GAUGE STEEL

WITH LOCK LONGITUDINAL SEAMS.


FOR CONSTRUCTION

09/08/17

02SIE.170817


DATE:

FILE NO:

JOB NO:

SCALE:

DRAWING NUMBER

TITLE

REVISIONS



BOSTON, MA 02210P. 617.443.4950 · F. 617.443.4959

FP401-02SIE-170817.dwg

FIRE PROTECTION

DETAILS01NTS

FP-04-01

jgedeon

Stamp

w:2 newton place1st floor conference center and pantry

Documents